Aspects of Santhali

Uttam Prasad Bhattarai* Abstract This paper attempts to present the aspect of Santhali language that belongs to north Munda subgroup of Austro-Asiatic language family. The Santhali language which is spoken by Santhal ethnic residing in Jhapa, Morang and Sunsari district is endangered language. This language needs promotion, protection and preservation from the authority concerned. Thus, the main purpose of this article is to record a little part of this language. The primary data were based on the date collected for the mini project conducted for University Grants Commission, Nepal. By applying purposive sampling a set of questionnaires was distributed to literate Santhali of their mother tongue. This is paper is divided into four sections- introduction, interpretation of Santhali aspect, findings and recommendations followed by acknowledgement and reference. After interpretation the suffix '-akada' and '-aka' are found to be past and non-past perfective marker respectively in transitive verbs. Similarly the suffix '-akan' and '-akana' occur as past and non-past perfective markers in intransitive verbs respectively. In the same way '-kan' occurs as past and '-a' occurs as non past habitual marker. The suffix '-kan' and '-kana' are found to be past and non-past progressive markers respectively. This brief paper will be beneficial to the people concerned in the field of ethnic languages in general and specific for Santhali language . The data obtained covered a small range of the community. It, therefore, is strongly recommended that several other researches be carried out for promotion and preservation of this language. Key words Santhali, aspect, Perfective and imperfective, promotion, and preservation. 1. Introduction Santhali, one of the endangered languages of Nepal, is the native language of Santhals and this language belongs to north Munda group of Austro-Asiatic language family. The census report conducted in 2011 shows that 53,535 Santhals are found to have lived in Jhapa, Morang and Sunsari districts in Province 1, Nepal. It is 0.31 percent of the total population of Nepal. 1.1 The Aspect of the Santhali language will be sketched in this very brief paper. The primary data of this paper were based on the data collected for the Mini Project conducted for University Grants Commission, Nepal, visiting a certain number of people in the stated community (Bhattarai, 2012). 1.2 To represent the total population of the study, the Santhals who can communicate and write in their mother tongue were selected by applying purposive sampling. The researcher prepared a set of questionnaires in order to search on the Santhali morphology. The researcher gave the set of questionnaires to the native speakers of the Santhali language and asked them to provide answer. He facilitated them to their

* Bhattarai is an Associate Professor in English , Damak Multiple Campus.

Damak Campus Journal, Vol. 9 JULY 2020 1 easiness. Then, the stated data were verified from library visit. The essential illustrations to furnish the research which could not be covered in the field study were collected from the secondary source. 2. Aspect Aspect concerns (Leech and Svartvik, 1988) the manner in which a verbal action is experienced regarded (for example as complete or in progress). To make it more explicitly Leech and Svartvik (1988:306) further writes, 'English has two marked aspects: the Progressive aspect and the Perfective aspect'. Giving the grammatical meaning of Aspect, Oxford Advanced Learner Dictionary (1997:60) shows that aspect is 'a form of a verb that indicates the way in which an action is regarded', e.g. whether it happened in the past but is still continuing or relevant in some way, or whether it is completely finished': 'she has lived here for ten years' is different in aspect from ‘she lived here for ten years'. In this regard it is apt to quote Crystal (2003:36) aspect is 'A category used in the grammatical description of verbs (along with Tense and mood), referring primarily to the way the grammar marks the duration or type of temporal activity denoted by verb'. Santhali language has following aspectual pattern: 2. 1 Perfective aspect 2. 2 Imperfective aspect 2.1 Perfective aspect This aspect is further divided into past and non-past. 2.1.1 Past perfective aspect ׀ i. iɲ ðakai ɲ dʒʌm-akaða tahena ׀ iɲ ðakai ɲ dʒʌm-akaða tahena 1SG rice-1SG eat-PRS-PST I had eaten rice.

׀ ii. abu da?-e ɲur-akaða tahena ׀ abu da?-e ɲur-akaða tahena 1PL.INCL water-1PL.INCL drink-PRV PST We (including listener) had drunk water.

׀ iii. uni ðakaj d ʒʌm-akaða tahena ׀ uni ðaka-j dʒʌm-akaða tahena 3SG rice-3SG eat-PRV PST He had eaten rice.

Damak Campus Journal, Vol. 9 JULY 2020 2

׀ iv. unku ðakaku d ʒʌm-akaða tahena ׀ unku ðaka-ku dʒʌm-akaða tahena 3PL rice-3PL eat-PRV PST They had eaten rice.

׀ v. uni tʃalau-akan tahena ׀ uni tʃalau-akan tahena 3SG go-PRV PST-3SG He had gone.

׀ vi. unku giti-akan tahena ׀ unku giti-akan tahena 3PL sleep-PRV PST They had slept.

׀ vi. am duru?-akan tahena ׀ am duru?-akan tahena 2SG sit-PST-2SG PST You had sat. 2.1.2 Non-past ׀ i. iɲ ðaka ɲ dʒʌm-akaða ׀ iɲ ðaka-ɲ dʒʌm-akaða 1SG rice-1SG eat-PRV I have eaten rice.

׀ ii. abu ðakabun d ʒʌmakaða ׀ abu ðaka-bun dʒʌm-akaða 1PL.INCL rice-1PL-INCL eat-PR-PST We have eaten rice.

׀ iii. am ðakam d ʒʌmakaða ׀ am ðaka-m dʒʌm-akaða 2SG rice-2SG eat-PRV-PST You have eaten rice.

Damak Campus Journal, Vol. 9 JULY 2020 3

׀ iv. uni kʌlʌm ema-akaða ׀ uni kʌlʌm ema-akaða 3SG pen-3SG give-PRV-PST He has given me a pen.

׀ v. uni p ʌtʌb ʌl-akaða ׀ uni pʌtʌb ʌl-akaða 3SG book give-PRV-PST He has written a book.

׀ vi. iɲ gititʃakaiɲ ׀ iɲ gititʃ-aka-iɲ 1SG sleep-PRV-PST I have slept.

׀ vii. abubun gititʃ-akana ׀ abu-bun gititʃ-akana 1PL-INCL sleep-PRV-PST We (inclusive) have slept.

׀ viii. am ora? t ʃalauakana ׀ am ora? tʃalau-akana 2SG house-2SG go-PRV-PST You have gone house.

׀ ix. unij gititʃ-akana ׀ unij gititʃ-akana 3SGsleep-PRS-3SG He has slept.

׀ x. unkuku gititʃ-akana ׀ unkuku gititʃ-akana 3PL sleep-PRV-PST They have slept.

Damak Campus Journal, Vol. 9 JULY 2020 4

2.2 Imperfective aspect The imperfective aspect is further distinguished into habitual and progressive aspect 2.2.1 Habitual In the Santhali language, there are two habitual Aspects. They are past habitual aspect and non-past habitual aspect. 2.2.1.1 Past habitual aspect ׀ i. iɲ balli ŋ gatikkan tahena ׀ iɲ ball-iŋ gatik-kan tahena 1SG football-1SG play-HAB-PST I used to play football.

׀ ii. unku balaku gatik-kan tahena ׀ unku balaku gatik-kan tahena 3PL football-3PL play-HAB-PST They used to play football.

׀ iii. abubun enet ʃ-kan tahena ׀ abubun enet ʃ-kan tahena 1PL dance-HAB-PST We used to dance.

׀ iv. am school k hnem ðad tahena ׀ am school khnem ðad tahena 2SG school from run-HAB-PST You used to run away from school.

2.2.1.2 Non-past habitual aspect

׀ i iɲ ðakai ɲ dʒʌma ׀ iɲ ðaka-iɲ dʒʌm-a 1SG rice-1SG eat-PRS I eat rice.

׀ ii. ram ðakaj dʒʌma ׀ ram ðakaj dʒʌma ram.3SG.AN rice eat-PRS Ram eats rice.

Damak Campus Journal, Vol. 9 JULY 2020 5

׀ iii. iɲ la҃ ðaja ׀ iɲ la҃ ðaja 1SG smile-PRS I smile. ׀ iv. abubun la҃ ðaja ׀ abubun la҃ ðaja 1PL.INCL smile-PRS We smile (including listener).

׀ iv. unku udakku t ʃalak-a ׀ unku udak-ku tʃalak-a 3PL house-3PL go-PRS They go home.

2.2.2 Progressive aspect Progressive aspect is further divided into two subcategories. They are past and non- past. 2.2.2.1 Past ׀ i. iɲ ðaka ɲ dʒʌdʒʌm-kan tahena ׀ iɲ ðaka ɲ dʒʌdʒʌm-kan tahena 1SG rice-1SG eat-PROG-PST I was eating rice.

׀ ii. ape balaku gatik-kan tahena ׀ ape balaku gatik-kan tahena 2PL football play-PROG-PST You were playing football.

׀ iii. unku balaku gatik-kan tahena ׀ unku balaku gatik-kan tahena 3PL football play-PROG-PST They were playing football.

Damak Campus Journal, Vol. 9 JULY 2020 6

׀ iv . unij la҃ ða-kan tahena ׀ unij la҃ ða-kan tahena 3SG laugh-PROG-PST He was laughing.

2.2.2.2 Non-past

׀ i. iɲ ðaka ɲ dʒʌdʒʌm-kana ׀ iɲ ðaka ɲ ʒʌdʒʌm-kana 1SG rice-1SG eat-PROG-PRS I am eating rice.

׀ ii. uni t ʃit hij olak-kana ׀ uni tʃit hij olak-kana 3SG letter write-PROG-PRS He is writing a letter.

׀ iii. unku udakku t ʃʌ lak-kana ׀ unku udakku tʃʌ lak-kana 3PL house-3PL go-PROG-PRS They are are going home.

׀ iv abubun gitit ʃ-kana ׀ abubun gitit ʃ-kana 1PL sleep-PROG-PRS We are sleeping.

׀ v. amem gatit ʃ-kana ׀ amem gatit ʃ-kana 2SG play-PROG-PRS You are playing.

Damak Campus Journal, Vol. 9 JULY 2020 7

1. Findings The study and analysis of data have guided the researcher to sketch the following findings: a. The above mentioned illustrations (2.1.1 i – 2.1.1.iv) show that the suffix ‘-akaða’ occurs as past perfective marker in transitive verbs. On the other hand, the illustrations (2.1.1.v-2.1.1.vii) show that the suffix ‘-akan’ occurs as non past perfective marker in intransitive verbs. b. The illustrations (2.1.2.i-2.1.2.v) show that ‘-akaða’ occurs as non-past perfective marker in transitive verbs. On the other hand, the suffix ‘-akana’ is used in the illustration (2.1.2.vi-2.1.2.x) as non-past perfective markers as all these sentences have intransitive verbs. c. The illustrations (2.2.1.1. i-2.2.1.1.iv) show that the suffix ‘-kan’ occurs as past habitual aspect marker. d. From these illustrations (2.2.1.2. i – 2.2.1.2.iv), it is seen that the suffix ‘-a’ is used as non-past habitual marker. e. The illustrations (2.2.2.1.i – 2.2.2.1.iv) show that the suffix ‘-kan’ occurs as past progressive marker. f. The examples (2.2.2.1.i –2.2.2.1.v) show that suffix ‘–kana’ occurs as non-past progressive marker. 4. Recommendations The data interpretation and analysis should be further studied by authority concerned for the upliftment of this language. The data covered a small range of the Santhali community and this paper is miniature in nature. It, therefore, is strongly recommended that several other researches be carried out to make this language more reliable than the present situation has. Acknowledgement In the course of collection data and interpretation, the researcher talked to the following linguists, academicians, and language consultants. I, therefore, am extremely grateful for their helps, comments and suggestions. 1. Pro. Dr. Govinda Raj Bhattarai 2. Pro. Dr. Tanka Prasad Neupane 3. Pro. Dr. Anjana Bhattarai 4. Pro. Dr. Rishi Rijal 5. Bhupes Mardi, Lecturer of Devi Campus, Birtamode, Jhapa 6. Full Kumari Hembrong, teacher of Santhali language, Rastriya Ekata School, Haldibari, Jhapa

Damak Campus Journal, Vol. 9 JULY 2020 8

7. Budhilal Soren, chariman , Chairman, Abhen Marshal Santhal Society, Urlabari There may be insufficient explanation. Errors and mistakes, if any, are all mine. Reference Bhattarai, U. P. (2012.) The phonological and morphological study of Santhali language. A mini report submitted to University Grants Commissions, Nepal. Crystal, D. (2003). A dictionary of linguistics and phonetics. Malden: Blackwell. Hornby, A. S. (1997). Oxford advanced learner's dictionary . Oxford: Oxford University Press Leech, G. and Svartvik, J.(1998). A communicative grammar of English . London: Longman. Quirk, R and Greenbaum,S. (1973). A university grammar of English . London: Longman.

General reference Aarts, F and Aarts, J. (1994). English syntactic structure. Oxford: Pergamon Press. Baskey, D. , Mardi, D. and Tudu, D. (2009). Santhali bhasa pustak (Grade 1). Kathmandu: Nepal Government, Ministry of Education, Curriculum Development Centre. Bhattarai, U. P. (2011). The Santhali language and its vowels . Molung Research Journal, Kathmandu, Volume 2, No. 1, 160-164. Bhattarai, U. P.( 2011b). The Santhali language and its consonants . Damak Campus Journal , Volume 1, No. 1, 46-51. Bhattarai, U. P. (2012). Socio-cultural and linguistic mosaic of Santhals. Damak Campus Journal. Volume 2 No. 1, 1-10. Bhattarai, U. P. (2013). The Morphological study of the Santhali language . Damak campus Journal. Volume 4, No.3, 1-7. Bhattarai, U.P. (2020). The personal pronouns of Santhali language . Damak Campus Journal. Volume 8 No.1, 1-5 . Bista, D.B. (2005). Sabaijatako foolbaree. Kathmandu: Himal Book. Hemrom, F.K. (2009). Bijyan Swastha R Hadam Sached (Grade 1).Nepal Government, Ministry of Education, Education Department, District Education, Office, Jhapa. Yadhav, Y. (2001). Linguistics: A basic course . Kathmandu: New Hira Books.

‹

Damak Campus Journal, Vol. 9 JULY 2020 9

Reasons for Merger and Acquisitions in the Nepalese Banking Sector

Netra Bahadur Budhathoki* Abstract Mergers and Acquisitions have become the most widely used business strategy of restructuring and strengthening banks to achieve competitiveness, to ensure long term existence with considerable profitability, to forge entering in new markets, and to ascertain the capital base, etc. Specially, the merger law policy-2011 and monetary policy-2015 issued by Nepal Rastra Bank (NRB), the regulatory body of banks in Nepal, have been experienced as the most effective weapons for merger and acquisition in the Nepalese Banking industry. The study evaluates the needs of mergers and acquisitions on shareholders by analyzing the financial performance of the Nepalese banking sectors. The study indicates that mergers and acquisitions have positive impacts on human factors and the financial performance of the Nepalese banking sector. Presently, the Nepalese Banking Sector is facing a huge problem and is at a critical juncture. So, to cope with this problem Nepal Rasta Bank (NRB) has directed the Banking Institutions to go in the process of mergers and acquisitions. Keywords: Merger and Acquisition (M&A), Nepal Rastra Bank(NRB), Company, Corporate Finance, Nepalese Banking Sector, Government, Introduction The Nepalese banking sector has witnessed tremendous growth in the number of financial institutions after the 1980 ‟s by adopting an economic liberalization regulation with a mixed economic model. However, the unnatural increment of the banking sector has brought several financial challenges and complexities. The financial indicator had indicated that the Nepalese financial sector was weak, vulnerable, and, on the verge of collapse. Mergers and acquisitions (M&A) in the area of corporate finances, management, and strategy dealing with purchasing and/or joining with other companies. In a merger, two organizations join forces to become a new business, usually with a new name. Because the companies involved are typical of similar size and stature, the term "merger of equals" is sometimes used. In an acquisition, on the other hand, one business buys a second and generally smaller company that may be absorbed into the parent organization or run as a subsidiary. A company under consideration by another organization for a merger or acquisition is sometimes referred to as the target. Mergers and Acquisitions (M&A) refers to the aspect of corporate strategy, corporate finance, and management dealing with the buying, selling, dividing and combining of different companies and similar entities that can aid, finance, or help an enterprise grow

* Dr. Budhathoki is an Associate Professor in Management, Damak Multiple Campus.

Damak Campus Journal, Vol. 9 JULY 2020 10 rapidly in its sector or location of origin or a new field or new location without creating a subsidiary, other child entity or using a joint venture . In the present scenario, there are mainly three reasons that forced the Nepalese Banking Sector to go into the process of M&A. Literature review Ojha & Walsh (2016) have concluded that merger and acquisition of financial institutions in Nepal have been promoted in recent years and is in increasing trend. It is because a Merger in recent years has helped most of the financial institutions to increase the capital as well as help them to become more competitive. The most important consequence after a merger is the added protection of consumers ‟right. Together with it, the banking sector itself has become sufficiently able to safeguard itself even in a critical financial position. This proves the effectiveness of the merger and acquisition policy implemented in Nepal. Bhatta (2016) studied that the mergers led to changes in banks‟ share ownership. Banks ‟ efficiency increases with more competent and merged ideas. Excess of capital enables one to compete favorably with foreign banks that are willing to enter into the Nepalese market very soon. Krishnamurthy et al (2010) state that the results on the post-merger performance suggest that banks are becoming more focused on their high net interest income activities and the main reason for their mergers is to scale up their operations. Goyal & Vijay studied the major psychological factors of merger and acquisition among employees; and they are uncertainty, insecurity, changes on the job, and the threat of job loss. On the other hand, the working culture-related factors are also responsible for stress and these include the technology used by the company, reporting system, working hours, relationship with the boss, and supervision. Raju, B R, & Dhakal (2015) have concluded that M&A activities are increasing in Nepalese Banking and Financial Institutions. It is basically due to the Merger bylaws 2011 imposed by NRB on the Nepalese banking sector. The M&A activities of particular banks certainly impact their employees, customers, and shareholders. Mergers and acquisitions are generally being used interchangeably and abbreviated as M&A in the business world. This is because mergers and acquisitions lead to the same outcome whereby two entities become one entity. In reality, pure mergers or mergers on an equal basis do not happen very often and it is an acquisition that happened most of the time. The trick and consideration are, acquisition usually carries a negative perception and could be demoralizing the morale in the company being acquired, hence damaging future synergies expected post-M&A (Kotter and Schlesinger, 2005). Liquidity Crunch Liquidity refers to the amount of money in the form of cash. The amounts of deposits in the bank are very low and the rate of loan recovery rate is also very low. So, liquidity has been a major problem in Nepalese banks. Hence, M&A is believed to solve the

Damak Campus Journal, Vol. 9 JULY 2020 11 liquidity problem as the deposits of the two banking institutions are combined as one. A time when cash resources are in short supply and demand is high. During a liquidity crunch, businesses and consumers are charged high-interest rates on loans which are more difficult to obtain. One of the biggest challenges that an entrepreneur faces is the management of cash flows. It is never easy to accurately predict when your customers will pay. On the other hand, there are often payments to be made that are difficult to anticipate. Business owners spend a great deal of time handling cash flows and ensuring that they are in a position to meet all their financial commitments Capital requirement Capital requirements are set to ensure that banks and depository institutions' holdings are not dominated by investments that increase the risk of default. They also ensure that banks and depository institutions have enough capital to sustain operating losses (OL) while still honoring withdrawals. In Nepal, the capital requirement for banks is based on several factors but is mainly focused on the weighted risk associated with each type of asset held by the bank. These risk-based capital requirements guidelines are used to create capital ratios, which can then be used to evaluate lending institutions based on their relative strength and safety. The amount of money a business needs for its normal operations. Also, the amount of cash and easily liquidated assets that a broker/dealer or bank needs to meet NRB regulations usually expressed as a proportion of total liabilities. In general, the kind of assets that can make up the broker-dealer's capital requirement is strictly defined. The paid-up capital requirement of the Nepalese bank is currently Rs.2 Billion. However, the government is planning to raise the paid-up capital requirement from 2 Billion to 5 Billion. It may not be difficult for large banks to meet the requirement set by the government but for the middle and small-scaled banks, it may be very hard and sometimes impossible. So, M&A can be a solution to this requirement. Open Financial Market In an open financial market, any investor with the money to pay for securities can buy those securities.Closed markets may also limit the sale of securities to overseas investors , or forbid the sale of securities in specific industries to those investors. Nepal’s financial market opened up for international investment in January 2010. One foreign bank has already applied to start operation. If foreign banks do enter Nepal, it concerns the capacity of local banks to compete with their foreign counterparts. Hence, M&A will minimize costs, increase the economies of scale, and increase the institution's capacity, thus being able to compete at the international level. Although there are several advantages of mergers and acquisitions, and Nepalese banks are interested in this process, they may not be fruitful in all the case. A study by Wharton, Harvard, and Morgan has shown that Mergers and Acquisitions around the world have a failure rate of 50%-70%. And in the case of the Nepalese banking

Damak Campus Journal, Vol. 9 JULY 2020 12 industry, in the last seven years, the Success rate of the merger is 15%. Besides, the Nepalese banking sector lacks sufficient corporate experience in mergers and acquisitions. Merger and Acquisition do not always lead to success or always a failure. The impact of M&A depends upon how well the vision, mission, and objective of two organizations are well integrated. Moreover, it depends on how effective the management is and how the stakeholders perceive the M&A decision. So, the M&A of any business organization should be carried out with sufficient homework. So, before undergoing a process of merger, it is very crucial to be determined for a merger expansion strategy to be undertaken. Otherwise, it may jeopardize the present situation and even worsen the condition of Nepalese Banks. We can not blindly agree that the Nepalese Banking Sector problem will be best addressed by the M&A strategy. The government should just not rely on mergers and acquisitions for addressing the problem of the banking sector. Rather, it should bring appropriate fiscal policies and monetary policies to settle the problem. The spending of the budget in the final months of fiscal year reduces the flow of money in the market. The government should introduce deficit budget financing and spend the allocated budget at the current time so that the velocity of money circulation will increase, and the liquidity problem will be addressed. The government should encourage investments in productive sectors. Investments in the productive sector increase the value of the capital and hence, increase the chances of repayment of loans. Finally, not relying solely on the merger and acquisition, the government should provide additional benefits to encourage Joint Venture, Licensing, Franchising, etc. as they hinder the direct foreign investment and strengthen the condition of Nepalese banks to compete with international banks. Conclusion and Suggestions Merger and Acquisition of Banking sector in Nepal have been a popular culture in recent years and is in increasing trend. It might be due to a merger by law policy and capital enhancement policy of NRB. In the present scenario, there are mainly three reasons that forced the Nepalese Banking Sector to go into the process of M&A i.e. Liquidity Crunch, Capital requirement, and Open Financial Market. Liquidity refers to the amount of money in the form of cash. The amounts of deposits in the bank are very low and the rate of loan recovery rate is also very low. The paid-up capital requirement of the Nepalese bank is currently Rs. 2 Billion. However, the government is planning to raise the paid-up capital requirement from 2 Billion to 5 Billion. Nepalese banking sector lacks sufficient corporate experience in mergers and acquisitions. Merger and Acquisition do not always lead to success or always a failure. The impact of M&A depends upon how well the vision, mission, and objective of two organizations are well integrated. T he capital requirement for banks is based on several factors but is mainly focused on the weighted risk associated with each type of asset held by the bank.

Damak Campus Journal, Vol. 9 JULY 2020 13

The government should introduce deficit budget financing and spend the allocated budget at the current time so that the velocity of money circulation will increase, and the liquidity problem will be addressed. The government should encourage investments in productive sectors. Investments in the productive sector increase the value of the capital and hence, increase the chances of repayment of loans. Permission for the opening of Banks and financial institutions however have been executed with a little study on requirement, possible offer available from these banks and financial institutions at people’s level in urban and rural areas, viability level of these institutions, and capacity of regulating by NRB.We can not blindly agree that the Nepalese Banking Sector problem will be best addressed by the M&A strategy. The government should just not rely on mergers and acquisitions for addressing the problem of the banking sector. The government should introduce deficit budget financing and spend the allocated budget at the current time so that the velocity of money circulation will increase, and the liquidity problem will be addressed. The government should encourage investments in productive sectors. References Bhatta, M.K. (2016). Effect of bank merger on the shareholders' wealth and post-merger situation of the Nepalese banking industry. Information Management and Business Review,8(4), 50. Gaur, T. (2016). Impact of merger and acquisition (M&A) on human resources with special reference to the banking sector. Global IME Bank Ltd. (2017, September). Retrieved from Global IME Bank Ltd Web site: http://globalimebank.com Goyal, D. K., & Joshi, V. (March-2012). Merger and acquisition in the banking industry: A case study of ICICI Bank Ltd. International Journal of Research in Management, 2(2), 30. Kafle, Bishal,(2013), Mergers and Acquisitions in Nepalese Banking Sector, Krishnamurthy, R., Mohd-Said, R., & Mat-Nor, F. (2010). Market-based mergers in Indian banking institutions. International Research Journal of Finance and Economics - March 2010, 37. Mariappan, V. (July 2003). Merger and acquisitions: Human issues and strategies. Indian Journal of Industrial Relations, 39(1), 84-94. Ojha, S., & Walsh, J. (2016). Merger policy and its impact on Nepalese banks. International Review of Management and Development Studies, 1(2), 117-134. Raju, D. J., B R, M., & Dhakal, M. H. (2015). Impact and challenges of merger and acquisition in Nepalese banking and financial institutions. Journal of Exclusive Management Science, 4 (8), 16- 17. Schuler, R., & Jackson, S. (2001). HR issues and activities in mergers and acquisitions. European Management Journal, 19(3), 239.

‹

Damak Campus Journal, Vol. 9 JULY 2020 14

Antigone : The Dimensions of Human Rights

Baskota Dhananjaya*

Abstract It has become a crucial time for the exploration of the meaning of the ancient texts through the modern lens, because we often regard the old literary texts have nothing to do with current global issues. Such preoccupying idea is a great misleading. In order to rectify this misconception, this article aims at interpreting the play Antigone by Sophocles to see the dimensions of human rights; as human rights has become a global issue today. This article offers an interpretation of the character of Antigone in today’s world, as a human rights activist in a tyrant state, where the ruler has harnessed everything over the state. Through the analysis of Antigone’s act of disobedience to state law and struggle against the ruler (king), it is possible to understand the dynamics of counter-hegemonic mobilizations and the arguments for the defense of human rights. Nevertheless, the example of Antigone helps understanding the ambiguity of the human rights discourse, which arises from the presumption to struggle for universal and incontestable moral values, unwritten laws, cultural rights and other number of fundamental rights which the states are considered to violate. And the state has its own reasons to violate as Creon does Keywords: natural law, state law, ambiguity, dignity, disobedience, hegemony, human rights, violation. Introduction The Greek dramatist Sophocles (496?–406 B.C.E.) lived in Athens, and got acquaintance as a priest, a statesman, and a general, as well as a prize-winning playwright. He fought in the Persian wars and lived in what we refer to as the Golden Age, when architecture, philosophy, art, history, and especially drama flourished amazingly. Of over 120 plays that Sophocles is thought to have written, but only seven are extant. Among them are the three that constitute the Oedipus cycle: Oedipus the King , Oedipus at Colonus , and Antigone . While the action portrayed in Antigone follows that of the other two chronologically, it was written first. Many of Sophocles’ plays present a protagonist’s search for truth and self- understanding in relation to the existing social, ethical and moral order and faces tragedy, as demonstrated in Antigone . His plays seek justice, freedom and dignity which are labeled as ‘human rights’ today. ‘The king Oedipus of Sophocles is as exciting and as terrible on the modern stage as it was when performed in Athens twenty-four centuries ago (Rees, 1973:49)’ King Oedipus, too, is in search of truth, i.e. the king’s murder, and faces tragedy for this quest. In the same way, in Oedipus at Colonus , Oedipus undergoes a transformation from an abject beggar, banished from his city because of his sins, into a figure of

* Mr Baskota is a Lecturer in English, Damak Multiple Campus.

Damak Campus Journal, Vol. 9 JULY 2020 15 immense power, capable of extending divine blessings. He tries to overcome his ego for the lost, he starts struggle and approaches to death at Colonus. There are roles of ‘tragic flaw’ in these tragedies, self-instinct to seek truth or belief and struggle for the attainment. Antigone by Sophocles written in / before 421 BCE is not only a classical tragedy having absolute elements of tragedy, but also a relevance in the modern global issues such as ‘human rights’, the rights of indestructible by man-made laws. They are natural, divine and ‘unwritten laws’ which cannot be snatched away by man-made laws. Universal Declaration of Human Rights (2015) enumerates thirty different tools, i.e. articles to ensure and define human rights. They strongly plead the rights to live, family, culture to rights to recognition. These tools enhance freedom, dignity, self- respect, moral values, justice, equality and identity. These articles offer such tools to apply in human life, which ultimately foregrounds a civilized society with dignified life. We find Antigone’s fights for these rights in this drama, in which ‘the state written laws’ are reluctant to unwritten or divine laws. The following are some of the most important characteristics of human rights: • human rights are founded on respect for the dignity and worth of each person ; • human rights are universal , meaning that they are applied equally and without discrimination to all people; • human rights are inalienable , in that no one can have his or her human rights taken away other than in specific situations . for example, the right to liberty can be restricted if a person is found guilty of a crime by a court of law; • human rights are indivisible, interrelated and interdependent , for the reason that it is insufficient to respect some human rights and not others. In practice, the violation of one right will often affect the respect of several other rights. All human rights should therefore be seen as having equal importance and of being equally essential to respect for the dignity and worth of every person. Source: HUMAN RIGHTS: A Basic Handbook for UN Staff, p- 14) Antigone is, too, the conflict between natural or unwritten law and the state law which are represented by the heroic characters Antigone and her maternal uncle Creon, the king of Thebes. The root of the conflict is at the beginning of the play, the audience would know that after the death of Oedipus — the former king of Thebes, whose tragic fate is told in the other plays — his sons, Eteocles and Polynices, agree to take turns ruling Thebes. When Eteocles refuses to yield his turn, Polynices is banished to Argos, where he raises armies to attack the city of Thebes and regain the throne, but he is defeated and killed. Then the story of the conflict starts. Antigone’s brother Polynices has been killed while attacking Thebes, and Creon orders that his dead body shall be unburied on the field and no one shall dare to bury him. Antigone has conscience about her duty to family, culture and moral values and

Damak Campus Journal, Vol. 9 JULY 2020 16 struggles to bury his dead body disobeying the king’s order. Despite knowing the fact that she is getting engaged with his son Haemon, Creon longs to celebrate burying Antigone alive as punishment. Haemon, too, fails to convince father despite his declaration dying with her. After being late, Creon realizes his mistake and he loses his son, wife and son’s fiancée. Antigone fights for the rights but Creon stands as a tyrant ruler and her struggle attains nothing except leaving the impression and sympathy to her struggle that human rights are always in the underscore of civil laws. Antigone seems to a human right activist, who strongly challenges the state law for her conviction about family and culture. The Theban cultural background of burial is in the centre of the conflict in this play. A war broke out between Oedipus’ two sons for ascending to the throne. Eteocles was of the entrenched faction, in power in Thebes. And Polynices was the upstart, a returning exile and he brought an invading army against the city. In the course of the battle, the two brothers were slain ‘by their hands dealing mutual death’ (1.16), but Eteocles’ army eventually triumphed. Ascending to the throne, Creon declared that Eteocles should be given a full and honourable funeral, while the body of Polynices would be left for the animals and the sun. Here comes the importance of Greek attitude to burial. Funeral rites were very important to the Greeks. So, burial or mistreatment of dead bodies was a common theme in Greek literature; e.g., the significance of Achilles’ mistreatment of Hector’s dead body in The Illiad . To die as an animal and not being buried was the worst indignity and negation for a Greek. Indeed, burial was the highest law of Greek state. And human right or dignity demanded that a human being must be buried for the peace of his/her soul in the Underworld. It was also believed by the Greeks that unless a body was buried, literally or symbolically, the soul of the dead person could not find rest in Hades. This explains why such importance is given, in this play, to the burial of Polynices. Now, Creon’s decree is that anyone who tries to perform the proper funeral rites for Polynices will be killed by public stoning. And Antigone disobeys the king’s decree and faces suffering bravely. Objectives The objective of this article is to assure that the Greek tragedy Antigone by Sophocles has innumerable dimensions of human rights, equate to the United Nations’ issues of the ‘Universal Declaration of Human Rights 2015’. Whatever Antigone fights for the cultural rights in/ before 441 BCE in Thebes, and which are violated by the state can be viewed through the lens of today’s human rights doctrine and practices. Twentieth century ideology of human rights is reflected in the ancient text Antigone through the ‘natural rights, and it is a matter of discussion here how unwritten laws try to underscore civil laws. Statement of the Problem The great pageant of human rights issue has become a global phenomenon and innumerable human rights activists are working in defense of human rights violated by the states. People might view it as only social phenomenon, but it has become a

Damak Campus Journal, Vol. 9 JULY 2020 17 concentration for the artist and writers since the beginning of the human civilization. Literary texts have directly and indirectly advocated for the dignified, free, fair and justifiable life formulating a civilized life and society. They have significant impact in the readers, and it is really amazing. Generally people presume that the initial stage of human rights goes to the documents which the United Nations has formulated. But the philosophy of human rights has strong ground over the literary texts, and Antigone is an example which tries to declare proclamation of human rights through the heroic character Antigone. ‘Antigone was caught between doing the right thing, from a religious point of view, by giving proper burial of her brother, and doing the right thing, from the point of view of law, by obeying Creon’s order (Rees 1973:53)’ This living dilemma no longer pervades in her mind anymore and she decides to give burial to her brother disobeying Creon’s order. Antigone develops self-consciousness and insights, and goes against the state law as if she is a human rights activist. We can see this metaphor in the present global conflicts in which people are voicing against biasness, partiality, injustice, torture, discrimination and gender stereotypes. The conflict in the drama proves Antigone’s fight for the social/cultural justice in a curbing segment of contemporary socio- political arena. ‘Sophocles’ Antigone seems to offer a cure for what Axel Honneth has diagnosed as the ‘pathologies of reason’, attributing various misdevelopments, distortions and deformations of modern social life to a one-sided emphasis on rationalist social and political philosophy (Berge, 2017).’ Literature Review There is magic flow of evaluating western literature, literary writers and their works. They are adapted all over the world; because they are supposed to be excellent, standard, scientific and authentic interpretations. The global studies of literature and philosophy have hardly offered a good space for measuring the dimensions of human rights. Hardly some researchers have made endeavor to see the Antigone through the lens of human rights and its dimensions and believe that Antigone lies in the centre of human rights protest. They try to see this drama as a classical tragedy with the dimensions of various conflicts. Sousa Santos claims: ‘Counter-hegemonic human rights struggles are very often high-risk, sometimes life- threatening, struggles against very powerful and unscrupulous enemies. They have, therefore, to be grounded on strongly motivated political will, a will that has to be both collective and individual, since there is no collective activism without individual activists. Without non- conformist, rebellious, insurgent will no meaningful social struggles against institutionalized injustice and oppression can succeed. Nor such ‘will’ might be built without both radical and destabilizing critical visions of current injustice and credible visions of an alternative better society (Sousa Santos, 2009)’ To be human rights activist means to be rebellious for the justice and dignity of human being, and it is repressive, life threatening and sorrowful. Kitto in his Forms and

Damak Campus Journal, Vol. 9 JULY 2020 18

Meaning in Drama says, ‘There is a whole series of personal conflicts in Antigone behind which lies a greater conflict (Kitto, 1956).’ The critics and the researchers agree in one point that is conflict, confronted by Antigone for the rights to recognition, justice, culture, familial and gender are highly justifiable tools. Her acts have new dimensions of human rights activism launching today on this earth planet. Hypothesis Many people, even writers, often perceive that literature has the power to influence people in their diverse phenomena of livelihoods. Reading a literature means reading a life and its dimensions. Human rights issue has become a way of livelihoods and global discourse. It is hypothesized that literary texts, like Antigone, has strong voice for the human rights. Social movement is made prosperous through the literary text and its reinforcement. ‘It is the character or situation in the literary work which brings together the general movement of history and number of unique, individual traits into a distinctive particularity (Jefferson and Robey, 1986:173).’ This means literary text can be the tool to see the past, present and the future; and Antigone is reflecting that moment to seek human rights of the era when the entire world was beyond the idea of human rights; in which people could struggle against injustice and biasness. Many texts like Antigone have voiced for the equality, ethical life and justice. Different types of human rights dimensions, which the ‘Universal Declaration of Human Rights’ proclaimed by the United Nations, are found in Antigone: cultural rights, gender rights, familial rights, ideological rights, judicial rights, confrontation with the state tyranny, duty to community, right to marry and find family, right to life, equal dignity and right to recognition. Research Methodology This research paper is mainly based on textual reading, both printed hard copy, and the soft copies in the web addresses. The enormous treasure English literature, their critical studies are found in the paper and e-library. Similarly, the writers, poets and philosophers have infinite impacts of human struggles, confrontations and voices in their thoughts and creation. This article tries to examine the female character Antigone as a human rights activist. The ‘Universal Declaration of Human Rights’ by United Nations, ‘A basic handbook for the UN staff’ published by the United Nations have been used as sources in writing this article. The researchers and the writers, their interpretations and research works are accepted as resources. Mainly Aristotle, RJ Rees (1973), Anna Jefferson and David Robey (1986), Raman Selden (1988), Sousa Santos (2009), HDF Kitto (1956) and online journals on Antigone’s endeavour for the liberty of culture, ethical life and identity. All data are collected from these sources as well as the text Antigone and gone

Damak Campus Journal, Vol. 9 JULY 2020 19 thoroughly and subtly to see the human rights dimensions in the dialogues of Antigone, her sister Ismene, the king Creon, Chorus, Sentry, Haemon and the old prophet and evaluated then through the lens of human rights dimensions. Discussion and findings Antigone’s struggle for the human rights and the rights of dignity in the cultural spectrum is apparently evident. Birth is more prominent than marital relation in the cultural studies, and it comes first as it happens in Antigone. This makes her underscore her brother than her other people who come to her life, even her husband. She does not compromise her conviction of identity and familial custody. This is the focal point of this study. ‘…say the Antigone of Sophocles….much will be gained from either analysis, for the first will point to the absolute value of reverence for the dead; the second will point to the expressions of certain basic human tensions through the particular dramatic form……and this reverence would be for a brother, not for a husband (Selden, 1998, p- 431).’ Cultural rights: burial As United Nations’ ‘Universal Declaration of Human Rights’ defines the human rights in 30 different Articles as indestructible rights by the state’s law and it is globally recognized authentic and legal document in which all nations are obliged to preserve. Among all the rights, cultural rights are one defined: ‘Everyone, as a member of society, has the right to social security and is entitled to realization, through national effort and international cooperation and in accordance with the organization and resources of each State, of the economic, social and cultural rights indispensable for his dignity and the free development of his personality. (Article 22, Universal Declaration of Human Rights)’ Antigone voices for the cultural rights so powerfully that she often ignores her own wishes of survival. This culture is reflected with the Greek attitude to burial. Funeral rites were very important to the Greeks, and therefore burial or treatment of dead bodies was a common theme in Greek literature; e.g., the significance of Achilles’ mistreatment of Hector’s dead body in The Illiad . Burial gratifies both culturally and legally. It happens in all cultures, as in Hindu culture in which burning the deceased body with perfect ritual is a divine task to let the soul go to heaven and live peacefully. The Greek tradition, too, gave importance to burial of deceased body. ‘To die as an animal and not being buried was the worst indignity and negation for a Greek. Indeed, burial was the highest law of Greek state. And human right or dignity demanded that a human being must be buried for the peace of his/her soul in the Underworld. It was also believed by the Greeks that unless a body was buried, literally or symbolically, the soul of the dead person could not find rest in Hades. This explains why such importance is given, in this play, to the burial of Polyneices (Jacqmin, https://www.academia.edu/33480636/Antigone_as_Human_Rights_Activist?auto ).

Damak Campus Journal, Vol. 9 JULY 2020 20

Antigone dauntlessly struggles for the burial of her brother Polynices’ dead body who was killed in the war against own country Thebes. Antigone wants to bury it despite the king’s decree and she tries to convince her sister Ismene but Ismene scares of the state law, king’s power, written law and declares that she is unable to help her sister: Antigone: Raising her hands. Will you lift up his body with these bare hands and lower it with me? Ismene: What? You’d bury him — when a law forbids the city? (Jago, et. al., 2011: 1329) Despite the strong inspection of the security for the dead body, Antigone strives to try to bury her brother’s dead body secretly; and her struggles commences to take risk of seizing the dead body of her brother when the sentry informs the king about it: Sentry: All right, here it comes. The body — someone’s just buried it, then run off . . . sprinkled some dry dust on the flesh, given it proper rites. (1335) This struggle has higher risk and she is committed to carry it out and the chorus addresses her: They bring you in like a prisoner — why? did you break the king’s laws? Did they take you in some act of mad defiance? (1338) Antigone argues with Creon for the ‘unwritten laws’ she is pleading for and she glorifies her death for the good deed, i.e. she has the martyrdom motive: Antigone: Enough. Give me glory! What greater glory could I win than to give my own brother decent burial? These citizens here would all agree. (1342) Antigone’s struggle for the cultural rights ascends to climax when she tells her sister Ismene to stand for the rights: Antigone: You chose to live, I chose to die. Similarly Antigone reflects the sociopolitical culture of the contemporary Theban society which is victim of bribes, tyrant state, belief in fortune-tellers and patriarchy. The old prophet Tiresias suggests Creon to rethink his decision to punish Antigone, but

Damak Campus Journal, Vol. 9 JULY 2020 21

Creon protests his advice that the old prophet is bribed by someone to destroy the king’s prestige: Tiresias: You have already, calling my prophecies a lie. Creon: Why not? You and the whole breed of seers are mad for money! Tiresias: And the whole race of tyrants lusts to rake it in. Creon: This slander of yours — are you aware you’re speaking to the king? Tiresias: Well aware. Who helped you save the city? (1359) Right to liberty: confrontation for dignity Antigone struggles against the state law which denies rights to life, liberty and security (Article 3) and gets defeated in content but has great influence to the people and Greek audience to stand for the human rights and democracy later on. Antigone determines confrontation with the state law/king’s order for right and justice. She defines justice and ethical life in a long speech: once I suffer I will know that I was wrong. But if these men are wrong, let them suffer nothing worse than they mete out to me — these masters of injustice! (1354) And the chorus praise her bravery for voicing the noiselessness: but she traced her own birth back to a proud Athenian line and the high gods and off in caverns half the world away, born of the wild North Wind she sprang on her father’s gales, racing stallions up the leaping cliffs — child of the heavens (1356) Antigone’s struggle is for the familial rights (Article 16), against inhuman treatment (Article 5), right to recognition (Article 6), against biasness (Article 2). Her acts are justified that she is raising voice for her brother’s after life justice, and she is strongly disagree to let his dead body lay unburied. She wants cultural recognition through the cultural rite.

Damak Campus Journal, Vol. 9 JULY 2020 22

Messenger defines Justice to Creon when Creon realizes his wild and absurd exercise of absolute power celebrating the brutal ideas. In fact, Justice means the defeating tyranny, and making the tyrants realize their mistake that they must listen to the people’s voices: Leader: Too late, too late, you see what justice means (1365) Beyond patriarchy: gender rights The longing for the end of gender stereotype is the global issue today and it is associated with the human right phenomena today. Antigone strongly stands against traditional patriarchal programming and longs to come out of it. As a result, she has to face intolerable suffering. Creon is victim of ‘male dominance’ culture and he ridicules Antigone’s strives as ‘woman’s’ effort. Even her sister Ismene steps back from her sister’s activism thinking that they are ‘women’: Ismene:…if we violate the laws and override the fixed decree of the throne, its power — we must be sensible. Remember we are women, we’re not born to contend with men (1329). Creon threatens Antigone just because he has power, and he is male, and he shall never ‘allow’ women’s power: Antigone: I was born to join in love, not hate — that is my nature. Creon: Go down below and love, if love you must — love the dead! While I’m alive, no woman is going to lord it over me (1343). Creon never liked Antigone’s action and he gives such order to undermine her status: To the guards. Stop wasting time. Take them in. From now on they’ll act like women (1345) Creon even tries to persuade his son Haemon that women are not supposed to rule men, and he even calls his son ‘woman’s slave’ when he says that he loves Antigone and wants to marry her: Therefore we must defend the men who live by law, never let some woman triumph over us (1347) ……you woman’s slave (1350) Absurd tyranny: longing for the ‘human rights state’

Damak Campus Journal, Vol. 9 JULY 2020 23

On the other hand, Creon centers himself a pillar of injustice, cruelty, terrorizing ruler, dictator, tyrant and sadist, who solely celebrates one’s power, having no opposition and challenger of his orders. Yet he has obligations being an absolute ruler, he chooses the path of cruelty rather than assimilation and reconciliation. This makes a ‘heart- touching’ conflict between Creon and Antigone. Antigone predicts the consequences of rebellion, senses the intolerable torture by the state law to the rebels and tells her sister in beginning: Antigone:…..Such, I hear, is the martial law our good Creon lays down for you and me — yes, me, I tell you — and he’s coming here to alert the uninformed in no uncertain terms, and he won’t treat the matter lightly. Whoever disobeys in the least will die, his doom is sealed: stoning to death inside the city walls! (1328) Creon further proclaims which proves that he is giving order really forcefully, and he seems to be a dictator: that man — a proclamation has forbidden the city to dignify him with burial, mourn him at all. No, he must be left unburied, his corpse carrion for the birds and dogs to tear, an obscenity for the citizens to behold! (1333) Antigone defines tyranny in front of Creon; as he is deserving this attribute in which he is violator of human rights: Pointing to Creon . Lucky tyrants — the perquisites of power! Ruthless power to do and say whatever pleases them (1342) Creon defines ‘his law’; a dictator’s law to be followed indiscriminately and is trying to discourage his son in order to distance him from Antigone: But whoever steps out of line, violates the laws or presumes to hand out orders to his superiors, he’ll win no praise from me. But that man the city places in authority, his orders must be obeyed, large and small, right and wrong (1347) Haemon defies his own father and he is, too, like Antigone, portrays himself as rebellious:

Damak Campus Journal, Vol. 9 JULY 2020 24

Creon: And is Thebes about to tell me how to rule? Haemon: Now, you see? Who’s talking like a child? Creon: Am I to rule this land for others — or myself ? Haemon: It’s no city at all, owned by one man alone. Creon: What? The city is the king’s — that’s the law! Haemon: What a splendid king you’d make of a desert island — you and you alone (1349). When Creon finds out that Haemon is ready to sacrifice for his love to Antigone, the old Tiresias foreshadows the forthcoming catastrophe in his life, family and the city, he changes his mind but it becomes too late. This ‘tragic flaw’ opens ‘pity and fear’, in which Creon’s downfall starts, and his attainment of absolute power goes futile: Messenger:……. Take Creon: there was a man to rouse your envy once, as I see it. He saved the realm from enemies; taking power, he alone, the lord of the fatherland, he set us true on course — flourished like a tree with the noble line of sons he bred and reared . . . and now it’s lost, all gone (1362) When Haemon kills himself after the execution of Antigone, Creon has unbearable rewards: Leader: The king himself ! Coming toward us, look, holding the boy’s head in his hands. Clear, damning proof, if it’s right to say so — proof of his own madness, no one else’s, no, his own blind wrongs (1365). Creon is alleged by his own wife for murdering her son, she, too kills herself and Creone becomes empty, the meaninglessness of tyranny: Creon: And the guilt is all mine — can never be fixed on another man, no escape for me. I killed you, I, god help me, I admit it all! To his attendants. Take me away, quickly, out of sight. I don’t even exist — I’m no one. Nothing (1366). Sophocles, here in this drama, is advocating that the rulers must assimilate the ‘unwritten laws’ as well as civil laws; and this is the key path to human rights and the civilized society. Sophocles is longing for the human rights and the rule of civil cum natural law.

Damak Campus Journal, Vol. 9 JULY 2020 25

Ambiguity of human rights discourse Antigone seems not to have the consciousness of human rights mobilization; her action is rather an individual, natural reaction to what she perceives as an injustice. Neither there is any political strategy under her activism, nor collective organization. But she becomes human right activist here. The King has not enforced the law in reason of personal hate toward Polynices, or at least not only, but for deeper reasons. The provision is not morally unfounded, as we could identify in it some of the following principles: loyalty, national unity, safeguard of national population, praise of country protectors, and condemnation of traitors. Thus, in the arguments of both characters we find a double legitimating of the law they are willing to respect or enforce. The formal legitimation descends from the authority that provides the law. In the case of Antigone, the norm is valid since it comes from gods; in the case of Creon, he is the legitimate legislator since he is the king. However, behind these arguments, there is a substantive legitimation, which is based on moral values: on the one hand, the respect for the family and the dead, on the other, the deference to national loyalty and the contempt for betrayal. Both systems of law, the divine and the State one, found themselves not on personal interests but on ethical grounds, which, although supported by a specific character, can be potentially shared by everybody. This is the ambiguity of conflict, or human rights discourse here. Creon and Antigone represent opposing sides in the thematic tension between loyalty and rebellion, and between civic duty and familial loyalty. Each character loses either their family or their life, being representational of classic Greek tragedy; which describes how a hero is ruined by their tragic flaw. Both Antigone and Creon are considered tragic heroes in siding two systems of life: civil life and natural life. In fact, both have great loses in the end. Yet, the impression is positive that ‘both are not entirely wrong’; but Antigone’s protest is for different thing which the state law generally fails to understand, and it is still existing globally. ‘Creon himself was caught between the duty as a ruler and protector of the city, and his duty as the uncle and protector of Antigone. Such moral conflicts are necessary part of life (Rees, 1973:54).’ This obligatory conscience leads Creon to be very ruthless, and Antigone’s sense of familial obligation leads her to be rebellious. This ‘supposed justified’ actions from both sides is the key element of classical Greek tragedy. But such debate on ‘Who is right?’ is not the matter of art; it is the matter of ‘ethics’; and literature/art is never ethics, and should not be ethics. Art for art’s sake, art is for pleasure and art is for ecstasy. ‘An action like the action of the Antigone of Sophocles, which turns upon the conflict between the heroine’s duty to her brother’s corpse and that to the laws of her country, is no longer one in which it is possible that we should feel a deep interest (Selden, 1998:496)’

Damak Campus Journal, Vol. 9 JULY 2020 26

Conclusion Human rights issues are very much ambiguous today, very complicated and mysterious as we find in Antigone . Antigone struggles for the rights, being self - motivated and conscious and faces suffering. Her arguments are no longer different from today’s human rights activists’ arguments, who are still demonstrating for diverse justice; racial, cultural, social, political and individual justice and freedom. Antigone’s voice reflects the voices of Taslima Nasrin, Malala Yousafazi, and Simone de Beauvoir who voiced for the rights, equality and ethical life. This drama has not only the elements of classical tragedy, but also the strife for liberty, justice and dignified life with recognition. Antigone confronts just for the burial of her brother, which is prohibited by the state. Such confrontation are pervading all over the world in the name of the acquisition of rights. However Antigen’s action cannot be justified solely, as Creon’s action is also in the mid- point seeking justification; and the argument to justify their actions are matters of argument for the postmodern meaning of human rights and state law. Therefore, human rights issues are ambiguous today. But Antigone’s rebellion is never questioned, and Creon’s defense is often questioned till today. References Berge, L. v. d. (2017).Sophocles’ Antigone and the promise of ethical life: tragic ambiguity and the pathologies of reason. Law and Humanities : VOL. 11, NO. 2, 205–227

Jacqmin, A. Antigone as a Human right Activist. Retrived from https://www.academia.edu/33480636/Antigone_as_Human_Rights_Activist?auto

Jago, K. et.al. (2011). Literature and Composition: Reading, Writing and Thinking. Boston: Bedford/St.Martin.

Jefferson, A. & Robey D. (1986). Modern Literary Theory: A Comparative Introduction. London: B.T. Batsford Ltd. Rees, R.J. (1973). English Literature: An Introduction for Foreign Readers . London. Macmillan

Ruman, A.K. (2012). Antigone: A tragedy of Human Conflict and Divine Intervention. Retrived from https://www.researchgate.net/publication/268816301_Antigone_A_Tragedy_of_Human _Conflicts_and_Divine_Intervention

Selden, R. (1988). The Theory of Criticism: From Plato to the present. London and New York: Longman

Human Rights: A Basic Handbook for the UN Staff. Retrived from https://www.ohchr.org/documents/publications/hrhandbooken.pdf Universal Declaration of Human Rights (2015).

‹

Damak Campus Journal, Vol. 9 JULY 2020 27

Interest Income and Interest Expenses Rate and Their Effects on Net Profit Margin of Nepalese Commercial Banks

Tej Prasad Acharya*

Abstract This study aims to analyze the relationship of net profit margin with interest income rate on loan & advances and interest expenses rate on deposit and borrowings of Nepalese commercial banks. The study is based on casual comparative research design. This study comprises all commercial banks’ secondary sources of five years data. It is evident from findings that net profit margin is more stable than interest income rate. Profit margin and interest income rate have inverse relation but interest income and expenses rate is positively associated. There is not a significant linear relationship between net profit margin and interest income rate. Findings of this study may not similar for development bank and micro-finance companies.

Keywords: Interest income rate, Interest expenses rate, Net profit margin Introduction Nepal has adopted financial liberalization policy from mid 1980s (Adhikari, 2017) by opening financial market to private sectors and inviting foreign partnership in financial sectors. As a result, positive impact has been experienced in development of financial market (Gnawali, 2017). The impact of financial ratios on banks’ profitability has received much attention from researchers. It is an attempt to identify the impact of interest income rate and interest expenses rate on net profit margin of Nepalese commercial banks. The rate of interest income on loan and advances symbolize banks’ earning capacity to generate revenue through providing loan to customers and other financial institutions. It is the key income source of banks. The interest expense is the major operating expenses of banks. The ratio of interest expenses on deposits and borrowings reflects the banks’ efficiency to control operating cost. The net profit margin reflects the profitability position that depends on various factors like assets mobilization efficiency, operating efficiency, credit to deposit proportion policy, personnel bonus policy, central bank’s provision regarding loan loss, income tax rate etc (Berger, 1995). Several studies conducted in banking sector shows that competition has been forcing to reorganize on better ways of measuring performance. In this perspective, impact of interest income rate and interest expenses rate on banks’ net profit margin has been considered an important issue. Objective of the Study The major objective of this study is to examine the performance measurement via showing relation of interest income rate and interest expenses rate on net profit margin of Nepalese commercial banks’. However, the specific objectives of the study are:

* Mr. Acharya is a Lecturer in Management, Damak Multiple Campus.

Damak Campus Journal, Vol. 9 JULY 2020 28

i. To clarify an average and variation position of interest income rate, interest expenses rate and net profit margin ii. To describe the triangular relationship among interest income rate, interest expenses rate and net profit margin Review of Related Studies According to Investopaper, all commercial banks of Nepal during fiscal year 2075/076 have collected Rs 27.90 kharba as deposit from customers, Rs 23.97 kharba have floated loan and advances, banks have earned Rs 127.42 Arba as the net interest income (i.e. interest income – interest expenses), and banks have earned net profit of Rs 65.41 Arba . Khanal (2017) highlighted the banks high credit to deposit ratio affects profit through translating the safety advantage into profit. The study also concluded that the lending activities in commercial banking sector are associated with profit. To improve the profitability of Nepalese commercial banks, banks should work to improve the efficiency of cost management and to increase the loan to deposit ratio. Mouren and Wambua (2014) focused monetary policy, bank size, liquidity risk, credit risk, return on assets, net interest margin, and operating costs play a significant role in the determination of interest rate spread in the banking sector in Kenya. The impact of monetary policy as captured by the policy rate was found to be positive but weak. The positive relationship between bank’s capital size and interest rate spread. Using a sample of 80 countries 80 commercial banks during 1988 to 1995, Kunt and Huizinga (1998) analyze the determinants of commercial bank interest margin and profitability: some international evidence. The study highlighted that profitability depends upon reserve for loan loss, deposit insurance, loan to deposit ratio, inflation rate, tax rate and financial structure of the bank. Larger debt equity ratio is negatively associated to profit margin. Bhattarai, (2015); Gautam, (2018) concluded that profitability position of Nepalese commercial bank is significantly positively allied with lending rate and negatively correlated with deposit and borrowing rate. Methodology a. Research Design The study is based on casual comparative research design. It explains the relation of net profit margin with interest income rate and interest expenses rate of commercial banks in Nepal. b. Population and Sample The population and sample of the research study is all commercial banks in Nepal. This study comprises all twenty seven commercial banks as per the record of Nepal Rastra Bank on 1 st June, 2020.

Damak Campus Journal, Vol. 9 JULY 2020 29

c. Nature and Sources of Data The study is gathered secondary data from the annual reports and financial reports during the fiscal year 2071/072 to 2075/076 via the internet. d. Research Framework and Definition of variables The primary focus of the research is to show the relationship between net profit margin with interest income rate and interest expenses rate. i. Interest income rate Interest income is the major income source of commercial banks. Banks earn interest on loan provided to customers and financial institutions. It measures an average rate of interest return from different types of loan to customers and other financial institutions. The formula for interest income rate is:

= & ii. Interest expenses rate Interest expense is the major operating expenses of banks. Banks pay interest on different types of deposit & borrowings. It measures the average rate of interest expenses on customers’ deposit and borrowings from other financial institutions. It is the base of bank’s cost of funds. Commercial banks’ lending is mostly determined by the gross domestic product of the country and liquidity ratio to be maintained by the commercial banks (Timsina, 2019) The formula for interest expenses rate is:

= & iii. Net profit margin Net profit is the major element of each and every organization for long term survival, further development and to fulfill corporate social responsibility (Gnawali, 2017). Business efficiency and success of any business organizations are measured on the basis of profit. Net profit margin links the net income to total operating revenue of commercial banks. The net income is profit after all expenses and tax which is available to owners. Total operating revenue includes interest income, commission and discount income, exchange gain and other operating income. A higher ratio is an indication of higher overall efficiency and better utilization of resources of the bank. The formula for net profit margin is:

= ()

Damak Campus Journal, Vol. 9 JULY 2020 30

The study is based on following research framework.

Interest income rate on loan and advances Net profit margin Interest expenses rate on deposit and borrowings Independent variables Dependent variable Hypothesis 1: There is no linear relationship (correlation) between interest income rate and net profit margin Hypothesis 2: There is no linear relationship (correlation) between interest expenses rate and net profit margin Hypothesis 3: There is no linear relationship (correlation) between interest income and expenses rate iv. Methods of Analysis The study uses average, standard deviation, coefficient of variation, percentage, coefficient of correlation, coefficient of determination, t-test as per requirement to analyze the data. Following formula is used to calculate the t- static value.

t- Static value = r (. Gupta,1997:1237) Standard deviation of historical period’s return is calculated by:

( ) б = (Poudel et.al, 2015) Result and Discussion The following section discusses the results of data of above mentioned ratios computed through annual reports and financial statements of concerned banks. Interest Income Rate on Loan and Advances It measures an average rate of interest return from different types of loan to customers and other financial institutions by banks. Interest income is the basic operating income of banks by providing loan to customers out of deposit and capital funds. Demand of money, supply capacity, economic environment, level of competition, inflation rate, risk premium, operating efficiency, and monetary policy determines the interest earning power of banks.

Damak Campus Journal, Vol. 9 JULY 2020 31

Table 1: Interest Income Rate on Loan and Advances Fiscal year Grand Particular SD CV 2071/072 2072/073 2073/074 2074/075 2075/076 Average Average interest 9.38% 8.39% 9.59% 11.69% 12.28% 10.27% 1.65% 16% income rate The table 1 shows average interest income rate on loan and advances of all twenty seven commercial banks in Nepal. A higher interest income rate indicate the high demand of loan, favorable economic environment and banks earn more interest income from customers by providing loan to them. In the study period, higher interest income rate is 12.28% in FY 2075/076 and the lowest rate is 8.39% in FY 2072/073. Grand average interest income rate during the study period is 10.27% indicates that one rupee increase in loan to customer helps to further increase interest income by Re. 0.1027. Standard deviation during the study period indicates that average deviation of interest income rate is 1.65% and coefficient of variation (CV) shows the 84% interest income is stable. Thirteen banks’ interest income rate is greater than average interest income rate (i.e. 12.28%) in fiscal year 2075/076. Interest Expenses Rate on Deposits and Borrowings The ratio is a primary indicator of banks’ deposit and borrowings rate. It indicates an average rate of interest pay by banks to deposit of customers. It is the base of bank’s cost of funds. Economic environment, interest rate on deposit, growth of GDP, government expenditures, level of remittance inflows are major determinants of deposit. Interest expenses rate depends mainly on demand and supply of money. Table 2: Interest Expenses Rate on Deposits and Borrowings Fiscal year Grand Particular SD CV 2071/072 2072/073 2073/074 2074/075 2075/076 Average Average interest 3.83% 2.23% 4.40% 6.19% 6.53% 4.64% 1.77% 38% expenses rate

The table 2 shows average interest expenses rate on deposit and borrowings of all twenty seven commercial banks in Nepal. A higher interest expenses rate indicate the high demand of loan and low supply of deposit and banks pay more interest rate to depositors to collect money. In the study period, higher interest expenses rate is 6.53% in FY 2075/076 and the lowest rate is 2.23% in FY 2072/073. Average deviation of interest income and expenses rate is 5.63%. Grand average interest expenses rate during the study period is 4.64%. It indicates that one rupee increase in deposit by customer further increase interest expenses of banks by Re. 0.0464. Standard deviation during the study period indicates that average deviation of interest expenses rate is 1.77% and coefficient of variation (CV) shows the fluctuation rate of interest expenses rate is higher than interest income rate.

Damak Campus Journal, Vol. 9 JULY 2020 32

Net Profit Margin (NPM) Net profit margin indicates the banks’ overall efficiency to generate net income. Higher the net profit margin is the symbol of more efficient in operating management. Business efficiency and success of any business organizations are measured on the basis of profit. Net profit margin links the net income to total operating revenue of commercial banks. The net income is profit after all expenses and tax which is available to owners. Table 3: Net Profit Margin Fiscal year Grand Particular SD CV 2071/072 2072/073 2073/074 2074/075 2075/076 Average Average net 23.04% 28.37% 27.96% 24.01% 22.66% 25.21% 2.61% 10.36% profit margin The table 3 exhibits that net profit margin of Nepalese commercial banks have ranged between 22.66% to 28.37% with an average of 25.21% during the study period. Standard deviation indicates that average deviation of net profit margin is 2.61% and coefficient of variation (CV) shows the 89.64% net profit margin is stable. The net profit margin is more stable than interest income and interest expenses rate. In the fiscal year 2072/073, both interest income and expenses rates are lower in the study period but net profit margin is higher due to the more deviation in interest income and expenses rate. Nine banks’ net profit margin is greater than average rate (i.e. 22.66%) in fiscal year 2075/076. Correlation Analysis Correlation is a statistical tool design to measure the degree of association between two or more variables. Coefficient of correlation is helpful in measuring the degree of relationship between the variables (Sthapit et.al, 2013). Coefficient of Correlation between Interest Income Rate (IIR) and Net Profit Margin (NPM) Table 4: Coefficient of Correlation between IIR and NPM Coefficient of Relationship Coefficient of Calculated t Tabulated t-value Accept or Reject of correlation (r) determination at 5% margin of null hypothesis (H o) 2 (R ) - value error -0.70 Negative 49% -1.6977 or | t | 3.182 Accept =1.6977

The table 4 shows the relationship between interest income rate and net profit margin of Nepalese commercial banks during FY 2071/072 to 2075/076 is a strong negative. The inverse coefficient of correlation (i.e. - 0.70) indicates that when interest income rate increase by 1%, the net profit margin decreases by 0.70%. High lending rate to customers by bank is not fruitful to increase net profit margin because it moves in opposite direction.

Damak Campus Journal, Vol. 9 JULY 2020 33

Coefficient of determination (R 2) is measured variation in dependent variable is explained by the variation in independent variable. The coefficient of determination between interest income rate and net profit margin of Nepalese commercial banks during FY 2071/072 to 2075/076 is 0.49 or 49%. It tells us that 49% of the variation in the net profit margin is reduced by taking into account the interest income rate and remaining portion might be the effect of other factors like other than interest income, operating and non-operating expenses, income tax, provision for loan loss, bonus to staff etc. Calculated value of ‘t’ is less than table value of ‘t’ at 5% margin of error. Hence, null hypothesis is accepted. It indicates that there is not a significant linear relationship (close to zero) between net profit margin and interest income rate. Coefficient of Correlation between Interest Expenses Rate (IER) and Net Profit Margin (NPM) Table 5: Coefficient of Correlation between IER and NPM Coefficient of Relationship Coefficient of Calculated Tabulated t-value Accept or Reject correlation (r) determination t - value at 5% margin of of null 2 (R ) error hypothesis (H o) -0.68 Negative 46% -1.606 or | 3.182 Accept t | =1.606 The table 5 shows the relationship between interest expenses rate and net profit margin of Nepalese commercial banks’ is negative. The negative coefficient of correlation (i.e. - 0.68) indicates that when interest rate on deposit increase by 1%, the net profit margin decreases by 0.68%. Coefficient of determination (R 2) between interest expenses rate and net profit margin of Nepalese commercial banks during FY 2071/072 to FY 2075/076 is 0.46 or 46%. It tells us that 46% of the variation in the net profit margin is explained by interest expenses rate and remaining portion might be explained by other factors Calculated value of ‘t’ is less than table value of ‘t’ at 5% margin of error. Hence, null hypothesis is accepted. It indicates that there is insignificant correlation between net profit margin and interest expenses rate. Coefficient of Correlation between Interest Income Rate (IIR) and Interest Expenses Rate (IER) Table 6: Coefficient of Correlation between IIR and IER Coefficient of Relationship Coefficient of Calculated t Tabulated t- Accept or Reject correlation (r) determination - value value at 5% of null 2 (R ) margin of error hypothesis (H o) 0.98 Positive 96% 8.53 3.182 Reject The table 6 shows the relationship between interest income rate and interest expenses rate of Nepalese commercial banks’ is high degree positive. The positive coefficient of

Damak Campus Journal, Vol. 9 JULY 2020 34 correlation (i.e. 0.98) indicates that when interest rate on loan to customers increase by 1% of previous rate, the interest rate on deposit also increases by 0.98% of previous rate. Coefficient of determination (R 2) between interest income and expenses rate of Nepalese commercial banks during FY 2071/072 to FY 2075/076 is 0.96 or 96%. It shows that 96% of the variation in the interest expenses rate is explained by interest income rate. Calculated value of ‘t’ is more than table value of ‘t’ at 5% margin of error. Hence, null hypothesis is rejected. It indicates that there is significant high degree positive relationship between interest income rate and interest expenses rate.

Net profit margin

r = - 0.70 r = - 0.68

Interest income rate r = 0.98 Interest expenses rate Figure 1: Triangular relationship among profit margin, interest income rate and interest expenses rate Figure 1 shows the relationship between interest income rate and net profit margin of Nepalese commercial banks during FY 2071/072 to 2075/076 is a strong negative. The negative coefficient of correlation (i.e. - 0.70) indicates that when interest income rate increase by 1%, the net profit margin will decreases by 0.70%. There is not a significant linear relationship between interest income rate and net profit margin. The relationship between interest expenses rate and net profit margin is also negative but there is significant high degree positive relationship between interest income rate and interest expenses rate. Ninety six percent of the variation in the interest expenses rate is explained by interest income rate. Conclusion Based on the results of the empirical analysis, interest income rate on loan & advances and interest expenses rate on deposit & borrowings of Nepalese commercial banks are gradually growing trend except fiscal year 2072/073. But net profit margin in fiscal year 2072/073 is high and then gradually decreases over the study period. Variation of interest expenses rate is more than interest income rate but net profit margin is more stable. Relationship of interest income rate with net profit margin is insignificant and strongly negative. Interest expenses rate and net profit margin is also negatively correlated as well as insignificant relationship. Interest income rate and interest expenses rate has high degree positive and significant relationship. Both rates movement are in same direction. A high degree variation in the interest expenses rate is explained by interest income rate. Finally, the study concludes that high lending rate to customers by bank is not fruitful to increase net profit margin because it moves in

Damak Campus Journal, Vol. 9 JULY 2020 35 opposite direction. So, to improve the profit margin of Nepalese banks should decrease the lending rate on loan to customers. References Adhikari, N.R. (2017). Performance Measurement and Organizational Performance in Nepalese Commercial Banks. The Nepalese Management Review, 18 (1), 49-58 Berger, A.N. (1995). The Relationship between Capital and Earnings in Banking. Journal of Money, Credit, and Banking , 27(2), 432-456 Bhattarai, Y.R. (2015). Determinants of Financial Performance: An Evidence from Nepalese Commercial Banks. Economic Journal of Development Issues, vol. 19 & 20, No. 1-2 (2015) Combined Issue Financial Performance Analysis of Commercial Bamks of Nepal (2020). Investopaper Gautam, R. (2018). Determinants of Financial Performance: An Evidence From Nepalese Commercial Banks. Amity Journal of Strategic Management , vol. – 1, Issue – 2 Gnawali, A. (2017). Profitability Performance Analysis in Nepal: With Special Reference to Nepal Telecom Ltd. The Nepalese Management Review, 18 (1), 69 – 76 Gupta, S.C. (1997). Fundamentals of Statistics. Delhi, Himalayan Publishing House Khanal, K. (2017). Financial Ratios and Their Effects on Profitability of Commercial Banks in Nepal. The Nepalese Management Review, 18 (1), 93 – 100 Kunt, A.D. & Huizinga, H. (1998). Determinants of Commercial Bank Interest Margins and Profitability: Some International Evidence. The World Bank Economic Review, 2 (13), 379 – 408 Mouren, W. & Wambua, J. (2014). What factors drive interest rate spread of commercial banks? Empirical evidence from Kenya. Review of Development Finance, 4(2014), 73 – 82. Retrieved from http:// www.sciencedirect.com Paudel, R.B., Baral, K.J., Joshi, P.D., Gautam, R.R., & Rana, S.B. (2015). Fundamentals of Financial Management. Kathmandu: Asmita Publication Sthapit, A.B., Yadav, R.P., & Khanal, S.P. (2013). Business Statistics. Kathmandu: Asmita Publication Timsina, N. (2019). Determinants of Bank Lending in Nepal. NRB Economic Review Annual reports of concerned commercial banks of Nepal Websites: www.nrb.gov.np www.rbb.com.np www.nicasia.com.np www.centurybank.com.np

‹

Damak Campus Journal, Vol. 9 JULY 2020 36

Anatomy of Social Class System: An Anthropological Study

Shravan Kumar Chaudhary*

cKkf] bLKkf] ej : eujfg a'4 Be the lamp (light) thyself - Lord Buddha Abstract This article is based on various social and anthropological books and articles previously written by writers and scholars. Religious fanaticism, Casteism, racism, and sexism are not the modern phenomena of our time. They have their origins somewhere in the previous periods of history. But there doesn't seem to be any sign of complete abolition of such practices despite various efforts from different corners including the execution of laws and the intervention of the states. This situation takes a very nasty turn at times. It has been found that such systems are deeply rooted in the traditional societies, especially in the South Asian countries like India, Nepal, Bangladesh, Pakistan where there is a state of backwardness, illiteracy, poverty, and lack of awareness. Some shocking and heartrending incidents of violence like gruesome killing of six youths in Rukkum district, beating of a woman of low caste for drawing water from a well of high-castes in UP, India(video) on Facebook, killing of a Black in America and the killing of a young widow(daughter-in-law) by the members of her own family in Hetauda Sub-metropolitan - 4, recently have provided the impetus for this article. These are serious social crimes, but they are spurred by sexism, racism, sects or casteism in one way or the other. There have been so many similar unreported cases of violence against the down-trodden groups of society in many parts of the world. It is important to note that there is no abatement of such incidents even in the 21 st century. It is a slur on humanity. Key words: anthropology, fanaticism, casteism, sexism, perpetuation, heartrending, civilization Introduction Various studies have shown that the origin of certain concepts is found in social duties, rituals, myths and religious texts propagated by some prominent persons of the contemporary society. Gradually, they become a part of daily life of the common people as they are practised by some cunning learned persons with an aim of gaining their superiority over others under various pretexts. For example, the terms 'masculine' and 'feminine' represent the opposite sexes. We find that in the common use the term 'man' represents both the positive and the neutral electrical poles, while the term 'woman' represents only the negative electrical pole. In the common use 'man' is designated to represent human beings in general through promotion of certain criteria. A man is in the right in being a man; and a woman is in the wrong. Aristotle has said, "we should regard the female nature as afflicted with a natural defectiveness." St.

* Mr. Chaudhary is a Lecturer in English, Damak Multiple Campus.

Damak Campus Journal, Vol. 9 JULY 2020 37

Thomas has viewed woman as an "imperfect man," an "incidental" being. Likewise, in 'Genesis' Eve has been depicted as made from " a supernumerary bone" of Adam. In a similar vein, Michelet writes, "Woman, the relative being…" The meaning of this statement is that 'Man can think without woman, but she cannot think of herself without man' (Simone de Beauvoir,2008: 207- 216). We find the description in the Holy Bible how the Lord created Eve, a woman and wife of Adam, out of his (Adam's ) extra bones: " Finally! One like me, With bones from my bones And a body from my body. She was taken out of man, So I will call her 'woman.' '' (Genesis, 1- 50 ) The concept of male chauvinism and high-caste chauvinism is still prevalent today almost in every society because of the misleading and distorted beliefs of the previous eras. The same thing is applicable in the case of social classes and racism. They are not completely based on the facts. They are the product of the biased mentality; they are discriminatory and oppressive thoughts. The English philosopher John Locke says, "We have no innate ideas or conceptions about the world we are brought into before we have seen it." our mind is a 'tabula rasa' or an 'empty slate'. In other words, we learn everything or gain ideas with the help of sense organs from the world around us. He believed in equality of the sexes. He maintained that the subjugation of women to men was 'man-made'. Therefore, it could be altered (Jostein Gaarder,1994: 257-66 ). The Manusmriti has strong impacts on the Indian subcontinent society and culture. It looks down upon women and Shudras. It doesn't consider them as an important part of the society; they are not independent and free in life. The Shudras don't have the right to possess personal property and a woman should always remain under the protection of her father, her husband and the son in childhood, adulthood and the old age respectively. But the realization of importance of women has been depicted at one place when says, "Where there is respect of a woman, there stays god and the family is happy if a woman is happy there." Chanakya was an orthodox Hindu Brahmin whose views have been presented in aphorisms in his work Chanakya Neetidarpan . It says that women could not be trusted or they have inherent tendencies of "low moral character and falsehood''. It describes women negatively and pointlessly: "Women have hunger two-fold, shyness four-fold, daring six-fold, and lust eight-fold as compared to men… A woman, by nature, is liar, courageous, deceitful, foolish, greedy, impious and cruel." These are the innate attributes of a woman. He also favoured the caste system in ancient India. Such concepts are not born. They are man-made, are taught and transferred from one generation to another directly or indirectly. This is the reason that there is a perpetuation of such traditions and systems of domination even at the present despite

Damak Campus Journal, Vol. 9 JULY 2020 38 the spread of education, civilization and developments in all the spheres of life. David Hicks writes in his work Education for Peace : "Children do not, of course, come to school unaware of the world in which they live. Schools merely intervene in an ongoing educational process that of childhood socialization, by which children learn the mores expected to their culture, class, and gender. Thus, even as young as five children beginning to acquire likes and dislikes about other groups of peoples, and about countries and cultures other than their own. By junior school quite strong prejudices may have been formed prior to any factual knowledge" (David Hicks, 2016:241-248). There are so several cases of killing, violating women, honour killing, shaming, beating, and lynching the innocent persons in the name of racism, sexism, and casteism in various parts of the world. Caste-based domination, discrimination, segregation, and untouchability are still prevalent chiefly in the Indian-subcontinent. It is a crime against humanity. The origin of ideas of uncleanliness, taboos, and ceremonies The concept of taboos, the things forbidden, ceremonies, and uncleanliness developed in the Neolithic man out of fears of God. Then, the idea of cleansing and of removing a curse came to their mind. It was transmitted by wise old men and women to the coming generations. Gradually, the sense of cleansing gave birth to the idea of the earliest priestcraft and witchcraft. When speech developed, it became the first powerful supplement to imitative education that was practised previously by the speechless parents. The idea of the ominous or evil has for its correlative idea of propitious (auspicious / favourable). And from this, the idea of making things auspicious by ceremonies developed. Now the parents taught the children their experiences. They would make secrets of these things and would convey to younger people only. It was done to astonish and impress each other. Out of such ideas, the first quasi-religious elements came into being. The development of speech played an important role to intensify and develop the tradition of taboos, restraints and ceremonies. Step by step, they were entangled in the net of such traditions (H.G. Wells,1920:14 - 262). It may be the reason that "only the students belonging to Brahmin and Kshatriya communities were taught at Gurukuls, traditional Hindu residential schools. Fundamental changes became possible after the advent of Buddhism and Jainism and became democratic in character" (New Horizons,128-133). Because at that time the caste system was very rigid and low caste people were discriminated on all the spheres of life. This kind of discrimination may be also a part of domination. Myth-making, story -telling, and religion People started making and telling stories about themselves, about taboos, and the world with the increment of vocabularies. They handed down such stories to the younger generations, trained them, and also taught them what to do and what not to do. They were not free to form their own ideas about things. The younger people were under the power of suggestions of the elder members. Vocabularies gave them mental power. A fresh set of ideas arose in their mind with the beginning of agriculture. The conception of special sacrifice appeared. A purified class of people and the priests sacrificed

Damak Campus Journal, Vol. 9 JULY 2020 39 persons at seedtime. Then the conception of sacrament and finally ceremonial feast arose. This kind of sacrifice of he-goats is still prevalent today in the Terai regions of Nepal during the paddy plantation in the rainy season every year. Out of a number of like beliefs, mental experiments, and misconceptions grew up in the lives of men which began to bind them together mentally and emotionally both in their daily life and actions. We may call it religion. It was not something illogical, because it combined various ideas together about commanding not only the human beings, but also spirits and gods regarding what must be done or not. Religion has grown like all other things or matters in the life of human beings (H.G. Wells,1920: 45-56). Thus, we can say that religion is a set of prescribed duties. With the flow of time, they became aware of their protection that needed direction and the concept of purity, impurity and the power. In response to such demands, those who were wise, cunning, shrewd, and bold became priests, chiefs, and kings. The priests believed in their ceremonies, the chiefs and the kings believed in their right so that they could live a happy life. For this, they created and developed both consciousness and stock of knowledge to serve their own purpose. They tried to rule over others honestly or dishonestly. In his widely read book The Glimpses of World History Nehru writes, "The priests controlled the people's life through different methods and frightened them by quackery, omens, rituals, worships, spells and witchcrafts. Buddhism was a revolt against caste system, priestcraft, and rituals" (Nehru,1934-35: 25-132). The origin of social classes in Hinduism Various studies show that the social structure is chiefly based on the duties performed by the common people. Other important factors are the concept of purity and impurity propagated by rituals and marriage system. In other words, the caste endogamy or exogamy has been one of the main methods of maintaining status in Hinduism. Likewise, dietary habits, cultures, ceremonies and worships also play an important role for stratification of social groups. It is based on some ancient works like the Manusmriti (2nd century BCE to 3rd century CE) , an ancient legal text and others. It is believed that the Manusmriti / Manusmurti (Laws of Manu) is the main foundation of the Indian Penal Code (IPC) (enacted in 1860) and of the Hindu Code Bills (1950s). It is not a religious text. Instead, it is a collection of social and legal codes of the contemporary society dealing rituals, dietary habits, health tips, duties of people as per their class, punishments and rewards, customs, worships and life-styles etc. The Manusmriti emphases on the study of the Vedas for the higher castes, but it restricts the Shudras. Further it says, Lord Brahma created the four classes of people out of His four parts: Brahman arose out of the mouth, Kshatriya out of the arms, Vaishya out of the stomach and Shudra out of the legs. It has prescribed their duties as well. It seems that the concepts of the Rig Vedas have been misinterpreted by Manu, Chanakya, and others. The commoners follow their views blindly without a challenge and knowing the facts. The Rig Veda says:

Damak Campus Journal, Vol. 9 JULY 2020 40

"When they divided Purusa how many portions did they make? What do they call his mouth, his arms? What do they call his thighs and feet? The Brahman was his mouth, of both his arms was the Rajanya made. His thighs became the Vai śya, from his feet the Śū dra was produced." (The Rig Veda , Book-10:11-12) There is a description of Purusha Sukta in the Rig Veda . He is a symbol of Cosmic Being or the Self or Consciousness or the Universal Principle. As per various schools of Hinduism, Purusha connects everything and everyone. In this sense all human beings have all these four qualities of the parts of the body. Their character is shaped by their learning. One can also change the character simply by changing the learning or the professions. The Manusmriti was written about two or three centuries later than the Vedas. (W.K.Wilkins, 1900:7-8 &43-45). One can understand and experience the influences of the Rig Veda on the Manusmrit. Purusha suktam (Brahman) is the symbol of the centre of knowledge that is the 'head' or the' brain'. One who has stored knowledge and spreads it is the Brahman. Prof. Dr. Sushma Acharya at TU says that a Brahman or a Kshatriya is not a caste. Instead, all the four castes represent four parts of our own body. They have connotative meanings. The Vedas don't discriminate the population at all on the basis of castes (Interview). The class and the caste systems are the product of superstitions, fictitious beliefs, hypocrisy, conspiracy, and the urge to rule promoted by the unscientific, baseless and false views of the then learnt persons and the rulers. They were propagated and spread in the society as an expression of male chauvinism and high-caste chauvinism to fulfil their own vested interests and perpetuate dominations under various pretexts. The words have both creative and destructive influences on the mind of the people. They outrightly believe in the words spoken or written without doubting and testing them. The unscientific and misguiding works written centuries ago have been plaguing the humans and torturing them in the name of sex, caste, and race etc. Now time come to discard the false views expressed in such texts and realize the truth with new concepts and thoughts in a new way in order to transform the society, make it peaceful and a better place for all groups. The caste system has its own repercussions in social, political, economic, and legal spheres of life. It is important to note that members of one group or class don't feel comfortable in the company of another class. Charles Van Doren puts: "It is little known when such a system of social organization came into being in the Indus Valley civilization, but its descendants reveal the hierarchical ordering". Further, he adds: "The caste system has been a powerful tool for controlling a large population in which there are severe differences in wealth, power, and privileges. And class differentiation is the great foe of the equally great idea of social equality." He also echoes Buddha when he says, " One is not born a Sudra; one also becomes a Sudra by the occupation one follows" (Doren,1992:3-27). Lord Buddha says: "People do not become brahmans by virtue of their matted locks, their lineage, or their birth. Those in whom there is truth and righteousness- they are blessed, they are brahmans"(Max Muller, 2003:117- 125).

Damak Campus Journal, Vol. 9 JULY 2020 41

The origin of social classes in Islam

Islam, like Christianity, doesn't recognize any castes, but in India and Persia there is a social stratification among them. It is believed that after the arrival of the Muslims to the Indian subcontinent in the twelfth century, a division gradually appeared in the community and various social groups such as priests, nobles and others became visible. Later on, a racial segregation demarcated the local Muslim converts from those of foreign origins. The foreigners associated themselves with the conquerors and they claimed a superior status and categorized themselves as Ashraf ("noble"). In this way, with the flow of time, the Indian Muslim society also split. It also followed the existing Hindu caste system of the time. As per M. N. Srinivas, "Indian Hindu converts to Islam brought their original caste system to the Muslim society in the region, while Louis Dumont believes that the Islamic conquerors consciously adopted the Hindu caste system." So, we can say that was the spill over influence of Hinduism. It is believed that the higher social status was offered to the offspring of Mohamed (i.e. Ashrafs) than the low-born (i.e. Ajlafs) in the fourteenth century. In this regard, the contribution of Ziauddin Barani of the Delhi Sultanate, the political thinker (14 th century) is considered to be significant. Because it was Ziauddin who recommended the fatwa (Islamic law given by qualified legal scholar 'mufti') to Islam and Sharia law (code of living for Muslims). He also developed the provision system of promotion and demotion to Imperial officers based on their caste system. Like India, there are various social groups even in Pakistan in the Muslim community. There is no similarity among them in the matter of power, social position, privilege, and wealth. Their social identity is determined on the basis of their ethnic affiliation and membership of a specific caste identity (i.e. Pathan, Sindhi, Punjabi, Baloch etc.). Such a social stratification or classification is hierarchical, endogamous and hereditary like their Hindu counterparts. Studies conducted in Pakistan show that the sweepers have the lowest rank in the social hierarchy. They are not allowed even to touch cooking vessels of the high-ranking groups of Muslims. Over the centuries, the concept of caste purity and pollution evolved in the Muslim society. For example, the low-class Muslims (i.e. Ajlaf ) are the victims of discriminations. On the other hand, the upper-class Muslims (i.e. Ashraf) play a dominant role both in politics and the government jobs in India. In the same way, the higher caste Muslims don't like to share the burials of lower caste Muslims in the same graveyard in India. Among the Muslim social groups, the term 'caste' is used to describe in India, like that of the Hindus, with following characteristics: a. endogamy within the group b. hierarchical gradation of social groups c. determination of the group membership by birth d. in some cases, association of an occupation with the social group (Wikipedia: caste group among South Asian Muslims)

Damak Campus Journal, Vol. 9 JULY 2020 42

Distinction between the class and the caste The terms 'class' and 'caste' refer to two distinct concepts. The former is used in the sense of the Sanskrit term ' varna' that is derived from the root 'vr' which means 'to cover' or 'classify or consider'. We find this term even in the Rigveda . The meaning of this term is " colour or outward appearance or figure or shape or exterior. " The contextual meaning of the term is " colour or race or tribe or kind or character" etc. of people or an object in some Vedic and medieval texts (Wikipedia, Varna (Hinduism). In the Hindu text Manusmriti, the term 'varna' refers to four social classes (of the population). It is a conceptual classification based on occupations, a theoretical four- part division. It is believed that the kings of all the four varnas had occupied the highest position in the monarchial system by the 9 th century in India and that was contrary to the theory of varna . In medieval Europe, for instance, there were three distinct classes : the nobility, the clergy and the common people. They enjoyed different positions, powers, rights, and privileges. On the other hand, the English term 'caste' is derived from the Spanish term 'casta' which means 'lineage'. It is also interpreted as to describe the mixed-race individuals in Spanish America, resulting from unions of Spaniards, Amerindians and Africans. The 'Casta System' was adopted there to classify all of the America's various races and racial combinations, as well as where Spaniards (Spanish citizens) were born. After colonizing the 'New World', this term was used in the sense of race or clan or lineage (Wikipedia,Casta). In our context 'caste' ( Jaati ) refers to various endogamous groups or communities. A caste can be also divided into exogamous groups. So, it is a form of social stratification characterized by endogamy. It includes rituals, occupations, customary social and cultural interactions. But in our time, we use these terms interchangeably. The origin of social classes in Nepal Various historical sources show that the varna (class) system and caste system have been in the social structure of the Kathmandu Valley since the Licchavi Period (3 rd century CE). At the invitation of Jayasthithi Malla, the Maithil-origin king (1354- 1395A.D.), the Brahmins from the plains arrived here and they codified the population of the Valley. The division was made based on the Manusmriti , as per the occupations of the people for the first time. The upper status of Brahmins and Kshatriya was maintained, because they conducted the Tantric rites. They celebrated and observed more ceremonies and rites of purification for longer periods of time. Therefore, they were supposed to be '' more pure " than others. (Wikipedia, Newar caste system ). Regarding the social class system in Nepal, the famous Nepalese anthropologist Dor Bahadur Bista writes:" Though Nepal is considered to have long been Hindu, its native Hinduism has not included a belief in caste principles, which remain a foreign importation with little popular support. Only in the past hundred and thirty-five years has the caste system gained any kind of endorsement." Further, he adds:" Neither hierarchic Hinduism nor Shamanistic religions required any formal process of

Damak Campus Journal, Vol. 9 JULY 2020 43 conversion, and neither had any problem with variations in the form of ritual practice. Hindu Bahuns believed that once people developed faith in the divine origin of castes, everything would fall into place automatically" ( Bista,1991:29 - 60). This kind of concept was propagated and perpetuated during the Rana regimes. The Muluki Ain , promulgated in 1854 A. D. by Junga Bahadur Kunwar / Rana, was perhaps the most artifact of the new Rana regime. It was a legal code that classified the population of the state along Hindu principles of social organization. It reificated and homogenized the existing customs and practices among caste groups. It divided the population into five strata and ranked hierarchically. His task was to establish the legitimacy of the Ranas and secure control over the land. Junga Bahadur was very keen to have his own status raised. There was a greater degree of rigidity in the caste system than that of Jayasthiti Malla. The division was based on the concept of purity and pollution: i. Brahmins ( priests / instructors) ii. Kshatriyas (warriors / barons ) iii. Vaishyas ( merchants / traders) iv. Shudras (artisans / labourers ) There are other strata in each group. For example, in the caste group of the wearers of the holy cord / thread, there are -Upadhyaya Brahmin, Rajput, Jaisi Brahmin, Kshatriya, Newar Brahmin, Indian Brahmin, Ascetic sects and various Newar castes. The Muluki Ain was abolished in in 1963 (Guneratne,2002: 62-90). In other words, the caste-based discrimination was abolished. But the reality speaks something different. The practice of untouchability and impurity today History of untouchability shows that it is based on two factors- the occupations and the dietary habits. Those groups of people whose occupations and dietary habits involved polluting activities were regarded as untouchables. For example, the occupations like scavengers, sweepers, tanners, washer men, and fishermen were considered as polluting jobs. They were segregated and banished by the rest of the groups. Likewise, "The consumption of alcohol was treated was treated by the state as an attribute of impure, but not untouchable status in Nepal"( Guneratne ).On the other hand, those whose dietary habits involved eating dead animals were also treated as untouchables in many countries. In Nepal, there are various strata of untouchable castes: i. Kami (blacksmiths) ii. Sarki (tanners) iii. Kadara (offspring from unions between Kami and Sarki) iv. Damai (tailors and musicians) v. Gaine (minstrels) vi. Badi (musicians and prostitutes) vii. Cyame (Newar scavengers)

It is interesting to note that a tanner is considered to be untouchable for a blacksmith. A blacksmith doesn't accept cooked food from tanners.

Damak Campus Journal, Vol. 9 JULY 2020 44

Some scholars like B.R. Ambedkar believe that untouchability is the result of deliberate policy of the upper-caste Brahmans, while the Austrian ethnologist Christoph von Fürer- Hamendorf's theory says that ''untouchability" originated as class stratification in the urban areas of the Indus Valley Civilization. Those who were poor and helpless were forced to do 'unclean' works or occupations. They were segregated and isolated from the society. Thus, the concept of untouchability gradually spread and personal cleanliness came to be identified as ''purity''. History also tells us that the sense of 'purity' and 'impurity' arose a long time ago when they started consecrating goods for making offerings to gods and goddesses (Wikipedia,Untouchability). In this regard, H. G. Wells also holds similar views. The sense of 'purity' is also concerned with endogamy and fidelity. The Manusmriti rejects the birth of mixed race by the parents of two castes (the upper - the lower), because their children are not well-cultured (p. 324-341). Regarding a similar case in Nepal, Hamilton writes: "The descended of Brahmans by women of the lower tribes, although admitted to be Khas or impure, are called Kshatris or Khatris, which terms are considered as perfectly synonyms and have now formed two tribes, Pauriyals and Sili; but some proper Khatris,called Dewkotas and Lahauriyas,..." (Hamilton, 2007: 09-119). Nepal achieved democracy in the1990s. The democratic government of Nepal abolished all types of caste-based discriminations in 2011 A. D. The Caste-based Discrimination and Untouchability Crime Elimination and Punishment Act of Nepal prohibits the practices of 'untouchability' in the public and private sphere. The Act was unanimously passed by the Interim Parliament on May 24, 2011. The Bill was a historic achievement for the Dalit movement. It was the most comprehensive law on caste-based discrimination in Nepal. The government of Nepal announced a sum of 1,00000/- Nepalese rupees for the couples of inter-caste marriages on July13, 2009 as an attempt to abolish the concept of caste system barriers. It should be taken as a landmark against social discrimination based on cultural and ethnic backgrounds. The couples should make the claim within 30 days of their marriage. But some incidents of forced separation, harassment, institutional discrimination, displacement and violence are still prevalent.] Conclusion The above description shows that the class and the caste systems are not inevitable for human beings. They were elevated by the Manu, the Hindu law giver (through Manusmriti ) and some other scriptures. Social hierarchy and stratification are completely based on professions, customs, marriage system, dietary habits, and poverty. Some cunning and malicious persons promoted their positions and power by fabricating ideas of social hierarchy in order to control the life of others and perpetuate their rule and domination. They are actually man-made. There is no religion that promotes discriminations among the population. If there is any, it should not be called a religion. Religion promotes peace, global fraternity, non-violence, and well-beings of all the children of God. Thomas Jefferson says: "All are created equal" in The Declaration of Independence. Gradually, the red line of the class and the caste is being blurred with the flow of time. But some vestige still remains in the traditional societies like us. Growing

Damak Campus Journal, Vol. 9 JULY 2020 45 level in academic, legal, economic and political spheres of people has salutary effects on such systems for the positive changes. It takes a very long time for the change to come. It also requires political and legal resolutions from all corners. The governments have outlawed all types of discriminations and they are punishable by the law. Inter- caste marriages are very common among the elites and is gaining the ground among the commoners too in the present generation. It is the outcome of various factors. We also come to the conclusion that such systems have come chiefly from India. It is interesting to note that Christianity doesn't have social classes, but in India it is found even among the Christians. The Manusmriti had its influence of the class system on Islam to when it came to the Indian subcontinent in the 12 th century. Arjun Guneratne states that "The modern centralized Indian state that, ironically, upholds caste through constitutional provisions designed to redress the disadvantages of low castes, while simultaneously denying the system as a legitimate form of social organization, is merely the latest incarnation of this process." This situation is not different at all in modern Nepal. Lord Buddha has rightly said, "Be the light thyself ". He meant that we must find the truth or the reality ourselves instead of believing what has been told or written by others. It must be tested in the crucible with evidence and the results. There is no reason of believing any principle without testing it. In this sense, the Buddha is very close to postmodernist view that there is no final truth. Every subject is the matter of test. It is always on the constant change; there is nothing that always remains permanent. The world has been the victim of blind beliefs and misleading doctrines. Therefore, his thoughts are empirical, not imaginary. They are democratic and liberal in nature, not conservative and dogmatic. It is imperative to rise ourselves from the narrow walls of the class and the caste systems, realize how we can make a society peaceful and inclusive by adhering the change and our mindset in the changed context and flow with the current of life. To quote Plato: "If he (man) has apprehended the nature of each thing as it really is… he begets wisdom and truth, he knows, enjoys true life and receives true nourishment, and is at last released from his travail-pangs." But the reality is that the majority are inevitably depraved and it is not easy to change their soul and mind (Plato,1997:189 - 223). References

Acharya, Prof. Dr.Sushma Interview with Pradeep Dhami. [Himal Online Tv .].29 November 209. Beauvoir, Simone de. (2008)."Woman as Other". Essays on Western Intellectual Tradition . (1 st ed.). M.K. publishers and distributors, Bhotahity, Kathmandu. (p. 207-216 ) Bible League International. (1987). "Genesis" Holi Bible . Bible League International, Bible League Plaza, Crete, IL 60417, USA. (p. 01- 50 ) Bista, Dor Bahadur. (1991). "The Caste in Nepal". Fatalism and Development: Nepal's Struggle for Modernization. (1 st ed.) Orient Longman Limited, 17 Chittranjan Avenue, Culcutta 700 072 ( p. 29-60 ) Doren, Charles Van. (1992). "Wisdom of the Ancients": A History of Knowledge . Ballantine Books. United States of America (p. 03- 28) Gaarder, Jostein. (1994). "Locke". Sophie's World . Berkley Publishing Group, 375 Hudson Street, New York, New York 10014 (p. 257 - 266)

Damak Campus Journal, Vol. 9 JULY 2020 46

Guneratne, Arjun. (2002). Ethnicity and the Nepali State : Many Tongues, One People: The Making of Tharu Identity in Nepal. (1 st ed.). Cornell University Press, Sage House,, 512 East State Street, Ithaca, New York 14850. (p. 62 - 90 ) Hamilton, Francis Buchanan. ( 2007)." Of the Tribes Inhabiting the Territories Of Gorkha" An Account of the Kingdom of Nepal. Rupa & Co. 7 /16, Ansari Road, Daryaganj, New Delhi 110 002 (p. 09 -119 ) Hicks, David. (2016). "Peace Education." Readings for the Horizons . (1 st ed.). Sunlight Publication, Kirtipur, Kathmandu. (p. 241- 248) Kulkarni, Chitambara. (2016). "Alternative Schooling System: Gurukul System" (Adoption). Readings for the Horizons . Sunlight Publication, Kirtipur, Kathmandu. (p. 128- 133) Muller, Max. (2003). "The Brahman." The Dhammapada . English translation (1 st ed.). Jaiko publishing House121 Mahatma Gandhi Road, Mumbay-400 001. (p.117 - 125) Nehru, Jawaharlal. (1934-35). Glimpses of World History . Jawaharlal Nehru Memorial Fund, Teen Murty House, New Delhi 110011(p. 01-317) th Pandey, Pandit Rupa Narayan. (2003)."Chapter-I &II". Chanakya Neetidarpan. (5 ed.). Tej Kumar Book Depot ( P.) Ltd., Lucknow, Raja Ram Kumar Press, 75, Hajaratgunj, Lucknow (p.01- 13) Plato (1997 ). "Book Six". Republic. ( 1 st ed.). ( John Llewelyn Davies and David James Vaughan,Trans.).Wordsworth Editions Limited Cumberland House,Crib Street, Ware, Hetrfordshire (p. 189 - 223) Tiwari, Rajiv. Manusmriti (1 st ed.). Manoj Pocket Books 761, Main Road Burari, Delhi 110084 (p. 11 - 398) Wells, H. G. ( 1920 ). "The Earth in Space and Time". The Outline of History. Garden City Publishing Co., Inc., Garden City New York ( p. 14 - 262 ) Wilkins, W. J. (1900). " The Vedic Deities" & "Puranic Deities" Hindu Mythology, Vedic and Puranic . Thacker, Spink & Co.; London: W. Thacker &Co. ( p. 07 - 133 ) Websites: https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Caste_system_in_India https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Untouchability https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Caste_system_among_South_Asian_Muslims https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Newar_caste_system https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Casta https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Varna_(Hinduism)

‹

Damak Campus Journal, Vol. 9 JULY 2020 47

Impact of Corona Virus on the Global Economy

Yagya Raj Giri*

Abstract The new corona virus, known as COVID-19, which first emerged in the Chinese city of Wuhan last December, has infected more than 12 million people out of which 5.5 lakhs have already lost their lives till date in at least 213 countries and territories globally, according to the World Health Organization. The virus outbreak has become one of the biggest threats to the global economy and financial markets. Major institutions and banks have cut their forecasts for the global economy, with the Organization for Economic Co-operation and Development being one of the latest to do so. Meanwhile, fears of the corona virus impact on the global economy have paralyzed markets worldwide, with stock prices and bond yields plunging. The ongoing spread of the new corona virus has become one of the biggest threats to the global economy and financial markets. The rapid increment of Corona virus patients in USA, Brazil, India and African Countries have terrified the whole world. Keywords: Corona virus, Global Economic, COVID-19, Lockdown, Global manufacturing, Financial markets. Introduction The world economy or global economy is the economy of all humans of the world, considered as the international exchange of goods and services that is expressed in monetary units of account. In some contexts, the two terms are distinct "international" or "global economy" being measured separately and distinguished from national economies while the "world economy" is simply an aggregate of the separate countries' measurements. Beyond the minimum standard concerning value in production, use, and exchange the definitions, representations, models, and valuations of the world economy vary widely. It is inseparable from the geography and ecology of Earth. Rather, market valuations in local currency are typically translated to a single monetary unit using the idea of purchasing power. This is the method used below, which is used for estimating worldwide economic activity in terms of real United States dollars or Euros. However, the world economy can be evaluated and expressed in many more ways. It is unclear, for example, how many of the world's 7.62 billion people have most of their economic activity reflected in these valuations. (A.Sui,Y.C.R. Wrong, 2004) According to Madison, until the middle of the 19th century, global output was dominated by China and India. Waves of the Industrial Revolution in Western Europe and Northern America shifted the shares to the Western Hemisphere. As of 2020, the following 15 countries or regions have reached an economy of at least US$2 trillion by GDP in nominal or PPP terms: Brazil, China, France, Germany, India, Indonesia, Italy, Japan, South Korea, Mexico, Russia, Turkey, the United Kingdom,

* Mr. Giri is a Lecturer in Economics, Damak Multiple Campus.

Damak Campus Journal, Vol. 9 JULY 2020 48 the United States, and the European Union. Besides, the specific nature of this crisis means that some sectors may benefit, such as e-commerce, food retail, and the healthcare industry - providing at least some economic growth to offset the damage. (China's Economy, 2020). The Coronavirus has had far-reaching consequences beyond the spread of the disease itself and efforts to quarantine it. As the virus has spread around the globe, concerns have shifted from supply-side manufacturing issues to decreased business in the services sector. The pandemic caused the largest global recession in history, with more than a third of the global population at the time being placed on lockdown. Literature Review One reason behind the U.S. services contraction was a reduction in “new business from abroad as customers held back from placing orders amid global economic uncertainty and the coronavirus outbreak,” said IHS Markit. The spread of the virus in Italy and other parts of Europe is particularly worrying and will likely dampen demand in OECD countries as well,” the DBS analysts wrote in a report. From an economic perspective, the key issue is not just the number of cases of COVID- 19, but the level of disruption to economies from containment measures,” Ben May, head of global macro research at Oxford Economics, said in a report this week. “Widespread lockdowns such as those imposed by China have been enacted in some virus hotspots,” he said, adding that such measures - if taken disproportionately-could induce panic and weaken the global economy even more. Hitt, Keats, and De Maria (1998) argue that companies moving into new markets have many opportunities but also many challenges to overcome. They show how there are increased incentives for innovation and improvement opportunities to gain returns on this innovation. However, international expansion activities complicate operations in various environments. To take advantage of opportunities through positioning regional economies, companies must learn effective ways to coordinate operations across many countries’ borders. The region can continue to increase integration in the global capitalist economy in the same way under the continuing influence of neo-liberal ideology and civil moderate right-wing regimes. The global economy is at a crossroads. The impact of the financial crisis around the the world has taken many people by surprise, and the full extent of the macroeconomic the impact is not yet known. What is certain, however, is that few countries, industries, or businesses will be left unaffected and the accountancy profession has rightly come under criticism and has lessons to learn (Hudson, 2009). Choi and Son, in their research titled "A note on the effects of government spending on economic growth in Korea", examine the effect of government spending shocks on economic growth in Korea since the 1980s. Using the time-varying parameter structural

Damak Campus Journal, Vol. 9 JULY 2020 49 vector autoregression (TVP-SVAR) method, Choi and Son find that the impact of government spending is positive and statistically significant on economic growth. Impact of Corona Virus Fears of the coronavirus impact on the global economy have downgrades in economic forecasts, a slowdown in manufacturing activity, services contraction. declining oil prices, supply shortages, and Global stock markets. Downgrades in economic forecasts The outbreak has led major institutions and banks to cut their forecasts for the global economy. One of the latest to do so is the Organization for Economic Co-operation and Development. In a March report, the OECD said it downgraded its 2020 growth forecasts for almost all economies. The slowdown in manufacturing activity The manufacturing sector has been hit hard by the virus outbreak. The Caixin/Markit Manufacturing Purchasing Managers’ Index — a survey of private companies — showed that China’s factory activity contracted in February, coming in at a record-low reading of indicates contraction. Such a slowdown in world manufacturing has hurt countries with close economic links to China and the USA, many of which are Asia Pacific economies such as Japan, Vietnam, Singapore, and South Korea. Factories in China are taking longer than expected to resume operations, several analysts said. That, along with a rapid spread of COVID-19 outside China, means that global manufacturing activity could remain subdued for longer, economists said. Services contraction • The virus outbreak in the global economy has also hit the country’s services industry as reduced consumer spending hurt retail stores, restaurants, and aviation among others. Hundreds of millions of people could be left without work due to the impact of COVID-19, the UN’s work agency warns. • Current G7 jobless totals vary widely, from 30 million in the United States to 1.76 million in Japan. • Several European governments have softened rise in unemployment with generous wages subsidies. Since the pandemic hit, claims for unemployment benefits have soared in some countries – notably the US – and by far less in others, for example, Japan. The global outlook is not positive –– the UN’s International Labour Organization predicts 1.6 billion informal economy workers could suffer “massive damage” to their livelihoods. In the second quarter of 2020, COVID-19 may cost the equivalent of 305 million full-time jobs.

Damak Campus Journal, Vol. 9 JULY 2020 50

Declining oil prices A reduction in global economic activity has lowered the demand for oil, taking oil prices to multi-year lows. That happened even before a disagreement on production cuts between OPEC and its allies caused the latest plunge in oil prices. Analysts from Singaporean bank DBS said reduced oil demand from the virus outbreak and an expected increase in supply are a “double whammy” for oil markets. Supply shortages Supply shortages are expected to affect several sectors due to panic buying, increased usage of goods to fight the pandemic, and disruption to factories and logistics in mainland China. There have been instances of price gouging There have been widespread reports of shortages of pharmaceuticals, with many areas seeing panic buying and consequent shortages of food and other essential grocery items. The technology industry, in particular, has been warning about delays to shipments of electronic goods. Global stock markets Global stock markets fell on 24 February 2020 due to a significant rise in the number of COVID-19 cases outside mainland China. By 28 February 2020, stock markets worldwide saw their largest single-week declines since the 2008 financial crisis. Global stock markets crashed in March 2020, with falls of several percents in the world's major indices. As the pandemic spreads, global conferences and events across technology, fashion, and sports are being canceled or postponed. While the monetary impact on the travel and trade industry is yet to be estimated, it is likely to be in the billions and increasing. Economic Repercussion in Nepal Lockdown since April in Nepal, over 90 percent of economic activities have come to a stand still. The latest projected data show that the agricultural, industrial and service sectors are projected to grow by 2.6 percent, 3.2 percent and 2 percent, respectively. These numbers are drastically lower than the growth these sectors experienced last fiscal year. The economy was already feeble before the lockdown and social distancing measures were imposed. For instance, a delayed monsoon, shortage of fertilisers, use of substandard seeds and an armyworm invasion dented agricultural output before the Covid-19 pandemic. The pandemic exacerbated the situation through agricultural inputs crunch (such as workers and fertilisers), especially to harvest winter crops, connect to agricultural markets, and prepare for summer crops. (Global and Nepalese Economy, KFA posted 2020). Similarly, weak capital spending and the lack of an investment-friendly environment affected industrial output before the pandemic. The Covid-19 pandemic in Nepal happened to worsen the situation as it hit in the second half of the fiscal year—the period when a majority of economic activities occur. No wonder, mining and quarrying,

Damak Campus Journal, Vol. 9 JULY 2020 51 manufacturing and construction activities are expected to contract in the current fiscal year. Work from home norms do not apply to these activities and productivity losses will continue to linger for some quarters. Within the services sector, a deterioration of remittance income and decline in imports were already affecting retail and wholesale trade, which has the second-largest share in the GDP. After the pandemic, this sub-sector is expected to grow by just 2.1 percent, down from 11.1 percent last fiscal. Travel and tourism-related activities such as hotels and restaurants, and transport, storage and communications are expected to contract. Other services activities that are badly hit are financial intermediation, real estate and business activities, and education. This crisis will increase the fiscal deficit because of lower than expected revenue mobilisation and nominal GDP growth, and higher than expected expenditure needs. Inflation may rise, but not to the extent seen during previous crises as depressed consumer demand will somewhat counteract cost-push inflationary pressures arising from a shortage of goods and services. Similarly, a decline in exports as well as imports, and deceleration of remittance inflows might have a net effect of reducing the current account deficit. However, foreign exchange reserves will fall. This is not good, as it jeopardises external sector stability. Importantly, since a large proportion of the households are clustered just above the absolute poverty line, an income shock due to the Covid-19 will push many of them below the poverty line. It will also potentially widen inequality because the poorest households are disproportionately affected. Note that over 62 percent of the employed workforce is in the informal sector and about 85 percent of them are employed informally—that is, those who do not have paid annual leave or sick leave benefits and whose employers do not contribute to their social security. Social protection problems, as well as unemployment, are going to exacerbate as mass internal layoffs and returning migrant workers increase in the coming weeks. The unemployment rate was already over 11.4 percent and the labour underutilisation rate, which includes unemployed, time-related unemployed and potential labour force, was even higher at 39.3 percent. (Chandan Sapkota, 2020). Conclusion and Suggestion While there is no way to tell exactly what the economic damage from the global COVID-19 novel coronavirus pandemic will be, there is widespread agreement among economists that it will have severe negative impacts on the global economy. The economic damage caused by the COVID-19 pandemic is largely driven by a fall in demand, meaning that there are not consumers to purchase the goods and services available in the global economy. The longer the virus spreads, the more economic and company performance will be impacted, raising concerns about debt sustainability, especially for highly indebted countries and companies, absent official support.

Damak Campus Journal, Vol. 9 JULY 2020 52

The Covid-19 outbreak has generated both demand and supply shocks reverberating across the global economy. Among major economies outside of China, the Organization for Economic Co-operation and Development( OECD) forecasts the largest downward growth revisions in countries deeply interconnected to China, especially South Korea, Australia, and Japan. Major European economies will experience dislocations as the virus spreads and countries adopt restrictive responses that curb manufacturing activity at regional hubs, including in Northern Italy. Having largely ignored Covid-19 as it spread across China, global financial markets reacted strongly last week when the virus spread to Europe and the Middle East, stoking fears of a global pandemic. Since then, Covid-19 risks have been priced so aggressively across various asset classes that some fear a recession in the global economy may be a foregone conclusion. In the study, business leaders are asking whether the market drawdown truly signals a recession, how bad a Covid-19 recession would be, what the scenarios are for growth and recovery, and whether there will be any lasting structural impact from the unfolding crisis.

References

A Sui, Y C R Wong, (2004) Economic Impact of SARS: The Case of Hong-Kong: Asian Economic Papers, volume 3. China's Economy Suffers Historic Slump Due to Virus Shutdown Bloomberg News. Available Posted: 2020-03-16. Sapkota, Chandan. Covid-19: Impact and response: The Kathmandu Post : 6th July 2020. Economic Impact of Covid-19 in the context of Global and Nepalese Economy: KFA, Posted: 2020 Himalayan, Corona virus outbreak could shave off Nepal's economy by $36.78 million Available at Posted: 2020 Morgan,Jp (2019) Global Market Outlook: Higher Growth Outside of US. Mckibbin, W (2006). A Sidorenko Global Macroeconomic Consequences of Pandemic Influenza Brookings.

‹

Damak Campus Journal, Vol. 9 JULY 2020 53

Relevancy of Educational Psychology for Teacher

Tanka Prasad Bhattarai*

Abstract The two terms “Education” and “Psychology” are deeply linked with each other. Education is the process of changing human behavior and psychology is a scientific study of human behavior. Psychology is related to the behavioral changing of the learner that can be obtained through education. To change the behavior or to construct the behavior scientific study is necessary. Education and psychology has inter-relation as both are related to the behavior of the learner. Psychology has changed the spirit of education and has given a new meaning to learning in classroom. It has changed the concept of education where only upper class had the ability and right to learn. Psychology gives education the theory of individual different that every child is unique and has different mental ability and learners with different pace. In this present context, educational psychology is the foundation of education which has the major focus in every field of teaching learning process. Educational Psychology acknowledges the behavior of a learner in relation to his/her educational environment. Many educators have talked about the purpose, aim and goals of educational psychology and also have stressed on the relevance of the field for the practice of teaching and learning process which is very essential for a teacher to teach his students according to their mental abilities. Educational psychology also plays a great role in helping the teachers to teach by meeting the challenges of this 21th century.

Keywords : Educational Psychology, Teachers, Learners, Behavior, Relevance, Classroom, Mental ability. Introduction Educational Psychology has been a part of teaching-learning process moving from a center piece in many programs over the years. Psychological knowledge plays a vital role in reforming of teacher education and teaching particularly the call for teaching for understanding. Educational Psychology is often viewed as a necessary component in teacher preparation due to its unique contribution about the learner and the teaching-learning process Educational Psychology helps the teachers alleviate the practical problems seen in teaching-learning process. B.F. Skinner (1958) defines Educational psychology as “that branch of psychology which deals with teaching and learning.”Crow and Crow (1973) says- “Educational psychology describes and explains the learning experiences of an individual from birth through old age.”So undoubtedly it is necessary for a teacher to know the distinct characteristics of learners in variation of their ages. The discipline of educational psychology broadly defined focuses on the application of psychology to the understanding of learners and learning environment. From its inception, the field has reflected a unique interdisciplinary tapestry of interwoven texture and thus representing a balance of psychological theory with respect to learning and application for educational practice (Aggrawal, 1995). Educational

* Mr. Bhattarai is a Lecturer in Education, Damak Multiple Campus.

Damak Campus Journal, Vol. 9 JULY 2020 54

Psychology has been defined as the branch of psychology concerned with the development, evaluation and application of theories and principles of human learning, teaching and instruction and theory-driven educational materials, programs, strategies and techniques that can enhance lifelong educational activities and processes. Educational Psychology is also an attempt to apply the knowledge of psychology in the field of education. It seeks the problems that arise in teaching learning process and tries to make effective teaching by avoiding the problems. It is also very helpful to teacher to know about the existence of potential psychological disorders and potential treatments so that their awareness of maladaptive behavior of their students increases and teacher may be benefitted from developing a capacity for life-long learning by increasing their knowledge nof how human learns. Current standards for reforming teacher education assume that teachers will have a deep and generative understanding of learning, development, motivation and individual differences. Contribution of Psychology to the Theory and Practice of Education. The main objective of education is to bring positive change in the development of every human being. Psychology acts as a better understanding of the motives of education by defining educational goals clearly. When one says that the aim of education is culture or discipline, efficiency or happiness, utility or knowledge, skill or the perfection of all one’s power and development, it needs definition (Thorndike, 1910). Psychology helps here by requiring us to put our notions of the aims of education changes that education is to make and by describing for us the changes which do actually occur in human beings. Psychology enlarges and refines the aim of education. Certain features of human nature may be and have been thought to be unimportant or even quite valueless because of ignorance of psychology. Psychology is a chief contributor to an understanding of material of education. It shares with anatomy, physiology, sociology, anthropology, history and other sciences which concern change in human’s bodily or mental nature the work of providing thinkers in the field of education with the knowledge of material with which they work. Psychology contributes to the knowledge of methods of teaching. It helps not only solving the problems seen in the teaching-learning process but also vigorously helps to construct curricula and syllabi. The ways of contribution might have been varied in accordance with the need of time but contribution went on and even now going on (Pandey, 2007). It has great role to the theory of education. It helps to understand different developmental characteristics of the learners and also enables to understand the nature, laws and theories of classroom learning. Psychology provides the knowledge of knowing the individual differences and their needs builds a positive attitude and creates educational environment by brainstorming of the learners to develop creative talents. It gives the clear understanding about the problems of children and helps to find out the teaching method which is proved effective in particular time and place.

Damak Campus Journal, Vol. 9 JULY 2020 55

Psychology, not only contributes in theoretical knowledge, it also contributes to practice of education. It helps to sort out the problem of discipline because time has already gone to present teachers as a dictator in classroom teaching. Now, corporal punishment is supposed to be used inhuman. The scientific way of education is to be democrat in the classroom by giving more opportunities to the learners. Psychology makes use of teaching materials which values much. Like the use of audio- visual aids that are making the difficult concepts very easier and clearer that make learning even more long lasting. It is contribution of educational psychology that various types of teaching materials make classroom teaching very effective Also, it contributes to solve the problems by mutual discussion whether it is the problems of teaching-learning or the problem of school administration. It helps in the management of time- table and developing of co-curricular activities. The use of innovations can be also said very effective in bringing the effectiveness in teaching- learning process. Activity –centered teaching, discussion method, micro – teaching, non – graded school classes etc. are some of the innovations which are the psychological findings that are applicable in the education. The study of educational psychology constantly supports teachers to equip necessary skills for the better atmosphere of classroom teaching. So, educational psychology enhances adequate knowledge and skills for teachers through which the teachers fill the gap between them and the learners and make them professionally sound. Need and importance of psychology for a teacher Educational Psychology specifically studies children in school settings. It contributes a lot to teachers to improve the efficiency of the learning process at different conditions. Undoubtedly, knowledge of psychology is undeniably ‘a must’ for a teacher. For a teacher, to be a guide of a child is indeed a challenge for his life. For this, he needs to know the nature of the development of the child physically, morally, socially and intellectually. To be able to deal with these factors, there is a greater need of psychological education for a teacher. He should have the capability to understand individual differences because he has to cope with a group of students in the school and the characteristic of each student is different. It is therefore, very important to understand different characteristics of students at various level of growth and development to create effective learning. The knowledge of educational psychology can help teachers in understanding differences in student’s ability physically and mentally. A modern teacher is expected to possess knowledge of the various developmental stages of a child, and then only, he is expected to be up to date according to the change of time. Educational psychology creates conducive learning climate in the class which helps in creating good understanding of the classroom and helps teachers to deliver material to students effectively. Climate conducive to learning must be created by the teacher so that the learning process can be run smoothly. A teacher must know the correct principles in teaching and learning, a different approach in teaching to the learning process better. Educational Psychology helps teachers to provide guidance to students and also help teachers in developing the evaluation of students learning that is more just, both in the technical evaluation, compliance with the principles of evaluation and determine the results of evaluation.

Damak Campus Journal, Vol. 9 JULY 2020 56

To accept the challenge of providing scientific teaching, a teacher must have the knowledge about the various aspects of children’s behaviors for the personality development of every student. That is why, educational psychology is considered as an important undeniable part of a teacher. A teacher needs the knowledge of psychology to understand developmental characteristics of the children because if the teacher knows the characteristics of the learners, he can utilize those characteristics in giving instruction and molding their behavior. To understand the nature of classroom learning, a teacher necessarily has to have knowledge of learning process in general and problem of classroom learning in particular. Educational Psychology provides scientific knowledge for such kind of learning for teacher. It helps to understand the individual differences and the problems of every child which occurs at different age levels. The knowledge of mental health is also a challenge for a teacher. Mental health is necessary not only for learners, it is equally important for teachers. Teachers must be equipped with fundamental knowledge of mental hygiene and the knowledge of psychology is needed for it. Psychology enables teachers to help in developing positive attitude. The unexpected problems that can occur in the process of teaching – learning is easily faced by the teachers through psychology which builds a positive attitude that can obviously help them to be a good and effective teachers. It also gives the base for the construction of curriculum which can be made on the basis of the need of the learners, society and for the country. Teaching and learning processes are complex processes, where the teacher needs continuous development of his/her educational skills and teaching goals. Psychology enriches the teachers with the laws and fundamentals of the theories that explain the educational process and control them in order to apply them systematically and objectively in the school environment and classroom teaching. It provides these theories possible suggestions for some problems that may be exposed to the teachers or students during different educational situations. Educational Psychology merits the teachers with the skills of the scientific description in order to identify the inputs and elements of the educational process such as the characteristics of the learners and the educational environment, measurement tools and educational tests. It is equally important in helping the teachers in determining the strength and weakness in the mechanism of the work of the educational process and its results and offers strategies and methods that will help the teachers to understand the students’ psychology through the development of educational curricula in the light of the students’ abilities. No children come from the same social and domestic background. So, the interest and individuality differ vastly from one another. Educational psychology helps teachers to deliver education according to the need and interest of the learner, his society and the country. Overall, educational psychology helps teachers to answer the following six questions:(J.B.R., 2012) 1. Whom to teach? 2. Who to teach? 3. What to teach? 4. Why to teach? 5. How to teach? 6. When to teach?

Damak Campus Journal, Vol. 9 JULY 2020 57

Scope of Educational Psychology Educational Psychology is a science of learning human behavior in educational processes. That’s why, the scope of educational psychology is securing greater importance in the field of education. The following are included in the scope of educational psychology: Identification of human behavior Educational Psychology helps to identify physical, mental and emotional development of the individuals along with their interest, ability, desires and determination on psychological basis. It studies human behavior in educational situations and deals with the modification of behavior and hence pervades in whole field of education. Identification of teaching-learning process, methods and conditions Educational Psychology studies the law of learning; learning as a major phenomenon. It clearly studies how learning can take place most effectively and economically. It helps to identify the factors like role of motivation, diagnosis of a problem, retentiveness etc. in teaching- learning process due to which a progressive environment can be created easily in the field of education. Just like, in the process of providing education what type of educational methods can be applied to the different age groups, social background, mental ability etc. will be easily understood by the knowledge of psychology. Personality development and adjustment Educational Psychology deals with the nature and development of the individual’s personality. It includes the sub –topics such as mental health of the students and the teachers’ characters so as to adjust in the educational environment where they are living. This has been taken as the good scope of psychological field. Heredity and environment Educational psychology also deals with the concept of heredity and environment, to what extent these factors contribute towards the growth of the individual and how this knowledge can be used for bringing about the optimum development of the learners. The concept of heredity and environment is deeply concerned with physical and mental development of an individual to what extent he can use his ability in the field of learning process. Individual difference Educational Psychology brings the concept of individual difference where every individual differs from another and it is one of the fundamental fact of human nature. This fact has revolutionized the concept and process of education. Difference of nature sometimes brings problems in teaching- learning process. All the individuals can’t be treated in the same manner because of individual differences. So the study of psychology of every individual is a must important factor for teachers to reach their

Damak Campus Journal, Vol. 9 JULY 2020 58 challenge. This field of study can be also called an important scope of educational psychology Intelligence and its measurement Educational Psychology has a great scope in the study of the nature of intelligence as well as its measurement which is of great importance for a teacher to accept the challenge of educational process to this present century because measuring human intelligence has been considered as a boon for education and only psychology can determine the role of nature versus nurture in intelligence, how intelligence is represented in brain and the meaning of group differences in intelligence. Evaluation of learning outcome In the process of teaching- learning, what a learner learns, and how much he can take, or evaluating the outcome of learning is also one of the scope of educational psychology. It works in the field of education how students learn and retain knowledge to improve the learning process and promote educational success for all the students. Guidance and counseling Education is a process of providing guidance and counseling to the growing child for the betterment of his bright future. Therefore, these terms are the most important fields or areas of study included in the field of educational psychology. Guidance helps in the process of helping students through their own ability to develop and discover their potentialities for their betterment and counseling helps in the process of interaction with which an individual can go through series of direct contact that aims him to offer assistance in changing his attitudes and behavior. The scope of educational psychology can be made clearer in the diagram below:

Damak Campus Journal, Vol. 9 JULY 2020 59

Conclusion Educational Psychology is an attempt to apply the knowledge of psychology in the field of education. It is mostly centered around the process of teaching and learning which enables the teacher and the learners to achieve their goals. It may be defined as that branch of psychology which studies the behavior of the learner in relation to his educational needs and environment. It studies those processes which provide an understanding of the way in which the modifications are brought in the behaviors. It provides a foundation to education by dealing with the problems of teaching and learning by helping the teachers in the task of modifying the learner’s behaviors and bringing about an all round development of his personality.Educational Psychology is very important concept in this present era to the teachers and teaching process. It should be highly embraced for effective performance in schools. Teachers of today are able to understand different individuals and learners in the learning environment because of educational psychology. Through it, teachers are able to assist the learners to develop the physical, mental, emotional and social aspects of human life. Educational Psychology has enabled motivation of every type of students either weak or strong by helping them to understand themselves. It provides direction for the learners to achieve their goals and fulfill their ambitions. It helps and supplies the means and the ways as well as scientific method and technology for better achievement in pursuit of education. It deals with human behavior in educational situation and is concerned with such facts and principles of human behavior that fall within the scope of social process of education. Thus, educational Psychology is constantly stepping ahead with a new dynamic principles and theories which widen the horizon of psychological concept of teaching by contributing especially in the field of education. It describes and explains the learning experience of an individual from birth to death. Recommendations On the basis of the findings of the research, the following recommendations have been suggested for the teachers who want to help their students develop the skills to enlighten their bright future: 1. Motivate the students to develop and strengthen their knowledge by helping them to understand the value of their skills for their future educational and occupational purposes. 2. To promote the development and for the wellbeing of all the individual, teachers must use the knowledge and evidence base on child psychology. 3. To emphasize the new concepts of teaching- learning process, teachers should develop the scientific inquiry in education to learn more about human nature. 4. To focus on the new method of teaching and learning by advocating the use of reinforcement and rewards in place of punishment and unpleasant torture to acquire the goals of education. 5. To build positive attitude teachers must be physically and mentally prepared for the better understanding about the problems of the children.

Damak Campus Journal, Vol. 9 JULY 2020 60

References

Agrawal, J. C. (1995),Essentials of Educational psychology,New Delhi: Vikas publishing House pvt.Ltd. Bhattarai, H. N. (2066), Educational Psychology, Kathmandu: Ratna Pustak Bhandar. Chaube, S. P. & Chaube (2002), Foundations of Education, Vikas publishing House Pvt.Ltd. New Delhi. Chauhan, S. S. (1997), Advanced Educational Psychology, New Delhi: Vikas Publishing House Pvt. Ltd. Edward, L. Thorndike (1910), The Contribution of Psychology to Education,Teacher College, Columbia University,The Journal of Educational Psychology. Hurlock, B. Elizabeth (2007), Developmental Psychology-A life Span approach, New Delhi: Tata McGraw Hill Publishing Company Ltd. J. B. R. Swayam Prakash (2012 ), Educational Psychology, Kathamandu: Vidyarthi Prakashan Pvt. Ltd. Mangal, S. K. (2004), Advance Educational Psychology, New Delhi: Prentic Hall of India Private Ltd. Sushil, C. Pandey,(2007), Educational Psychology, T.U. Kirtipur: 2 nd Edition Kshitiz publication. Sharma Chiranjeebi and Nirmala (2069), Educational Psychology , Kathmandu, M. K. publishers and Distributers. Shrestha, C. B. Tamang Ramlal and Basnyat Shmjhana (2070), Educational Psychology, Kathmandu: Bhudipuran Prakashan.

‹

Damak Campus Journal, Vol. 9 JULY 2020 61

Study of the Equilibrium Configuration and Infra Red Spectrum of Carbon Mono Oxide Molecule

Kamal Nath Dawadi*

Abstract The work describes the equilibrium configurations of CO molecule obtained with the first- principles calculations implemented by Gaussian 09W programs. The HF calculation performed to estimate the equilibrium configuration and the values of the ground state energy of the above mentioned molecule. The many body effects have been incorporated by considering the HF+MP2 and QCISD levels of approximation. DFT calculation also carried out with the exchange-correlation functional given by B3LYP. For CO, calculation has been performed in the DFT (B3LYP) level of approximation. All these calculations have been carried out using the Gaussian 09 and gauss view 5.1 set of programs. The DFT (B3LYP) ground state energy of the CO molecule is estimated to be -113.29681a.u. with the basis set 6-311G.The DFT (B3LYP) bond length of the CO molecule is estimated to be 1.13Å with a basis set 6-311G*. The binding energy of CO is found to be 15.62 eV with the basis set 6-311G* at the DFT (B3LYP) level of approximation. This agrees well with the corresponding previously reported value. The vibrational resonance frequency for the CO is found to be 2175.98cm -1 with the basis set 6-31G* at the QCISD level of approximation. This agrees well with the corresponding previously reported value.

Keywords: Hartree-Fock, Moller-Plesset, Electron Correlation, Density Functional Theory, Basis Set

Introduction The ab initio (or first-principles) calculation has been widely used to study the electronic structures of many electrons system like metallic clusters. ‘Computer performance has increased dramatically over the last few decades and we can solve complicated equations and evaluate large integrals in a reasonable amount of time’ (Thijssen 1999, 1). With the development of high speed computer and computational facilities, the physical and chemical properties of macromolecules of biological importance such as DNA, RNA have been also studied using ab initio calculations. ab initio methods are concerned with the predicting the properties of atomic and molecular systems. ab initio methods use no experimental parameters in their calculations. Instead, their computation is based solely on the law of quantum mechanics and on the value of physical constants like the speed of light, the masses and charges of electrons and nuclei, Planck’s constant etc. The first-principles approaches can be broadly categorized into their main groups. The first is the Hartree-Fock approximation which offers a rigorous one- electron approximation, the second is the density functional theory in which both the exchange and correlation effects are treated approximately and third one is the quantum Monte Carlo methods.

* Mr. Dawadi is a Lecturer in Physics, Damak Multiple Campus.

Damak Campus Journal, Vol. 9 JULY 2020 62

‘Carbon mono oxide is a colorless, odorless and tasteless gas that is slightly less dense than air. It is toxic to humans and animals’ (Rittnen 2005,41). In the atmosphere, it is spatially variable and short lived, having a role in the formation of ozone. The present work focuses on the study of the equilibrium geometry, ground state energy, binding energy, many-body contributions and Infra-red spectrum of the Carbon mono oxide molecule.

The first-principles methods need to define a level of theory (the method) together with the choice of a basis set. A basis set is a set of functions, usually centered on the different atoms in the molecule, which are used to expand the molecular orbital with the Linear Combination of Atomic Orbitals (LCAO).

The simplest type of ab initio electronic structure calculations is the Hartree-Fock (HF) scheme, in which the instantaneous columbic electron-electron repulsion is not specifically taken into account. ‘Extension of Hartree’s method to an N-electron atom is straightforward. Each electron now moves in the potential field of the nucleus plus the N-1 other electrons’ (Blinder 1965, 432). By invoking the variational principle, one can derive a set of N-coupled equations for the N-spin orbital. Solution to these equations yields the HF wave function and energy of the system, which are the approximation of exact ones. Even though the HF approximation takes into account of the correlation arising due to the electrons of the same spin, generally known as exchange energy, the motion of the electrons of opposite spin remains uncorrelated.

There are other approaches such as Møller-Plesset (MP) perturbation, configuration interaction (CI), coupled-cluster method, multi-configuration interaction, which take into account of the correlation due to instantaneous motion of electrons. In the Møller- Plesset (MP) Perturbation theory, ‘Moller and Plesset described in a short note of how the Hartree-Fock (HF) method can be corrected for electron pair correlation by using second order perturbation’ (Cremer 2011, 509) excitations are added to the Hartree- Fock theory as a non-iterative correction. Since the MP is not variational, there is the possibility of overcorrecting the energy value. In CI method, the exact wave function is represented as a linear combination of N-electron trial functions and the linear variational method is used. The configuration interaction method is, in principle, exact but it is computationally expensive and can be used for a few electrons system only.

‘Density Functional Theory (DFT) is a quantum mechanical theory used in physics and chemistry to investigate the electronic structure’ (Yang 1989, 47), (principally the ground state) of many body systems, in particular atoms, molecules, and the condensed phases. With this theory, the properties of many electron-systems can be determined by using functional; functions of another function, which in this case is, the spatially dependent electron density. In the local density approximation (LDA), the functional is chosen in order to express the exchange and correlation in terms of electron density only, whereas, in the generalized gradient approximation (GGA) the functional is chosen to express the exchange and correlation in terms of the electron density as well as its gradients. DFT is now a leading method for electronic structure calculations in chemistry and solid state physics.

Damak Campus Journal, Vol. 9 JULY 2020 63

Materials and Methods Abstracts, research papers were collected by searching databases and output is collected by using the ‘Gaussian09 and the Gauss view 5.1 sets of programs’ (Schlegel 2004). The calculations were based on the Hartree-Fock (HF), Møller-Plesset perturbation, electron correlation and Density functional theory approximation. Result and Discussion Equilibrium geometry, Ground state energy of the Carbon monoxide molecule The ground state energy and the equilibrium geometry of the CO molecule have been obtained in the HF, HF+MP2, QCISD and DFT(B3LYP) levels of approximation with the basis sets considered in the present work. The equilibrium geometry of the CO molecule is found to be linear in structure in all the HF, HF+MP2, QCISD and DFT(B3LYP) levels of approximation with all the basis sets considered in the present work. For the CO molecule, calculations have been performed in many different input structures.

Figure 1: Equilibrium structure of CO molecule with the basis set 6-31G in the HF+MP2 level of approximation. ■ HF ● HF+MP2 ♦ QCISD ▬ B3LYP 3-21G 3-21G* 6-31G 6-31G* 6-311G 6-311G*

Figure 2: Variation of the total ground state energy values of the CO molecule with the increasing order of size and/or flexibility of the basis sets 3-21G, 3-21G*, 6-31G,6- 31G*, 6-311G and 6-311G*

Damak Campus Journal, Vol. 9 JULY 2020 64

The lowest value of the ground state energy of the CO molecule is -113.34623a.u. obtained in the DFT (B3LYP) level of approximation with the basis set 6-311 G*. The use of higher basis sets with increasing order of size and/or complexity has lowered the values of the ground state energy of the molecule CO. The results are basis set convergent as the difference in the values of the ground state energy of the CO molecule for the higher basis sets is smaller in comparison with the difference in the values of the ground state energy for the lower basis sets. This can also be seen clearly from Figure 2. The variation of total ground state energy of CO molecule with the bond length R(C-O) using the basis set 6-31G in the DFT (B3LYP) level of approximation has been presented in Figure 5.3, in which, we have varied the bond length R(C-O) in the potential surface scanning from 1.10Å to 1.22Å with the interval of 0.01Å. The minimum energy value obtained from fig 5.2 to be -113.25917a.u. at the bond length R(C-O) = 1.15Å. ‘The bond length of carbon monoxide molecule is 1.1283 Å’ (lide 2005, 9-17) Table 1: Binding energy for CO in the HF, HF+MP2, QCISD and DFT (B3LYP) level of approximation with different basis sets3-21G, 3-21G*, 6-31G,6-31G*, 6-311G and 6-311G* Basis set Binding Energy Of CO in eV HF HF+MP2 QCISD B3LYP

3-21G 11.82073 14.74972 13.33366 14.80469

3-21G* 11.82073 14.74972 13.33366 14.80469

6-31G 11.57039 14.52496 13.07924 14.40822

6-31G* 13.40740 16.26945 14.59897 15.67517

6-311G 11.50808 14.54210 13.12332 14.30291

6-311G* 13.40768 16.25776 14.62346 15.61993

The values of the binding energy of CO in the HF, HF+MP2, QCISD and DFT (B3LYP) level of approximation with the basis sets 3-21G,3-21G*,6-31G,6-31G*, 6- 311G and 6-311G* considered in the present work is shown in table 1. The binding energy (B.E.) of CO has been calculated as the following relation B.E. = E(C) +E (O) - E (CO) (1) Where E(C), E (O) and E (CO) represent the ground state energy of Carbon atom, Oxygen atom and CO molecule respectively.

Damak Campus Journal, Vol. 9 JULY 2020 65

The values obtained for the binding energies of the CO molecule has been presented by in the table1.The values of the binding energy in the HF, HF+MP2, QCISD and DFT (B3LYP) level of approximation with the basis set 6-31G for the CO molecule as seen from table 1 are 11.57039eV, 14.52496eV, 13.07924eV and 14.40822eV respectively .The binding energy 13.07924eV for CO obtained in the QCISD level of approximation within the basis set 6-31G differs to the previously reported value of 11.16eV by around 17%.

Figure 3: Variation of the DFT (B3LYP) energy of the CO Molecule with the bond length R(C-O) at the equilibrium configuration with the basis set 6-31G.

The electric dipole moments of CO molecule in the HF, HF+MP2, QCISD and DFT (B3LYP) level of approximation with the basis sets 3-21G,3-21G*,6-31G,6-31G*,6- 311G and 6-311G* considered in the present work. The values of the dipole moments for the CO have been presented in Table 2. It is seen from Table 2 that the electric dipole moments in the HF, HF+MP2, QCISD and DFT (B3LYP) level of approximation with the basis set 6-31G*are 0.2638 Debye,0.4377 Debye,0.4104 debye,0.0599 Debye respectively. Table 2 suggest that the maximum values of the electric dipole moment for the CO molecule are obtained in the HF+MP2 level of approximation while the minimum values are obtained in the B3LYP level of approximation with all the basis sets. This means that the center of gravity of the positive and negative charges in the CO molecule are held closest in the B3LYP level of approximation and are held farthest in the HF+MP2 level of approximation.

Damak Campus Journal, Vol. 9 JULY 2020 66

Table 2: Electric Dipole moment of CO molecule in the HF, HF+MP2, QCISD and DFT B3LYP) level of approximation with the basis sets 3-21G, 3-21G*, 6-31G,6- 31G*, 6-311G and 6-311G* Electric dipole moment in Debye Basis set HF HF+MP2 QCISD B3LYP 3-21G 0.3972 0.5710 0.5366 0.0496 3-21G* 0.3972 0.5710 0.5366 0.0496 6-31G 0.5728 0.7983 0.7578 0.1280 6-31G* 0.2638 0.4377 0.4104 0.0599 6-311G 0.4766 0.6861 0.6421 0.0854 6-311G* 0.1532 0.3182 0.2890 0.1214 The many-body contributions to the binding energy of the CO molecule also estimated. The values of the many-body contributions to the binding energy for the CO molecule have been presented in Table 3. It is seen from Table 3 that the values of the many-body contributions |δEMP 2| and |δEQCISD | decrease by around 0.08 eV and 0.29eV on changing the basis set from 3-21G to 6311G*. The values of the many-body contributions |δEQCISD | are smaller than the corresponding values of the many-body contributions |δEMP 2| for all the basis sets. The maximum difference between the many-body contributions |δEMP 2| and |δEQCISD | is 1.67 eV observed for the basis set 6-31G*. Further, from Table 3, it is seen that the many body contributions decrease significantly with the polarized basis sets. Table 3: Many body contributions for the binding energy of CO molecule in the HF, HF+MP2, QCISD and DFT (B3LYP) level of approximation with the basis sets 3-21G, 3-21G*, 6-31G,6-31G*, 6-311G and 6-311G.* Basis set Many body contributions for the CO in eV δEMP2 = E HF+MP2 -EHF δEQCISD = E HF+QCISD -EHF 3-21G 2.92899 1.51293 3-21G* 2.92899 1.51293 6-31G 2.95457 1.50885 6-31G* 2.86205 1.19157 6-311G 3.03402 1.61524 6-311G* 2.85008 1.21578 Infra-Red Spectrum of Carbon mono oxide molecule The calculation performed for the HF, HF+MP2, QCISD and DFT (B3LYP) levels of approximation to estimate the resonance frequency in the IR spectrum of CO molecule with the basis set 3-21G, 3-21G*, 6-31G, 6-31G*, 6-311G and 6-311G* considered in the present work. For CO molecule calculations have been performed in the singlet state. ‘Real molecule do not obey exactly the laws of simple harmonic motion; real bonds, although elastic, are not so homogenous as to obey hook’s law’(Banwell 1995, 59).The values of the resonance frequency the CO molecule obtained in the HF,

Damak Campus Journal, Vol. 9 JULY 2020 67

HF+MP2, QCISD and DFT(B3LYP) levels of approximation with the different basis sets considered in the present work, it is seen that the values of the resonance frequency in the IR spectrum of the CO molecule with the basis set 6-31G in the HF, HF+MP2, QCISD and DFT(B3LYP) levels of approximation are 2286.06cm -1, 21921.91cm -1, 1976.90cm -1and 2066.25cm -1 respectively. Figure 4 shows the variation of the resonance frequency in IR spectra of the CO molecule with the increasing order of size and/or complexity of the basis sets in the HF, HF+MP2, QCISD and DFT(B3LYP) levels of approximation. Figure 5 and 6 show IR spectra of CO molecule with the basis set 6-311G and6-311G* at QCISD level of approximation. The use of higher basis sets with increasing order of size and/or complexity has higher values of the IR frequency of the molecule CO. It has found that the difference in the IR frequency of the CO molecule between the basis sets 6-31G and 6-31G* is 152.99cm -1,202.66cm -1,199.08cm -1,142.37cm -1respectively at HF, HF+MP2, QCISD and DFT(B3LYP) levels of approximation. Whereas the difference in the IR frequency of the CO molecule between the basis sets 6-311G and 6-311G* is 163.44cm -1, 215.07cm -1, 207.78cm -1, 156.93cm -1respectively at HF, HF+MP2, QCISD and DFT(B3LYP) levels of approximation. From Figure 4, it is also seen that similar trends for the IR frequency in the HF+MP2 and QCISD levels of approximation with different basis sets. Thus, we can say that The IR frequency of the CO molecule for the starred set increases than the same level of approximation except 3-21G and 3- 21G*basis sets. 3-21G 3-21G* 6-31G 6-31G* 6-311G 6-311G*

Figure 4: Variation of resonance frequency (in cm -1) of CO molecule in IR spectrum in the HF, HF+MP2, QCISD and DFT (B3LYP) level of approximation with the basis sets 3-21G, 3-21G*, 6-31G,6-31G*, 6-311G and 6-311G*

Figure 5: IR spectrum of CO molecule with the basis set 6-311G at QCISD level of approximation.

Damak Campus Journal, Vol. 9 JULY 2020 68

Figure 6: IR spectrum of CO molecule with the basis set 6-311G* at QCISD level of approximation. Conclusion

The ground state energy, binding energy, bond length, dipole monent, IR spectrum of CO molecule using Gaussing 09 and the gauss view 5.1 sets of programs' agree with the value in CRC hand book of Chemistry. References Banwell Colin N. and Elaine M. Mc Cash, (1999). Fundamentals of Molecular Spectroscopy. Tata McGraw-Hill Publishing Company Limited, New Delhi, seventh reprint. Blinder S. M. June. (1965). Basic concepts of self-consistent field theory . American Journal of Physics, 33(6):431. Cremer Dieter. (2011). Moller Plesset perturbation theory: from small molecule methods for thousands of atoms. Advance Review, 1:509. Lide David R. (2005). CRC Handbook of Chemistry and Physics. CRC Press, Boca Raton, FL, 85 th edition. Schlegel H. B., Scuseria G. E. et.al., 2004, Gaussian 09, Revision E.01 . Gaussian, Inc., Wallingford CT.04. Rittner Don, Baily Ronaldo A. (2005). Encyclopedia of Chemistry , New York Thijssen J. M. (1999). Computational Physics . Cambridge University Press, Cambridge. Yang W. and Parr R.G. (1989). Density Functional Theory . Oxford University Press, New York.

‹

Damak Campus Journal, Vol. 9 JULY 2020 69

The State of Trade in Nepal after Economic Liberalization

Radhika Ojha* Abstract This study seeks to show the state of Nepalese trade after economic liberalization from 1990 to 2017.After the analysis the study shows that trade deficit is widening day by day as exports continue to decline and import continue to rise. The average share of import in total trade is 78.8 percent and average share of export is only 21.2 percent. Similarly average import account on GDP is 28.9 percent and average export account on GDP is 7.6 percent which clearly shows that Nepal’s trade situation is completely dependent to other countries. As long as the country can’t become self-reliant, there is no alternative but to bear the trade deficit. For this the government of Nepal should focus on the development of import substitution and export promotion industries and the country must be able to become self-reliant. Data of this study taken from economic survey of GoN and NRB have been presented and analyzed through tables and diagrams. Introduction

Nepalese trade is an ancient according to its history even though geographical constraints of Nepal became barrier to expand the trade other than India and Tibet. Nepalese trade is basically analyzed with three domains i.e. Tibet, India and overseas. Nepal’s ancient trade history with Tibet started using barter system at the time of beginning Malla and Lichchhavi regime. In the 17 th century, the establishment of an empire in the Tibet initiated the new Trans-Himalayan trading routes between the Indian and Chinese cities. Nepal has been transit point for two big countries. Nepal trade with other countries does not go back into history due to relative backwardness of the economy as well as the political and physical isolation. Before 1951, the foreign trade of Nepal was limited namely in UK, USA, and France. Before the World War II, Nepal used to import from the countries, such as England, Japan, Singapore and export her agricultural products like jute. After 1960 Nepalese overseas trade become possible, for the foreign currencies were needed for development. Nepal’s export had to be promoted by diversifying its trade (Sharma, 2014). Trade, either domestic or international, is considered as one of the most important factors to achieve sustainable growth, employment generation and welfare of the people. International trade becomes crucial if the country is not self-sufficient in factors of production as well as consumption and capital goods. Considering this fact, Nepal introduced liberalized economic and trade policies in the mid-1980s by pushing tariff walls down and removing import restrictions. However, Nepal has been facing trade deficit, which soared up to 20 percent of the GDP towards the second half of the 1990s especially with India and the rest of the world (Khatiwada& Sharma, 2002; Devkota,

* Ms. Ojha is a Lecturer in Economics, Damak Multiple Campus.

Damak Campus Journal, Vol. 9 JULY 2020 70

2004). A persistent and soaring deficit in international trade may be less likely to resemble good economic condition of an economy, leaving the question of the nation's sustainability in the international trade and finance (Silwal, 2008). Now Nepal’s trade is highly concentrated to India which is nearly 60 percent of total trade and remaining trade is with the rest of the world. Nepalese foreign trade performance has so far been poor. Several factors seem to be responsible. Landlocked is one of the major causes. Weak production base and lack of competitiveness are other constraints. Not only the open border with India but also the limit transit facilities in one way or other way have constrained its trade with overseas countries. Since transit through China is virtually impractical, India is only economically viable for commercial flows. Indeed no country in the world excluding Bhutan is so hopeless dependent on the availability of transit facilities from a single country as Nepal. The foreign trade is drastically changed up to now from two and half decade in trade scenario of Nepal. The total foreign trade in 2017/18 is Rs.1326463 million which was Rs.2704.2 million in 1974/75 where export and import were Rs.889.6 million and 1814.6 million in 1974/75 which are Rs.81359.8 million and Rs.1245103.2 million in 2017/18. There are huge differences between export and import trade which brings large trade deficit Nepal is in increasing trend except some period. The export trade is Rs.81359.8 in 2017/18.Trade balance of Nepal was minus Rs.925 million in 1974/75 and reached to minus Rs.1163743.4 million in 2017/18.The percent as total trade of GDP is 43.8, where export as percentage of GDP is 2.7 and import as percentage of GDP is 41.1 due to the unfavorable international trade, the trade balance as percentage of GDP is minus 38 in FY 2017/18 (MoF, 2019). Data Presentation and Analysis The data of Nepalese foreign trade from 1990 to 2017are presented and analyzed by following tables and figures. Table1: Share of Total Trade, Export and Import to Gross Domestic Product from 1990 to 2017 (In Million Rupees)

EXP/GDP IMP/GDP TT/GDP YEAR GDP EXP IMP TT (%) (%) (%) 1990 120370 7387.5 23226.5 30614 6.14 19.30 25.43 1991 149487 13706.5 31904 45610.5 9.17 21.34 30.51 1992 171492 17266.5 39205.6 56472.1 10.07 22.86 32.93 1993 199272 19293.4 51507.8 70801.2 9.68 25.85 35.53 1994 219175 17639.2 63679.5 81318.7 8.05 29.05 37.10 1995 258913] 19881.1 74454.5 94335.6 7.68 28.76 36.44 1996 280513 22636.5 93533.4 116169.9 8.07 33.34 41.41

Damak Campus Journal, Vol. 9 JULY 2020 71

1997 300845 27513.5 89002 116515.5 9.15 29.58 38.73 1998 342036 35676.3 87525.3 123201.6 10.43 25.59 36.02 1999 379488 49822.7 108504.9 158327.6 13.13 28.59 41.72 2000 441519 55654.1 115687.2 171341.3 12.61 26.20 38.81 2001 459443 46944.8 107388.9 154333.7 10.22 23.37 33.59 2002 492231 49930.6 124352.1 174282.7 10.14 25.26 35.41 2003 536749 53910.7 136277.1 190187.8 10.04 25.39 35.43 2004 589412 58705.7 149473.6 208179.3 9.96 25.36 35.32 2005 654084 60234.1 173780.3 234014.4 9.21 26.57 35.78 2006 727827 59383.1 194694.6 254077.7 8.16 26.75 34.91 2007 815658 59266.5 221937.8 281204.3 7.27 27.21 34.48 2008 988272 67697.5 284469.6 352167.1 6.85 28.78 35.63 2009 1193679 60824 374335.2 435159.2 5.10 31.36 36.46 2010 1366954 64338.5 396175.5 460514 4.71 28.98 33.69 2011 1527344 74261 461667.7 535928.7 4.86 30.23 35.09 2012 1695011 76917.1 556740.2 633657.3 4.54 32.85 37.38 2013 1941624 91991.4 714365.9 806357.3 4.74 36.79 41.53 2014 2124250 85319.1 774684.1 860003.2 4.02 36.47 40.49 2015 2248691 70177.2 773599.1 843776.3 3.12 34.40 37.52 2016 2624561 73049.1 990113.2 1063162 2.78 37.72 40.51 2017 3031034 81633.1 1242827 1324460 2.69 41.00 43.70 Average 924283.4 50752.2 301968.3 352720.5 7.6 28.9 36.5 Source: Economic Survey, MOF, GON, 2009/10 and 2017/18

Table 4.5 shows the share of export to GDP which is 6.14 percent in 1990 and 2.78 in 2017. The share of export to gross domestic product is falling incessantly. This indicates that the increasing trend of gross domestic product is more than increasing trend of export. It means that, there is less production of exportable items. The average share of export to GDP is 7.6 percent during the study period. Share of import to GDP is19.30 percent in 1990 and 41 percent in 2017. The share of import to gross domestic product is increasing trend. The average share of import to GDP is 28.9 percent during the study period. Similarly the share of total trade to GDP is 25.43 percent in 1990 and 43.70 percent in 2017. The average share of total trade to GDP is 36.5 percent over the study period. Figure 1: Share of Total Trade, Export and Import to Gross Domestic Product from 1990 to 2017

Damak Campus Journal, Vol. 9 JULY 2020 72

share of Export,Import and Total Trade to GDP 50.00 40.00 30.00 20.00

Percent 10.00 0.00 1990 1991 1992 1993 1994 1995 1996 1997 1998 1999 2000 2001 2002 2003 2004 2005 2006 2007 2008 2009 2010 2011 2012 2013 2014 2015 2016 2017 Fiscal Year

EX/RGDP IMP/GDP TT/GDP

Figure shows the trend lines of export, import and total trade to GDP ratio. The trend line total export to GDP ratio is rising from 1990 to 2000 and continues falling from 2001 to onwards. However, the trend line of both import to GDP and total trade to GDP are ups and downs from 1990 to 2000 and rising continuous from 2001 to onwards. Table 2: Share of Export and Import to Total Trade from 1990 to 2017 (In Million Rupees)

Year EXP IMP TT EXP/TT (%) IMP/TT (%) 1990 7387.5 23226.5 30614 24.13 75.87 1991 13706.5 31904 45610.5 30.05 69.95 1992 17266.5 39205.6 56472.1 30.58 69.42 1993 19293.4 51507.8 70801.2 27.25 72.75 1994 17639.2 63679.5 81318.7 21.69 78.31 1995 19881.1 74454.5 94335.6 21.07 78.93 1996 22636.5 93533.4 116169.9 19.49 80.51 1997 27513.5 89002 116515.5 23.61 76.39 1998 35676.3 87525.3 123201.6 28.96 71.04 1999 49822.7 108504.9 158327.6 31.47 68.53 2000 55654.1 115687.2 171341.3 32.48 67.52 2001 46944.8 107388.9 154333.7 30.42 69.58 2002 49930.6 124352.1 174282.7 28.65 71.35 2003 53910.7 136277.1 190187.8 28.35 71.65 2004 58705.7 149473.6 208179.3 28.20 71.80 2005 60234.1 173780.3 234014.4 25.74 74.26 2006 59383.1 194694.6 254077.7 23.37 76.63 2007 59266.5 221937.8 281204.3 21.08 78.92 2008 67697.5 284469.6 352167.1 19.22 80.78 2009 60824 374335.2 435159.2 13.98 86.02 2010 64338.5 396175.5 460514 13.97 86.03

Damak Campus Journal, Vol. 9 JULY 2020 73

2011 74261 461667.7 535928.7 13.86 86.14 2012 76917.1 556740.2 633657.3 12.14 87.86 2013 91991.4 714365.9 806357.3 11.41 88.59 2014 85319.1 774684.1 860003.2 9.92 90.08 2015 70177.2 773599.1 843776.3 8.32 91.68 2016 73049.1 990113.2 1063162 6.87 93.13 2017 81633.1 1242827 1324460 6.16 93.84 Average 50752.2 301968.3 352720.5 21.2 78.8 Source: Economic Survey, MOF, GON, 2009/10 and 2017/18 The share of imports to total trade was 75.87 percent in 1990 and it is 93.84 percent in 2017. It grew continuously in the whole period. The share of exports to real total trade was 24.13 percent in 1990 and fell to 6.16 percent in 2017. Thus, it showed that imports to real total trade were increasing and exports shares were continuously falling. Therefore, the economy is completely in burden of import demand. Figure 2: Trend Line of Share of Export and Import to Total Trade from 1990 to 2017 (In percentage)

Ratio of Export and Import on Total Trade EX/TT IMP/TT

100.00 80.00 60.00 40.00 20.00 0.00

1990 1991 1992 1993 1994 1995 1996 1997 1998 1999 2000 2001 2002 Year2003 2004 2005 2006 2007 2008 2009 2010 2011 2012 2013 2014 2015 2016 2017

Figure shows the trend line of share of export and import to total trade. The share of export to total trade is continuous falling and share of import is increasing continuously during the study period. Finding, Conclusion and Recommendations Major Finding: • The trend of export to GDP ratio is continuously declining which was 6 percent in 1990 and 2.6 percent in 2017. The average ratio is 7.6 percent over the study period. • The trend of import ratio to GDP is highly increasing, which was 19.3 percent in 1990 and 41 percent in 2017.the average ratio is 28.9 percent over the study period.

Damak Campus Journal, Vol. 9 JULY 2020 74

• The trend of import to total trade ratio is increasing which was 75.8 percent in 1990 and 93.8 percent in 2017. • The share of export to total trade is declining which was 24.1 percent in1990 and 6.1 percent in 2017. Conclusion After liberalization trade volume is increasing day by day. However, share of import is more than share of export on total trade. The ratio of total trade and import to GDP is increasing but the ratio of export to GDP is falling down each year. The study shows that there is not favorable condition between export and import in Nepal. Export is quite low and decreasing trend but import is highly increasing trend over the study period which creates high volume of trade deficit every year. Nepal seems unable to correct trade deficit after the liberalization of economy. Recommendations • The share of import to total trade is rising but share of export is falling which indicates there is falling in trade competitiveness in Nepalese economy. Hence, it is recommended that government should increase trade competitiveness by promoting public and private sectors and provide special facilities to export oriented and import substitutions oriented industries. • To give special emphasis on the development of self-reliance economy by utilizing natural and human resources within the country. • The government should create good environment for industrial development

References Devkota, S.C. (2004). Impact of exchange rate on foreign trade balance in Nepal. Econ Paper. Retrieved from http://econwpa.ub.uni-muenchen.de> Khatiwada Y. R. & Sharma, S. K. (2002). Sources of growth in Nepal .Kathmandu: South Asia Network of Economic Research Institute MoF (2017). Economic Survey2017 .Kathmandu: Ministry of Finance (MoF), Government of Nepal. MoF (2019). Economic Survey 2019. Kathmandu:Ministry of Finance (MoF), Government of Nepal. NRB (2019). Current macroeconomic and financial situation . Research department ,www.nrb.org.np Sharma, N. K. (2014). Nepalese economy .Kathmandu: Pairabi Publication Yanikkaya, H. (2003). Trade openness and economic growth: a cross country empirical investigation. Journal of Development Economics , 72(1), 57-62. Silwal, R. (2008). Causes of trade deficit of Nepal.An Unpublished Thesis for Masters of Arts in Economics.Institute of Social Studies, The Hague, Netherlands. Retrieved from http://oaithesis.eur.nl/ir/repub/asset/6726/Rajan%20Silwal%20ECD.pdf

‹

Damak Campus Journal, Vol. 9 JULY 2020 75

Micro Finance Impact on Economic Conditions of Rural Women at Damak Municipality

Prem Prasad Sangraula*

Abstract This thesis entitled Economic status effect of Micro Finance on Rural Women: A Case Study of Nirdhan Utthan Bank Ltd. Branch Office of Damak, Nirdhan Utthan Bank Limited (NUBL) is the largest Microfinance Institution (MFI) in Nepal. It was established on 29th October 1998 under company act of Nepal. It started its formal operation from July 1999. NUBL provides microfinance services such as Loans, Deposits, Micro insurance and Remittance services to rural poor woman of Damak. The overall objective of the study was to measure the effect of the respondents. The study followed both cross-sectional and longitudinal approach of comparison. Necessary documents reviews were done and the sample size determined accordingly. The general objective of this study is to analyze the role of Microfinance to uplift economic condition of rural poor women of.Damak As the selection of the study area and the research design, the sample size are selected because not all the service user respondents can be surveyed due to the physical as well as technical problems. This study is based on both primaries. The study showed that superstitious and irrational approaches towards women have led to several forms of perversions in society. Equally, women have always been considered as inferior sex. The girls are found to have been taught to remain as silent spectator from their childhood. Micro-financing are focused on helping people who traditionally do not have access to such capital or services, making possible investments in small businesses that will generate income and make the populace self-sufficient. Keywords: Micro Credit Program, Microfinance institutions, Microfinance Information Exchange, Non-Governmental Organization. Nirdhan Utthan Bank Limited Background Micro-financing is a growing method for alleviating poverty. The benefits for this methodology are many. It creates self-employment opportunities for thousands of unemployed people, by making capital tangible as an aid to start and/or sustain a small business and acquire a fixed income. These programs are empowering people that would otherwise never be given the opportunity to move up the social ladder, especially women. In general, micro-financing is “reversing the age-old vicious cycle of "low income, low saving & low investment", into the virtuous cycle of "low income, injection of credit, investment, more income, more savings, more investment, more income (www.grameen.org) ". Despite urbanization, a large proportion of the population of developing and transition economy countries and three-quarters of the developing world's poor people live in

* Mr Sangraula is a Lecturer in Management, Damak Multiple Campus.

Damak Campus Journal, Vol. 9 JULY 2020 76 rural areas. Sustainable livelihood development in rural communities is, thus, an important process and requires efforts to help people improve their social and financial assets. Financial assets enable households to make better use of other assets, such as their land, labor and skills. Financial services help people to build their financial assets and can also help to facilitate their transactions, solve cash flow problems and manage risk. Rural finance is, therefore, about the development of financial services in rural areas (FAO). Women play very important role in the economy of the country. Nevertheless, the ideology of male domination, which prevents our lives, is changing only slowly and it is hampering development all sectors. Thirty eight percent of total population of the country is poor, among the population of women is higher. Among the total property ownership as house, land and livestock, only 0.8 percent of households reported all these are legally owned by women (Acharya, 2018). Women have played a significant role in human civilization but their role in the context of Nepalese society has been minimized. Under prevailing condition, women have limited or almost no control over property and poor access to institutional credit services and facilities, restricting them in their ability to generate income and improve their socio economic status. This bitter truth is virtually a characteristic of poor Nepal one women in the third world countries. They are extensively engaged in agricultural activities but hold the ripple work responsibility of reproduction, house holding and employment. With the limited educational skills and few formal opportunities, majority of women in Nepal are primarily involved in self employed activities as a means of supporting their families, Most of these activates provide them insufficient income to alleviate their poverty. Women lack technical knowledge how, capital and managerial skills and accesses to credit, market and resources to make any significant improvement in their economic condition. Access of women to credit is severely limited due to lack of tangible collateral with them, high transaction costs and misconceptions about women capability as potential burrower, low literacy rate leading to procedural barriers, low profit margin of the activities in which usually involved, limited time available to women due to their involvement in time consuming household activities and ritual performances etc. Micro-finance Program Particularly for Women Numerous studies and evaluations have demonstrated a rise in incomes and other indicators of standard living from micro credit programs. A large number of these programs have focused on supporting women, who bear the brunt of poverty and have been left out of most poverty reductions programs in the past. Nirdhan Utthan Bank Limited (NUBL), "the bank for upliftment of the poor" is the largest Microfinance Institution (MFI) in Nepal. It was established on 29th October 1998 under company act of Nepal. Nepal Rastra Bank, the central bank of Nepal, granted a license in April 1999 to undertake banking activities under the Development Bank Act 1996. It started its formal operation from July 1999. Now, operated under Bank and Financial Institution Ordinance 2012, NUBL provides microfinance services

Damak Campus Journal, Vol. 9 JULY 2020 77 such as Loans, Deposits, Micro insurance and Remittance services to rural poor of Nepal. NUBL is one of the very few MFIs in Nepal that provides such variety of microfinance services. NUBL provides both group and individual loans. As of the above date NUBL is providing microfinance services to more than 284837 Respondents in 75 districts of Nepal through its 178 branch networks,10 regional networks, and its headquarter. In addition NUBL is again among few MFIs that adheres best practices in the field of microfinance including writing off its bad loans. Current State of Microfinance in Nepal Many microfinance institutions have been established in Nepal with the mission of providing financial services to the poor. Commercial banks, development banks, Non Governmental Organization Banks and community based financial companies are the four major institutional sources of micro-credit in Nepal. Financing intermediaries like saving and credit cooperatives, saving and credit groups and traditional saving and credit groups are also involves in providing micro-credit to poor (center for microfinance, 2007) The microfinance sector in Nepal can be divided into three broader heading. a) Semiformal sector: It comprises approximately 2300 saving and credit cooperatives societies and 44 financial intermediary NGOs form the semiformal sector. b) Informal sector: It comprises of innumerable community based organization and individual or group programmers like dhukuti, traditional group; its formation is popular in ethnic group communities for saving and credit purposes; dharma bhakari, grain association in with each number provides an equal contribution of grain at harvesting time and can draw from it in time of need; and guthi, similar to dhukuti but the funds are used for communities welfare activities. (ARCM, 2007). A joint venture of more than 4000 NGOs and 70 International Non Governmental organizations (INGOs) have launched more than 900 saving and credit companies in total around the country, which add up to millions of dollars of financial assistance from donor countries and institutions. (Rankin, Nk, 2001). NUBL has following vision, missions and goals: Vision NUBL's vision is "To be a bank with a social conscience that enables poor to: (i) Contribute equally to a prosperous, self-reliant rural society through self- employment and social awareness, and (ii) Help to reduce poverty in Nepal." Mission Extend financial services to and raise social awareness among the poor in under-served and un-served areas of Nepal in a sustainable manner.

Damak Campus Journal, Vol. 9 JULY 2020 78

Goals The primary goals of NUBL are to: 1. Reach a maximum number of poor households with potential and financial viability by adopting proven delivery mechanism; 2. Develop a well-managed institution with high staff morality; and. 3. Enhance women's "self-respect" through social awareness, proper use & on-time repayments of loans, regular savings and provision of related micro-finance services.) The quantitative growth in terms of outreach resulting in to substantial growth in revenue has helped NUBL to attain self-sufficiency. However, the impact of its program on the rural poor women has not been studied. Hence, this study devoted to study the role of micro finance to uplift the socio-economic condition of rural poor women. Study area The women of Damak Municipality Ward no. 6, 9 and 10 of Damak are household member only, agriculture farmers and labors. They are laden with greater household responsibility than men, The ownership right over the family properties rest with the son and not with the daughter, In a community with a low income, low saving and low capital formation are found. Partially considering with this fact in Municipality ward no. 6, 9 and 10 of Damak samuhas are undertaken for women in, Such cooperative provide the micro credit for income generating activities to the poor women in group even without any deposits as such and they could develop their skill in life time. Such samuhas were made by the initiation of PDDP program in the beginning. Women were actively participated actively in the beginning but later as the time went by, some loan provided by samuha appeared as bad. But also, the problem of such loan defaulters was removed by collective forces of women participation. Most of the women of Municipality Ward no. 9 were participated in any one of the samuha. Some of the women are related with two or more than two samuha also. Nowadays they are being farsighted than previous. Most of the women thought that deposits at present will secure them in future. So that such programs influence them a lot. In this regard, the volume of loan disbursement, the degree of repayment and the strong as well as sick areas of investment are to be identified. Benefits received by the target population are to be assessed. Beneficiaries, problems, perceptions and desires are to be examined; their prospects and potentials are to be explored. Population and Sample As the selection of the study area and the research design, the sample sizes are selected because not all the service user respondents can be surveyed due to the physical as well

Damak Campus Journal, Vol. 9 JULY 2020 79 as technical problems. The population of study area of branch, the total population of this branch is 150. The sample size of the universe is taken 40 respondents about 27 percent were taken as in the percentage ratio. The sampling method is random. Focus Group Discussion Group discussion was arranged with the member of the groups, such as respondents, loaned of NUBL, their guardians etc. The major issue of the discussion was concerned with impact of socio-economic status on their living status and education. Key Informant Survey Key informants survey was to collect additional information about the Socio-economic status of rural women, reason for work, their earning status as well as perception on work and so no NGO staffs, school teacher, neighboring people etc. were taken as key informants. Social, economic and demographic characteristics of selected women who are involving in MFIs is presented through the help of primary sources of data. This indicators help to compare the socio-economic status of study area and sample population. Caste/Ethnicity Caste is one of the main factors that influence the social life of an individual. To a great extent, the status of women is determined by the caste. Feasts and festivals, norms and values of the society, magnitude of freedom, decision making powers etc. are some of the elements that are affected by the caste and ethnicity. This study has attempted to find out the ethnic composition of the respondents which can be shown in the table. The area in which this study was undertaken reveals a marked diversity in the caste and ethnicity composition among its population. During the time of field survey only women between the age of 15 to 59 year were interviewed ignoring their marital pattern i.e. both married/unmarried and widow/separated are taken account. Table No 1 shows the caste/ethnicity characteristics of the sample respondent women of the study area. Table No. 1 Caste/Ethnicity of Respondents Number of S.N. Caste/Ethnicity Percentage Respondent 1 Brahmin 25 62.5 2 Chhetri 7 17.5 3 Rai 3 7.5 4 Tamang 5 12.5 Total 40 100 Source: Field Survey, 2019

Damak Campus Journal, Vol. 9 JULY 2020 80

The above Table shows that the number of Brahmin i.e. 62.5 percent is the largest in distribution as this is the largest settlement in this area. Then come the number of Chettri which constitute 17.5 percent. Similarly Tamang, Rai and occupational caste constitute 12.5 and 7.5 respectively out of the sampled population. Education Level Education is the process of facilitating learning, or the acquisition of knowledge, skills, values, beliefs, and habits. Educational methods include storytelling, discussion, teaching, training, and directed research. Table no. 2 The Education Status of the Respondents. S.N. Level Persons Percentage 1 1-5 class 20 50 below 2 5-10 15 37.5 3 10-SLC 5 `12.5 Total 40 100

Source: Field Survey 2019 The table no. 2 shows that the education level of respondents is 1- to 5 classes is about 50 percent, similarly class 5-10 is 37.5 percent and 10-SLC is 12.5 percent. Pattern of Land holding Generally Land is transmitted from older to younger generation through the male line. Sons are regarded as legal heirs and inherit their parental property. Daughters do not inherit property unless she remains unmarried in her whole life. So, the inheritance and land holding system in Municipality ward no. 9 is not different from that of Nepal in general. The practice to register land in the name of women is very rare. Table No. 3 Land Ownership of Respondents Number of S.N. Land Ownership Percentage Respondents 1 Own 5 12.5 2 Husband's and other 35 87.5 3 Total 40 100 Source: Field Survey, 2019

Damak Campus Journal, Vol. 9 JULY 2020 81

The table no. 3 reveals that out of 5 respondents only 12.5 percent have land in their own name. 87.5 percent of the respondents don’t have land in their own name. From this we can say that the access to the land holding of women in Municipality Ward no. 9 is very low. Types of Family The lowest or basic unit of society is called family. It is considered as the compulsory unit of a society/community which plays major role in forming a society. It keeps the society dynamic. The composition of the family type on the basis of 40 respondents is shown in the table below. This is mainly based on field survey. Table No. 4 Composition of Family Types S.N. Family Type No. of Respondents Percentage 1 Joint Family 25 62.5 2 Nuclear Family 15 37.5 Total 40 100 Source: Field Survey, 2019 The table no. 4 shows that majority of joint family among 40 respondents there are 25 joint families i.e. 62.5 percent and only the 15 is nuclear type of family in percent 37.5 percent. There are mainly two types of family on the basis of composition of family. In the nuclear type which includes parents and their children only, they are separated and are running their day to day life in their own effort. But in the joint type where all the family members including grandparents, parents and their siblings are living under a single roof, sharing the common kitchen and running their day to day life on each other’s support. Major households are of joint family due to the lack of employment opportunity. Each and every member jointly supports each other in running the household staying within a joint family because a single family member can’t afford to sustain the whole household. Medical Treatment Method of the Respondents As the study area is located in the urban part, there are many alternatives health care available. When the respondents fall sick, usually they apply some sort of healing measure. Some go to visit a doctor for medication and some for local healers like dhami, jhankri. Study made, in order to get information as to ‘what they do, and where they go, and whom they believe most, when they fall sick?’ produce mix responses. Table No.5 Medical Treatment Method of Respondents S.N. Treatment Number of Respondents Percentage 1 Hospital 28 70 2 Dhami 4 10 Hospital + Dhami 8 20 Total 40 100 Source: Field Survey, 2019

Damak Campus Journal, Vol. 9 JULY 2020 82

The above table indicates that the large proportion of the women 20 percent, are found to believe in both Hospital and Dhami for treatment. On the other hand, the number of women who believed only in doctor amounted 70 percent. Finally and 10 percent believed on Dhami + Hospital for treatment in the period of sickness. Even at the very threshold to stepping into the third millennium, a notable fraction of women still believe on Dhamis. This shows that there is quite an undeniable existence of Dhamis in the society. It can be concluded from the above analysis that even in this modern era, quite a large number of people in this village believe in superstitious practice like Dhamis. They tend to prefer local healers for their sickness more than modern medication. But all the related data to health status of the respondent, overall health status of the respondent is satisfactory. Income Status of the Respondents Income is variable which determines the economic status of the individual. Therefore attempt has been made here to find the monthly income of the respondent. Table No.6 Income Status of the Respondents S.N. Monthly Income (Rs.) Number of Respondents Percentage 1 Up to 5000 20 50 2 5001-10000 9 22.5 3 10001-15000 6 15 4 15001-20000 3 7.5 5 Above 20000 2 5 Total 40 100

Source: Field Survey, 2019 The table 6 reveals 50 percent of the respondent has income level below Rs. 5000. This was the income level of those women who earn the money who are engaged in agriculture. 22.5 percent of the respondents income level was between Rs. 5001 to 10000 and 15 percent of the respondents earn between Rs. 10001 to 15000. 7.5 percent of the respondents earn between Rs. 15001 to 20000. Lastly, 5 percent of the respondent earns the highest amount in a month that is above 20000 rupees in a month. The respondents of this group were found to be engaged in service sector, like NGO, INGO, teaching, public service. The respondents who earn some income, usually expenses their money mostly for household purposes. They spend this income in buying food items for family, for the children education and other activities in the family. Most respondents decide own self to spend that income and most of them saved little part their income too

Damak Campus Journal, Vol. 9 JULY 2020 83

Interest Rate The general comments received from the Respondents on the interest rate are as follows: Interest rate is high, If interest rate would be reduced then easy to pay installment, Loan for water is not for income generation so it should be less than others, Interest rate should less for land, Loan for house renovation is not for income generation so it should be reduced, High interest rate on loan for housing it is better to reduce, Here the NUBL Respondents were found not just to present their wish but to compare the interest rate of the competitors of NUBL as well. Table - 7 Respondents Satisfaction Interest Rate Current loan Interest Types of loan Loan amount ceiling Rate General Loan 60000-200000 60000 – 200000 20% Regional Loan 20000-30000 20000-30000 20% Loan for Water tap 30000 30000 20% Loan for Toilet 20000-30000 20000-30000 20% Loan for House Renovation 40000 - 20% Loan for Housing 300000 - 18% Loan for Bio-gas 20000-350000 20000-35000 16% Loan for Micro-enterprise 300000-500000 300000 16% Individual loan 60000 60000 16% Education loan 200000 - 14% Foreign Employee loan 200000 200000 16% Source: Field Survey, 2019 Table no. 7 shows that loan given in different interest rate. They are as follows general loan 20%, seasonal loan 20%, loan for water tap 20% loan for toilet 20%, loan for house renovation 20%, loan for housing 18%, loan for bio-gas 16%, loan for micro- enterprise is 16%, individual loan 16%, education loan 14% and foreign employees loan is 16%. Occupation Most of the women in our country are confined to domestic household chores so call ‘Housewife’. The concept of ‘Housewife’ connotes a woman whose activities are limited to household and domestic chores, which are categorized as ‘Reproductive’ and ‘Productive’ work. However due to modernization some of the women are engaged in home-based income generating activities while others are engaged in outside employment. As occupation acts as variable in determining economic status, therefore it is necessary to study the occupation of the respondents which is shown in the Table No.8

Damak Campus Journal, Vol. 9 JULY 2020 84

Table No. 8 Occupation of Respondents S.N. Occupation Number of Respondents Percentage 1 Agriculture 30 75 2 Business 5 12.5 3 Other 5 12.5 Total 40 100 Source: Field Survey, 2019 The table no. 4.8 shows the occupation of the respondents. 75percent of respondents were found engaged in agriculture, 12.5 percent of the respondents were found engaged in business and 12.5 percent of the respondents were found involved both in agriculture, business and labor. Participation in Social Organization Women’s public and personal lives are still culturally restricted to the degree that they are governed by the patriarchal superstructure of the social system which confines them to a subordinated position. Religion, law, tradition, history and social attitudes place severe limits on women’s participation in public life and also condition their private lives. This fact is largely evidenced by the reality that the negligible number of women is involved in professional, management or decision-making position. The involvement of women in social organization as well as social activities is also negligible. In this study, an attempt has been done to know the social involvement of women in Municipality. Through the field survey, it was found that one social group exists in this locality. It was Saving and Credit Mahila Samuha. Many women are involved in this organization and are benefited from it. This organization helps them by providing loan in low interest rate when they need larger amount of money. Some unmarried respondents were involved in Red Cross Society by which they have benefited as they got chance to broaden their knowledge. They are benefited in many ways from this social involvement. Some women are involved in Sub health post of Municipality Ward no. 9 by which they are getting knowledge about small diseases and the method of caring the patient. Women’s participation in different group gives the general idea about their activeness. The percentage of women in this group is shown in below table. Table No. 9 Involvement in Social Organization S.N. Involvement in Social Number of Percentage Organization Respondents 1 Social work 30 75 2 Municipality meeting 10 25 Total 40 100 Source: Field Survey, 2019 The table no. 9 reveals that out of 40 respondents 75 percent of the population does involved in the social work and 25 percent of the population does involved in the

Damak Campus Journal, Vol. 9 JULY 2020 85 municipality level meeting. This shows that there is cooperation among the women of this group. Loan taken and Utilization Respondents have taken in different titles and that has been utilization for various purposes. Table no. 10 Loan taken and Utilization Loan taken and Utilization Number of S.N. Percentage (Rs.) Respondents 1 Up to 50000 35 87.5 3 Above 50000 5 12.5 Total 40 100 Source: Field Survey, 2019 The table no. 10 shows that the loan taken by 35( i. e 87.5 percent) respondents are take loan with in limit Rs.50000 and 5 respondents are take loan above limit for different purpose just like education, business, social activities, agriculture and others purpose . Statuses of Individual Savings There is various types of economic status has been found in the study area. As we know that there are different types of saving each respondent of the study area. Respondents did not respond on the savings. NUBL's financial services helped more to maintain the existing savings and also to increase them within a period of one year. Table 4.11 provides further detail on the individual savings of the NUBL Respondents. Table - 11 Individual Savings Individual Savings during Last 12 Months Decreased Remained Don't Total Decreased Increased Greatly Constant Know

Respondents 0 0 5 30 5 40

Percentage 0 0 12.5 75 12.5 100 Source: Field survey, 2019 Above table shows individual saving during last 12 months which is described as follows it decreased are 12.5 remaining constant 75 increased 12 and don’t know 12.5 percent. Loan Investments Different types of investment were done which may include fixed-rate loan granted by banks for the acquisition of fixed assets such as property, equipment and other

Damak Campus Journal, Vol. 9 JULY 2020 86 machinery. The loan can be used for any development activity. Current assets are funded with a working capital credit. Table no. 12 Loan Investment S.N. Loan investment Respondents Percentage 1 Agriculture 20 50 2 Livestock's 10 25 3 Business 7 17.5 4 Other 3 7.5 Total 40 100 Source: Field Survey, 2019 Above table no. 4.12 shows that the loan investment in agriculture is 50 percent, Livestock's 25 percent and business, others respectively 17.5 and 7.5 percent. Increased in Income generating Activities Income is the consumption and savings opportunity gained by an entity within a specified time frame, which is generally expressed in monetary terms. However, for households and individuals, income is the sum of all the wages, salaries, profits, interests payments, rents, and other forms of earnings received... in a given period of time. Table no. 13 Increased in Income generating Activities Income generating Number of S.N. Percentage Activities Respondents 1 Ginger farming 8 20 2 Cow for milking 5 12.5 3 Goat raising 6 15 4 Poultry farming 2 5 5 Vegetable farming 7 17.5 6 Piggery 4 10 7 Business 3 7.5 8 Other 5 12.5 Total 40 100 Source: Field Survey, 2019 The above table no. 13 shows that the income has increased in different occupation like ginger farming 20 percent, cow milk 12.5 percent, goat raising 15 percent, poultry farming5 percent, vegetable farming 17.5 percent, piggery 10 percent, business 7.5 percent and other 12.5 percent. Participation in Training of Skill Development Skill Development means developing skill sets to add value for the organization and own career development. Fostering an attitude of appreciation for lifelong learning is

Damak Campus Journal, Vol. 9 JULY 2020 87 the key to workplace success successfully seeking out trainings or on-the-job opportunities for developing those skills. Table no. 14 Participation in Training of Skill Development Number of S.N. Types Percentage Respondents 1 Loan utilization and business skills 30 75 2 Training for entrepreneurship 10 25 Total 40 100 Source: Field Survey, 2019 The above table no 14 shows that the participations of skill development of the respondents are 75 percent Loan utilization and business skills and remaining 25 percent are training for entrepreneurship activities. Participation in Financial Literacy Program The Participation Programmed has become an important part of the Programmed and Budget. It declares the keen involvement of the people in the different program. Table No.15 Participation in Financial Literacy Program Number of Types Percentage Respondents About Saving and credit 28 70 Importance of bank and financial institutions 12 30 Other 0 0 Total 40 100 Source: Field Survey, 2019 The above table no. 15 shows that the participation in financial literacy program it has seen that the respondents 70 percent participants are about saving and credit and 30 percent participants are importance of bank and financial institutions in program. Conclusion It was found that the Damak municipality people that are middle poor and poor possessed such assets more than the very poor. This means that even after receiving services for more than five years, very few Respondents who are very poor have been able to posses such assets. It was found that the Damak municipality people that are middle poor and poor possessed such assets more than the very poor. This means that even after receiving services for more than five years, very few Respondents who are very poor have been able to posses such assets. The general comments received from the Respondents on loan amount were Small loan size, Loan amount is not enough and loan amount is not enough to start new business. Sample Respondents receiving services for more than five years had less very poor Respondents. The population is engaged and depends mainly on the agriculture and subsistence sector. NUBL's financial services helped more to maintain the existing savings

Damak Campus Journal, Vol. 9 JULY 2020 88 and also to increase them within a period of one year. In cases of both household as well as individual income more than half reported that there was no change. It was interesting to note that there was significant difference in the percentage of Respondents whose household and individual income has increased. The financial services of NUBL were found to help increase income of NUBL Respondents and those who were able to extend the existing business or to initiate the new business were able to do so. It was found that the Damak municipality people that are middle poor and poor possessed such assets more than the very poor. This means that even after receiving services for more than five years, very few Respondents who are very poor have been able to posses such assets. Recommendations In course of the study, it is found that there is a pressing need of education for the rural women as education alone can lead them to a new era with abundance of opportunities. The main objective of the study was to assess the impact of the financial services of NUBL, which is elaborated in. From the findings as well as the conclusions derived from the findings some recommendations are made so that: Microfinance Micro-finance refers to small scale financial services primarily credit and saving provided to people who farm or fish or herb; who operate small enterprises or micro enterprises where goods are produced, recycled, repaired or sold; who provide services; who work for wage or commissions; who gain income from renting out small amount of land, vehicles, draft animals or machinery and tools; and to other individuals and groups at local level of developing countries, both rural and urban. Microfinance improve the overall literacy rate should be increased with special emphasis upon promoting higher literacy rate among the women. This could be achieved via adult literacy classes and providing incentives to encourage greater enrollment of girls in schools. Women Group This is suggested with the view that educating the women implies empowering them and conferring them a greater status within the households. Their educational status would also earn them the household decision making powers on important issues since they would then be thought capable of making effective by their male counterparts. Local government will provide and motivate local people for Female empowerment opportunities should be made available for the educated girls and women which would encourage their economic participation and hence elevate her status within the household. Microfinance provides Loan which must be flowing on other sectors than cattle farming and agriculture for the further empowering and development. Loans been observed that group only provided training on certain field. These training were in health, nutrition and women right. It is recommended to find out what the participants more interested in and what they are good at. This will improve the participants more interest in that field and would decrease the risk factors on the success. Local government The Local government should formulate a local plan and policy of microfinance setting the vision objectives, strategies and policies and specifying implementation modalities to direct

Damak Campus Journal, Vol. 9 JULY 2020 89 the micro finance program to accomplish the stipulated objectives. The Local government should also formulate an improving woman conditions plan and policy through micro finance setting the vision objectives, strategies and policies and specifying implementation modalities to direct the local government and micro finance program to accomplish the stipulated objectives. Policy level The Nepal government should formulate a national policy of microfinance setting the vision objectives, strategies and policies and specifying implementation modalities to direct the micro finance program to accomplish the stipulated objectives. It should raise the required capital internally or by accessing funds from external leading agencies. Empowering women has been global concern and Nepal remains no exception. The ninth plan too, talks loudly about it. Poverty and no access to economic generating activities coupled with illiteracy and unawareness have rendered Nepalese women helpless mass. Empowering women through their economic independence is a positive step; however, the data gathered in course of study shows a gloomy picture. After conducting the programmed higher level personnel of MFI should regularly evaluate and monitor the activities of women of women whether credit is changing their lifestyle or not. INGOS/ NGOS To expand the additional outreach of microfinance services, it is recommended that poor, who are still outside the services, should be identified by extensive household survey. There should be no confusion regarding the target Respondents. Existing NGO and MFIs should be mobilized in this process. To increase the outreach of existing MFIs, the government, INGO/ Donor agency should subsidize social costs of MFIs either on Respondents’ basis or on time basis until and unless they reach a level of operating self-sufficiency as these border mission is beyond the goals or capacity of the MFIs alone. The culture of long term subsidy should be discouraged and ultimately it should be directed towards financial self-sufficiency for their sustainability in the long run. To create healthy competition among MFIs the problem of duplication among institutions should be avoided immediately. For this local co- ordination network of MFIs should be established by incorporating credit information of the new Respondents. In order to increase Respondents serving capacity of the MFIs proper planning and implementation clarifying the authority and accountability of each branch and staffs should be prepared and monitored time to time effectively. The government programmers and/or I/NGOs should continue to promote the poverty focused SCCs model to improve access of financial services to the poor in rural region. Saving should diversify its financial products as per the needs of its members for which it should conduct market research. It should raise the required capital internally or by accessing funds from external leading agencies. MFIs must try to address the problems by developing strategies that would motivate poor people to join it. Further Researcher This thesis is different from other research thesis work as this thesis work is on effect of Micro finance on Economic conditions challenges on a particular district Jhapa at Damak Municipality. This study has complemented in the field of financial study of Microfinance finance improve the economic conditions of women in Damak municipality of Nepal. But this research has tried to cover how the financial variables affect the performance of Microfinance. All the research studies mentioned above are concerned with the study of

Damak Campus Journal, Vol. 9 JULY 2020 90

Remittance income, their impact on Economic sector, contribution of remittance in national economy. All possible sources of data are composed, analyzed and presented here in appropriate way. Although it is related to the remittance but this study is different from other studies because it focuses mainly on the role of Microfinance finance in poverty reduction among people of Damak Municipality, Jhapa. Further researcher will know the microfinance role and woman participation in each and every decision making part, there should be representation of woman at least by 33 percent. References Acharya, P. (2018). Micro finance network of Nepal, progress and experience, Center for micro finance, Nepal. Acharya,(2016). Important role of the women in the country . Bhasin, Kamala, (2000). Understanding Gender, Kali for women, New Delhi, India. Buckley, G. (1996). Micro-finance in Africa: is it either the problem or the solution? World Development 25:1081-1093. Coleman, B.E. (1999). The impact of group lending in Northeast Thailand. Journal of Development Economics 60,105-41. Goetz, A.-M., and R.Sengupta, (1996), Who Takes the Credit? Gender, Power and Control over Loan Use in Rural Credit Programmes in Bangladesh. World Development 24:45-63. Ledgerwood, Joanna, (1999). ''Sustainable Banking with the Poor'': Micro finance Handbook, an institutional and Financial Perspective. Washington, DC: World Bank. Maskey, (2017), Micro-credit program mobility and strengths . A hand book of microfinance and its contributions. M. Jahangir Alam Chowdhury, Dipak Ghosh and Robert E. Wright, (2005). The impact of micro- credit on poverty: evidence from Bangladesh, Progress in Development Studies 5, 4pp. 298- 309. Mayous, L. (1988). ''Participatory Program Learning for Women's Empowerment: Negotiation Complexity, Conflict and Change''. IDS Bulletin 29:39-50. Mayoux, L. (1989). ''Income Generation for Women in India: Problems and Prospects''. Development Policy Review 7:5-28. Mayoux, L. (1993). ''Gender inequality and entrepreneurship: The Indian silk industry''. Development Policy Review 114:13-426. Mayous, L. (1995). ''Alternative development or Utopian fantasy: Women. Seibel, Hans Dieter, (2004). Dhikuti: The Small Business Program's inmformal Self-Help Bank in Nepal , CMF. Shoresman, Michelle. M., (2002). From Bangladesh and Bolvia to the united States: Replication Successful Microfinance Programs, Master of Administration, University Washington. Skarlatos, Katy, (2004). Microfinance and women's Economic Empowerment, Wisconsin coordinating council on Nicaragua, working paper. Upadhaya, Dhilli R., (2017). Micro finance and women's Empowerment, Ecidence from selected areas of Sunsari, Nepal, Agriculture University of Norway. William G. Zikmud, (1997). ''Business research method'' , Second edition, a college test book by south western. http://[email protected] http://[email protected] http://www.grameen.info.org/finance http://www.grameenfoundation.org/ http://www.indianngos.com/corporate/Citibank/index.html www.unifem.org,2018 ‹

Damak Campus Journal, Vol. 9 JULY 2020 91

Complex Number and its Ordering Relation

Shantiram Subedi * Abstract This very writing is the compilation of historical information from various sources, about the number . This article also discusses some introductory ideas associated with complex √−1 numbers, their algebra and geometry. In the present paper, a new technique to ordering complex numbers have also been discussed by applying the concepts of ordering real numbers on the real number line. The hidden property of ordering complex numbers in the extended complex plane and in its stereographic projection has been explained with its geometrical meaning in a little attempt. To order the complex numbers, a property named as D-law of Trichotomy has been introduced with a very new concept of equi-radii complex numbers. Key Words: Imaginary unit, Complex Numbers, Complex Plane, Law of Trichotomy, Argand plane, ordering of complex numbers, Stereographic projection. Introduction There is a common saying that ‘Necessity is the mother of invention’ and same thing was happened in the development of complex number. It was found out that the real number were not sufficient to meet the demand of civilization in general and of mathematics. Just as the need for freedom in computations led to the use of negative integers and rational numbers, so too did the desire to solve quadratic and cubic equations led to the gradual introduction of complex numbers. When we come across such equations as etc., the real numbers were found + = , = + inadequate. To obtain the solutions of such equations it becomes necessary to extend the real number system. Complex numbers were being used by mathematicians long before they were first properly defined, so it is difficult to trace the exact origin. Even though, I have little attempt in this paper to compile various historical information of the complex number from various sources. As its title ‘ Complex Number and its Order Relations’ indicates, this paper is designed to provide the reader with a ‘map’ for short journey, first through the historical background of complex numbers and its algebraic properties, second through its ordering relation and stereographic projection and then finally our journey ends with the D-law of Tricotomy of the complex number. The term ‘complex number’ is due to the German mathematician Carl Gauss (1777- 1855). We denote the complex number by C. The earliest fleeting reference to square roots of negative numbers perhaps occurred in the work of the Hellenized Egyptian Mathematician and inventor Heron of Alexandria in the 1st century CE, when he considered the volume of an impossible frustum of a pyramid, though negative numbers were not conceived in the Hellenistic world. It became more prominent in the 16th century, when closed formulas for the roots of cubic and quadratic polynomials were

* Mr. Subedi is a Lecturer in Mathematics, Damak Multiple Campus.

Damak Campus Journal, Vol. 9 JULY 2020 92 discovered by Italian mathematicians Niccolo Fontana Tartaglia and Gerolamo Cardano . They realized that these formulas sometimes required the manipulation of square roots of negative numbers. Two Indian Mathematicians Mahavira (850) who first stated in his book ‘ Ganitsara Sangraha ’ that ‘a negative quantity is not a square quantity’ and Bhaskara (1150) wrote in his book ‘ Bijaganita ’ that ‘ there is no square root of a negative quantity, for it is not a square’ were acquainted about this problem. The fact that square root of a negative number does not exist in the real number system was recognized by the ‘ Greeks ’. Bombelli also used the square root of negative number in finding the cubic roots of

. = + For which the Carden formula gives

. = + √− + − √− He was probably the first mathematician to have a clear idea of a complex number. He discussed imaginary and complex numbers in a treatise written in 1572 called ‘ L’ Algebra ’. It was Swiss Mathematician Leonhard Euler (1707-1783) who introduced the imaginary unit ‘ iota ’ with symbol ‘ ’ for the square root of (-1) with the property 2 = -1 or = , possibly in 1748 and complex numbers came into existence, though √−1 the existence of complex numbers was not completely accepted until the geometrical interpretation had been described by Casper Wessel in 1797 and C.F.Gauss in 1799 as points in a plane (Yadav,2008). Although the idea of representing a complex number by a point in a plane had been suggested by several mathematicians earlier, it was Argand’s proposal that was accepted. Gauss used it and proved “the Fundamental Theorem Of Algebra” in his Ph.D. thesis in 1799 which had been given by Albert Girard . Hamilton , an Irish mathematician, in 1833 introduced the complex number notation and made the + connection with the point ( ) in the plane although many mathematicians argued that , they had found this earlier. The idea of the graphic representation of complex numbers had appeared, however, as early as 1685, in Wallis’s De Algebra tractates. In 1804 the Abbe Buee independently came upon the same idea which Wallis had suggested that should represent a ±√−1 unit line, and it’s negative, perpendicular to the real axis. Buee’s paper was not published until 1806, in which year Jean-Robert Argand also issued a pamphlet on the same subject. It is to Argand’s essay that the scientific foundation for the graphic representation of complex numbers is now generally referred. Nevertheless, in 1831 Gauss found the theory quite unknown, and in 1832 published his chief memoir on the subject, thus bringing it prominently before the mathematical world. The 18th century saw the labors of French Mathematician Abraham de Moivre and Leonhard Euler. To De Moivre is due (1730) the well-known formula which bears his name, de Moivre’s formula: (cos sin )n = (cosn sinn ) and to Euler(1748) Euler’s formula + + of complex analysis: . = cos+sin

Damak Campus Journal, Vol. 9 JULY 2020 93

At last but not the least, the credit must also be shared with a number of contributors of high rank in the advancement of the Complex Analysis: Madhava of Sangamagrama, Mourey (1828), A.L.Cauchy, N.H.Abel, Hankel(1867), Kummer(1844), L.Kronecker (1845), Scheffler(1845,1851,1880), Bellavitis(1835,1852), Peacock(1845), DeMorgan (1849), F. Eisenstein, F. Klein(1893), E. Galois, Weierstrass, Schwarz, R. Dedekind, O. Holder, Berloty, H. Poincare, Eduard Study and A. MacFarlance. Mobius must also be mentioned for his numerous memoirs on the geometrical applications of complex numbers, and Dirichlet for the expansion of the theory to include primes, congruences, reciprocity, etc., as in the case of real numbers. Recently Yadav [7] introduced some theorems and conjecture which give some relations between real and imaginary numbers. He proved that , , ∞ 0 − 0 − and ∞ . He, then, introduced imaginary number line to represent imag inary − numbers on it. He also introduced a new mathematical system ‘ Imaginary Analysis ’. These new concepts are totally different from the conventional Complex Analysis and their applications are still in progress. 1. Basic Terminologies We shall discuss in t he present paper under the following terms: 1.1. Imaginary Unit: It is denoted by ‘ ’ with the property defined in introduction. The imaginary number is the solution of quadratic equation + = . Geometrically, the imaginary numbers are found in vertical axis of the complex plane, allowing them to be presented perpendicular to the real axis. The powers of are as follows: and so on. It appears that = , = −1, = −, = 1 the powers of cycle through the sequence of , −1, −, 1.

Figure: 1 1.2. Complex Number: It is the combination of a real number and an imaginary number. The complex number is defined as C= Generally it is +,, ∈ denoted by and is written as = + where and are real numbers

Damak Campus Journal , Vol. 9 JULY 2020 94

known as real and imaginary parts respectively. So, = () = ) (

iggureff Figure: 2 1.3. Complex Plane: Each complex number can be represented by a point + P( ) in the xy -plane and conversely each point ( ) in the -plane , , represents a complex number . The -plane is called the Argand + plane/complex plane, where -axis is regarded as real axis and -axis as imaginary axis.

It is also called an Argand Diagram Figure: 3 Algebra of complex numbers

All of we know that the two roots of the equation + + = 0 = ±√

Damak Campus Journal , Vol. 9 JULY 2020 95

And, solving this quadratic equation is something that mathematicians have been able to do since the time of the Babylonians . When then these two roots are − 4 0 real and distinct; graphically they are where the curve cuts the x - = + + axis. When then we have only one real root and the curve just touches − 4 = 0 the x-axis here. But what happens when ? In this case there are no real − 4 0 solutions to the equation, as no real number squares to give the negative − 4 0. From the graphical point of view, the curve lies entirely above or = + + below the x-axis.

Figure:4 It is only comparatively recently that mathematicians have been comfortable with these roots when b 2 −4ac < 0. During the Renaissance the quadratic would have been considered unsolvable, or its roots would have been called imaginary. If we imagine to exist, and th at it behaves much like other numbers, then the two roots of the √−1 quadratic equation can be written in the form A±B The + + = 0 = √−1. term ‘imaginary’ was first used by the French Mathematician René Descartes (1596 - 1650).

where A = and B = are real numbers. We shall from now on write for √−1 . This is standard notation amongst mathematicians. The addition of complex number is ( )+( )=( )+( , ( )−( )=( )+( ) . + + + + ) + + − − The multiplication of complex number using 2 = −1 is ( ) ( )= . + + ( − ) + ( + ) The division of complex number is

. = = + The conjugate of is the number , and this is denoted as The = + ̅ = − . modulus of is The modulus and conjugate = + || = | + | = √ + . satisfy the following properties: Let , ∈ ∁, . , | | = ||||;

Damak Campus Journal , Vol. 9 JULY 2020 96

|| = 0; || ̅ = || ;

± = ̅ ± ;

= ̅; ̅ = 0;

| + | || + ||;

|| − || | − |

The complex numbers, having two components, the real and imaginary parts, can be represented as a plane; indeed, is sometimes referred to as the complex plane, but ∁ more commonly, when we represent in this manner, we call it an Argand Diagram . The point ( ) represents the complex number so that the x-axis contains all the , + real numbers, and so is termed as the real axis, and the y -axis contains all those complex numbers which are purely imaginary (i.e. have no real part), and so is referred to as the imaginary axis.

Figure: 5 A complex number in complex plane can be represented by Cartesian co-ordinates, its real and imaginary parts, but equally useful is the representation of by polar co - ordinates. If we let r be the distance of from the origin, and if, for , we de fine 0 θ to be the angle that the line connecting the origin to makes with the positive real axis, then we can write

= + = + The relations between Cartesian and polar co -ordinates of are simple – we see that

Damak Campus Journal , Vol. 9 JULY 2020 97

= rcos θ and = rsin θ, r = and tan θ = . + The number is called the modulus of and is written as | |. The number is = θ called the argument of and is written as .

Figure: 6 De-Moivre’s Theorem: For a real number and an integer we have that . De-Moivre 1667-1754, was French (cos +sin) = cos + sin Mathematician. 2. Ordering Of Complex Numbers: The notion of linear ordering < does not apply to complex numbers till date i.e. given two complex numbers and , it is impossible to decide that which one among these two > or < is true, if both of them are not purely real numbers. In the present paper, an attempt ha s been made to order the complex numbers by introducing various rules on the complex number system. 4.1. Pseudo-Ordering of Complex Numbers: To define the order property on complex numbers Apostol[5] discussed ‘pseudo-ordering’ by using modulus and argu ment of complex numbers as: we say that < if we have either () || .( )and arg( )

Damak Campus Journal , Vol. 9 JULY 2020 98

Complex numbers do not have a natural ordering, i.e. the notion of linear ordering < does not apply to complex numbers. The inequality z

Just as real numbers are represented geometrically by points on a line, so complex numbers are represented by points in a plane. The idea of expressing complex numbers geometrically as points on a plane was formulated by Gauss in his dissertati on in 1799 and, independently, by Argand in 1806. But other geometric interpretations of complex numbers are possible.The stereographic projection is a projection of points from the surface of a sphere on to its equatorial plane. The projection is defined as shown in Fig. 1. If any point P on th e surface of the sphere is joined to the South Pole S and the line PS cuts the equatorial plane at p, then p is the stereographic projection of P.

The point p is the stereographic projection of the point P on the sphere. Figure: 7 Instead of using point s on a plane, we can use points on other surfaces. Riemann found the sphere particularly convenient for this purpose. Points of the sphere are projected from the North Pole (N) onto the tangent plane/complex plane (P) at the South Pole(S) and thus there co rresponds to each point of the plane a definite point of the sphere. With the exception of the North Pole itself, each point of the sphere corresponds to exactly one point of the plane. For completeness we say that the point at the North Pole N itself corr esponds to the “point at infinity” of the plane.

Damak Campus Journal , Vol. 9 JULY 2020 99

Figure: 8 Riemnn Sphere This correspondence is called a Stereographic Projection . The sphere is sometimes called the Riemann Sphere. The set of all points of the complex plane including the point at infinity is called the Entire Complex Plane , the Entire Z-Plane , or the Extended Complex Plane .(Apohtal,1994). Let us consider the geometrical representation of complex numbers on the exte nded complex plane from the Riemann sphere by stereographic projection in the following figure shown below:

Figure: 9 Rieman Sphere From the above figure, we conclude that the extended complex plane can be regarded as a set of infinite number of con centric circles centered at the origin whose radii varies from 0 to + ∞, i.e., ={ ∞ ∞ ∁ || = , 0 + . . 0 || + i.e. every complex number can be regarded as a point on the circumference of one of the circles except the complex number 0+i0 i. e. the origin(0,0), which is the center of the concentric circles. This complex number 0+i0 i.e. origin can be regarded as a circle of radius 0 with center at 0.

From the above figure, it is clear that ∞ ∞, where 0 = || || || ⋯ . | | = ∞ . This complex plane also can be named as Circular || = 0 +

Damak Campus Journal , Vol. 9 JULY 2020 100

Complex Plane and not a square plane as we read in Argand plane . This means that if we allow the concept of modulus of complex numbers to order the complex numbers, then all the complex numbers lying on the circumference of the circles is less || = than those complex numbers lying on the circumference of the circles = , But when two different complex numbers have equal modulus, these complex . numbers are termed as Equi-radii complex numbers . All the complex numbers lying on the same circumference of the same circle are equi-radii complex numbers and they are equal in the sense that their modulus values are equal. Then the law of trichotomy can be defined on complex numbers in another modified form which can be named as D-law of Trichotomy due to its derived form. Let us define the D-law of trichotomy as follows: For any two complex numbers and , exactly one of ,= . || ||, || = ||, || || Conclusion The information has been put together for students of Complex Analysis who are curious about the origins of the subjects. The basic operations can be manipulated to solve the different polynomial equations. Complex number simplifies mathematical analysis of many physical problems to a great extent. This lead to the fundamental theorem of algebra, which shows that with complex number, a solution exists to every polynomial equation of degree one or higher. This concept D-Law of Trichotimy will be very useful for further study and research as well as it will advance the complex number system. Complex number thus forms an algebraically closed field, where any polynomial equation has a root. Referencences Apostal T.M.(1994) Mathematical Analysis, Narosa Pub. House, New Delhi, India . Merino,O (2006) A Short History of Complex Numbers, University of Rhode Island . Rechard.E.(2004) Complex Numbers, Mathematical Institute, Oxford . Rudin.W (1976) Principles of Mathematical Analysis, Mc.Graw-Hill.Retrieved from: www. en. wikipedia.org Yadav D.K. (2008) A New Approach Of Ordering of Complex Number, Madhubani, India .

‹

Damak Campus Journal, Vol. 9 JULY 2020 101

Work Life Balance of Employees in Nepalese Co-operative Sector

Paras Mani Acharya*

Abstract Work life balance is omnipresent and imperishable issue in social science research and a deep concern for employees, organizations and nation as a whole. Among the pile of literature on work life balance, this study have (has) attempted to contextualize the issue in Nepalese phenomena especially on employees of co-operative supposed to be suffered from excessive workload. This research is uniquely based on duality approach on examining the work life balance phenomena contextualizing in Nepalese perspective. The work life balance issue herein has been addressed through work and life domain. The beauty of this research lies here in whereby work domain is substantiated by organizational support and life domain by spouse support which has not been rightly addressed or not address (ed) in the pile of literature based on Nepalese context. This deviation has provoked the need for research. Keywords: work life , Co-operative sector. (at least five words) Introduction Work life balance, is not a subject of recent origin. Though its origin dates back to yester years, it has witnessed a substantial intensification of interest recently, especially owing to economic uncertainty, organizational restructuring, and increase in business competition (Green, 2001; Millward et al., 2000). Finding work-life balance in today‘s frenetically paced world is no simpler task. Spending more time at work than at home means missing out on a rewarding personal life. Then again, due to challenges in personal life, such as caring of an aging parent or coping with marital problems, concentrating on job becomes difficult. Whether the problem is too much focus on work or too little, the work life and personal life feel out of balance, lack of personal and work achievement being the ultimate result. Three major factors which contributes to the interest in and importance of work life balance, are global competition, renewed interest on personal lives-family value and aging work force. Researchers suggest that only forward thinking human resource professionals, one who seek innovative way to augment their organization‘s competitive advantage in their market place, may realize that tackling work life conflict offers a win-win solution. Life is short journey of self- discovery. It is a journey of choices and challenges that a human makes. The ups and downs that occur, as a consequence of these choices and challenges, have to be tackled by man, himself. The decisions he takes to counteract these choices and challenges, determines his success in life. ZigZagler(2012), the late well-known American author and motivational speaker once said ―I believe that being successful means having a balance of success stories across the many areas of your life. You can‘t truly be considered successful in your business life, if your home life is in

* Mr. Acharya is a Lecturer in Management, Damak Multiple Campus.

Damak Campus Journal, Vol. 9 JULY 2020 102 shambles . The study, Management of work life balance in the co-operative sector‘, ‖ marginally captured this viewpoint, by studying the work lives of a selected set of co- operative employees. In the words of Julie Morgenstern (2008), "Work-life balance is not about the amount of time you spend working vs. not-working. It's more about how you spend your time working and relaxing, recognizing that what you do in one, fuels your energy for the other." Thus, work life balance is all about the individual attempts to prioritize his life‘s needs in order to strike a balance between his office life and personal lifework life balance is not an individual concern any more. It is individuals who make organizations. Work life balance thus, has transitioned from the traditional individual psychological realm to social, emotional, organizational and cultural needs of every modern organization today. It is an issue that is of ultimate importance and priority, to both to the organizations and its employees. With the lines between work and life having completely blurred, especially in the globalized business, every organization is struggling to retain a ‗happy‘ worker. Working executives from top to bottom; i.e. from Chief Executive Officer to a Management Trainee across the globe, seem to be resting on a volcano of stress and imbalance which can erupt and explode any moment. The equilibrium between life and work has tilted to the negative side. Therefore, once an individual enters a job, the employer as well as employees needs to put all the positive efforts to turn this equilibrium back to its position. The system itself can give relief to the employed person to feel that they are taken care of. There must be proper balance of work among them. The concept of work-life balance is based on the notion that paid work and personal life should be seen less as competing priorities than as complementary elements of a full life. The way to achieve this is to adopt an approach that provides a two way process considering the needs of employees as well as those of employers (Lewis, 2000: 105). However, work-life balance does not always mean that employees have to divide their time equally into work life and family life. A work-life balance actually means to divide one‘s time for work and for one‘s own life. From this perspective, life includes family, self-reflection, recreation, spirituality and social interaction. In today‘s ever demanding work environment lot of people face the problem of balancing work and family life. Despite the worldwide quest for work life balance here on referred as work life balance (WLB), very few have found an acceptable definition and concept. WLB does not mean an equal balance; it is about adjusting the working patterns to allow employees to combine work with their other responsibilities such as caring for children or elderly relatives. WLB is a combination of interactions among different areas of one‘s life, the advantages and disadvantages associated with that balance or imbalance can affect multiple levels of society. The disadvantages associated with WLB can impact both employee and employer. For the employee, consequences can have a negative impact on work and life satisfaction, mental health, physical health and on individual performance in organization (Guest, 2001). For employers, the consequences of poor work life balance will be poor performance, absenteeism, sick leave and higher staff turnover, recruitment and training costs (Department of Trade and Industry, 2001).

Damak Campus Journal, Vol. 9 JULY 2020 103

Statement of the Problem The problem of maintaining a balance between work life and family life is not a new one. But in the recent few years social scientists have started paying more attention to it. Now there is growing concern in Nepal and experts are of the view that a constant struggle to balance both sets of life will have serious implications on the health of an employee. Work life balance remains the buzz word in the corporate parlance and it is a well acknowledged fact that having a good work life balance is essential for the well- being of the organization and its employees. It is actually crucial for employee engagement and productivity. But with the advancement of technology and changing work place dynamics, the line between one‘s work life and personal life is narrowing down rapidly and the struggle for striking the right chord between office duties and familiar In comparison to other sectors, financial sector in Nepal has witnessed a rapid growth. To nurture the growth, one among various issues requiring focus is employee wellbeing. From the perspective of social being, factors influencing work life balance needs to be identified and addressed by core management of co-operative. With this notion, as we know employees working in Nepalese co-operative spend significant proportion of a day in organization which raises a curiosity that whether less time allocation in family deteriorate work life balance of employees. Moreover, the role of earning on work life balance raises the issue on association between financial earning on family aspects of life. Likewise, it is unknown which among organization support and spouse support especially in case of Nepalese co-operative is more sensitive to change the direction and magnitude of work life balance. The research questions for the study are formulated as follows: • Does a longer working hour worsen work life balance of employees working in Nepalese co-operative? • What is the association between organizational support and Work life balance of employees working in Nepalese co-operative? • Does raising the income influences work life balance of employees working in Nepalese co-operative? • How does support from employees‘spouse affect their work life balance? (better to show the source) Objective of the Study The general objective of the study was to examine the factors which affect work life balance in Co-operative Sector of Nepal. The specific objectives are as follows: • To examine the relationship between income level and work life balance among employees of co-operative in Nepal. • To examine the association between working hour and work life balance among employees of co-operative in Nepal.

Damak Campus Journal, Vol. 9 JULY 2020 104

• To determine the effect of organizational support on work life balance among employees of co-operative in Nepal. • To determine the effect of spouse support on work life balance among employees of co-operative in Nepal. Hypothesis of the Study On the basis of the literature review, following hypothesis are formulated. H1. There is a positive relationship between income and work life balance. H2. There is a negative between working hour and work life balance. H3. There is positive relationship between organizational support and work life balance. H4: There is positive relationship between spouse support and work life balance. Significance of the Study The study would be of significance to the following: For employee: The study will help to bring forth the issues that impact the individual efforts of bringing in work life balance. It will guide the co-operative employee towards living a more meaningful work life. For Nepalese commercial banks The study will help the co-operative have a re-look at their Human Resource policies, initiatives, interventions and programs, especially those ones aimed at bringing in work life balance. It will help the co-operative to re-work on the employee role descriptions and reporting patterns. For policy implication It will also help Nepal Government in designing employee friendly human resource policies and practices for the co-operative employee. Limitation of the Study The focus of the study is on work life balance of the employees in Nepalese co- operative only. The operational variables are Income, Working hour and Organizational support and Perceived spouse support, which are independent variables for this study. Similarly number of children is controlling variable where as work life balance is dependent variable. There might be other variables that could have impact on the work life balance such as emotional intelligence, environmental variables etc that were not incorporated in the study. Moreover, the data for the study were collected only from the non government co-operative of Nepal.

Damak Campus Journal, Vol. 9 JULY 2020 105

Literature review and theoretical framework Concept of Work Life Balance Work-family conflict is considered to be an important issue in today‘s business world (Burke & El-Kot, 2010; Grandey, Cordeino, &Crouter, 2005). In recent years, there has been an increasing interest in the conflict between work and family life domains, and recent studies highlight the conflict experienced by individuals between their roles in the family and at work, which is covered under the heading called work-family conflict. While the findings obtained mainly in Western countries and the related theories refer to the obvious relationship between work demands and work-family conflict (Spector, Allen, Poelmans, Lapierre, Cooper, &Widerszal-Bazyl, 2007), it is indicated that long working hours, duty and heavy work load have a direct influence on work-family conflict (Boyar, Maertz, Mosley, & Carr, 2008; Kim, Leong, & Lee, 2005). Thus, it is essential to establish a successful balance between work and family domains so that several demands in both domains could be met efficiently, and the required resources could be attained and used easily (Bass, Butler, Grzywacz, &Linney, 2008). (If more than two authors, use et.al. after the first author’s surname) In Greenhaus and Boutell‘s study (as cited in Willis, O‘Conner, & Smith, 2008), work- family conflict is defined as a consequence of inconsistent demands between the roles at work and in the family. In other words, work-family conflict exists when the expectations related to a certain role do not meet the requirements of the other role, preventing the efficient performance of that role (Greenhaus, Tammy, & Spector, 2006). Therefore, it could be said that the conflict between work and family domains tends to stem from the conflict between the roles. Several studies reveal that work and family are not two separate domains as they are highly interdependent, having a dynamic relation with one another. While family life is affected by the factors at work, the reverse is also experienced (Trachtenberg, Anderson, &Sabatelli, 2009; Namasivayam& Zhao, 2007). balanced work life balance initiatives are rewarded by increased employee loyalty and commitment. However, many employees experience difficulties in attempting to balance employment responsibilities with their social life. Job stress is estimated to cost U.S. industry more than $300 billion a year in absenteeism, turnover, diminished productivity and medical, legal and insurance costs (Alexandra, 2009). Employees with a better work life balance feel more able to focus on their work and career development. Analyzing the interdependence of work and life in organizational disbursements, Gibson (2006) advanced two possible explanations. Firstly, employees are prone to seek fulfillment on another level in order to compensate for personal or professional dissatisfaction and, secondly, individuals tend to let job satisfaction overflow into their work or family lives. According to Baral and Bhargava (2010), work-life imbalance is often correlated with tensions, stress, job dissatisfaction and anxiety. On the contrary, a well-balanced integration of personal and professional life is seen as both a private and organizational purpose which catalyzes the employees effectiveness (Hyman & Summers, 2007). The ‟

Damak Campus Journal, Vol. 9 JULY 2020 106 examination of work-related variables within the work-life balance theory approaches issues like work schedule flexibility, task variety, autonomy and complexity, the number of worked hours (Vinberg & Strandh, 2012). They further pointed out that working longer hours is linked to a greater work-life imbalance and that the power to act autonomously is positively correlated with work-life balance. Further, Steiber (2009) underlined that long working hours and the necessity of working overtime positively correlates with the escalation of the work-life conflict in general, and with work-family conflict in particular. Research findings indicate moderately to radically negative situations which afflict the general life satisfaction and reduce the employees possibilities to spend qualitative ‟ time with family and friends, leading to the decay of the interaction and communication networks (Gambles, Lewis & Rapoport, 2006). Moreover, many authors have pointed out that the inability of spending time with family members involves a strong feeling of loss and guilt and the undermining of traditional family values: love and care (Jones, Burke &Westman, 2006). Negative outcomes leads to the lack of productivity, accidents,absenteeism, job stress, depression, overall work strain, turnover and job dissatisfaction (Haar & Bardoel, 2008). as well as the co-workers, can be a lesson of life. Maladjustment to workplace cultures may lead to subtle conflicts with colleagues or even with superiors. In many cases office politics or gossips can be major stress inducers. Primary and secondary interventions may prevent adverse outcomes by reducing or eliminating external loads, changing organizational factors, altering the social environment, improving individual stress-coping skills, or matching the physical demands of the job with the employee's physical capacities. Theories of Work Life Balance Several theories have been propounded to explain the work family linkage and the different aspects of the relationship between work and family life. Boundary theory and border theory are the two fundamental theories that study role conflicts and its overall impact on work life balance. Other theories are built on the foundations of these two theories. Research Gap Work life balance is omnipresent and imperishable issue in social science research and a deep concern for employees, organizations and nation as a whole. Among the pile of literature on work life balance, this study have attempted to contextualize the issue in Nepalese phenomena especially on employees of co-operative supposed to be suffered from excessive workload. This research is uniquely based on duality approach on examining the work life balance phenomena contextualizing in Nepalese perspective. The work life balance issue herein has been addressed through work and life domain. The beauty of this research lies herein whereby work domain is substantiated by organizational support and life domain by spouse support which has not been rightly addressed or not address in the pile of literature based on Nepalese context. This deviation has provoked the need for research. Based on the literature review above the following conceptual framework have been formulated.

Damak Campus Journal, Vol. 9 JULY 2020 107

Perceived organizational support Work life balance Perceived

spouse support

Income level

Working hours Control Variable: Numbers of children:

Figure 2.1: Conceptual Framework for the study

Research Methods Research design and Plan The study used an analytical research design as it investigated the impact of family and work related factors such as working hours, income level, perceived organizational support and perceived spouse support on work life balance on Nepalese co-operative. Moreover, the number of children is considered as control variable. In other words, this study tries to examine the relationship between work related factors and home related factors on work life balance of employees working in co-operative sector in Nepal. Sampling Plan Service sector is one of the important sectors of Nepalese economy. It consists of different types of service industries such as tourism, trade, transportation, financial & consultancy service, entertainment industries, and information & communication (Pant, 2014). These major service industries have a significant place in the national economy. Based on grabs sampling methods, out of service sector organizations mainly financial sector (co-operative sector) is taken into consideration for this study. The organizations represent both types of ownership pattern (public and private). In this study, all the co-operative registered in Nepal have been considered as population.50 Saving and credit cooperatives (Limited co-operative), hire purpose in Nepal. The total population of respondents, however, is not known. However, the respondents will be the employees of co-operative located in Jhapa, Morang and Kathmandu valley only as Kathmandu is a national capital of Nepal and a major city of Nepal on the basis of development of financial infrastructure and facilities too. The sample for the study consists of 50 co-operative 400 employees are directly participated, the total number of employees working in all the co-operative. Out of

Damak Campus Journal, Vol. 9 JULY 2020 108

these of these male and female proportion of 34 and 66 percentage. The sample size n is equal to the Z value squared times the true proportion p times 1 minus the true proportion p, divided by the sampling error e squared (Levine, Krehbiet and Berension, 2004; Shrestha and Silwal, 2066). 2 Z p (1-p) n = e2 Where, n = Sample size Z =Significant or critical value (table value of normal distribution at ά level of significant p = Population proportion of selecting male Population proportion of 1-p = selecting female e = Accepting sampling error

The actual sample size for the study was 400. In total 480 questionnaire were distributed in the 50 co-operative, however 80 of the questionnaire were not returned and only 400 questionnaires were taken for analysis being that the non response rate for the study was 20 percentage. Even though, out of them three questionnaire were excluded from the analysis due to presence of missing values and other three of the questionnaire were eliminated as they were deemed to be an outliers. Data Collection Procedure The data for the study were collected on drop and collect basis. The head of the Human resource department of the respective co-operative were personally visited and requested to provide a support for filling of the questionnaire by their employees of different office. The appropriate numbers of questionnaire was given to them and were collected after certain duration of time from the department. The department circulated the questionnaire to the employees and provided the filled questionnaire and unfilled questionnaire. Data Analysis Procedure The data for the study were analyzed using different phases. First of all, the questionnaire items were coded and entered into the SPSS and checked for missing responses. Some of the questionnaires were not filled and those questionnaires were not included for the analysis. Some of the respondents who were single filled the responses for the items related to Spouse support. Therefore, those responses were deleted and not included in the analysis because Spouse support was analyzed only for the group of married employees. The outliers greater than the standardized residual values greater than three for the respondent no 42, 85 and 286 were deleted and not included in the analysis. As there were four independent variable, out of them, the two of the

Damak Campus Journal, Vol. 9 JULY 2020 109 independent variables were categorical and two of the rest were quantitative. Therefore, the relationship between the categorical variable Income level and Working hours and Work life balance was tested using one way ANOVA. Furthermore the relationship between the Organizational support and Spouse support and Work life balance was tested using simple linear regression analysis entering only one independent and dependant variable at a time using the statistical software IBM SPSS Statistics version 20. Reliability Analysis Prior to running the reliability test, the negative questions related to work life balance and organizational support were re-coded to ensure positivism. The spouse support construct had all the positive items so it was not required to recode them. The values of Cronbach‘s alpha for the three constructs were found to be greater than 0.7 and are in the range of 0.723 to 0.800, having the level of internal consistency labeled as acceptable (Mwape & Mumba, 2012). The final value of Cronbach‘s alpha and items included in each construct are given below: Construct Cronbach‘s Excluded Items alpha( α) 1. Work Life Balance 0.792  None 2. Organizational Support 0.723  If given the opportunity, my organization would take advantage of me.(Post recoded)  My organization shows very little concern for me.(Post recoded) 3. Spouse Support 0.800  None Table 3.2: Reliability Analysis

Results and Analysis Respondent’s Profile Gender Male 169 53.800% Female 145 46.200% Marital status Single 120 38.200% Married 194 61.800% Age (in years) Below 25 years 49 15.600% 25-40 210 66.900% More than 40 years 55 17.500% Job title Officer 112 35.700% Non officer 202 64.300% Annual Income Upto 350,000 73 23.200% From 350,001 to 450,000 94 29.900%

Damak Campus Journal, Vol. 9 JULY 2020 110

From 450,001 to 2500,000 144 45.900% Above 2500,000 3 1.000% Hours spent at work Below 8 hour 6 1.900% 8 hour 95 30.300% More than 8 hours 213 67.800% Status of having children Yes 158 50.300% No 156 49.700% Number of children 0 154 49.000% 1 93 29.600% 2 61 19.400% 3 6 1.900% Sample=314 Table 4.1: Profile of the Respondent Hypothesis Testing Association between Income and Work Life Balance

Ho: There is no significant difference in the mean of Work life balance of employees across income levels.

H1: There is a significant difference in at least one pair of mean of Work life balance of employees across income levels. Summary of the Findings This study attempted to explore the association between the Income level, working hours, Organizational Support and Spouse Support with the Work Life Balance of the employees working in co-operative of Nepal. In order to identify the association between income level and working hours with the work life balance, the one way ANOVA test has been conducted. Likewise, the association and impact between the predictor organizational support and work life balance was identified using the simple linear regression analysis. Similar testing procedure was adopted for the purpose of finding the association and impact between the Spouse support and Work life balance. The inferential analysis along with the descriptive analysis tools has been used to reach into the findings of the study. It seemed that the two third of employees that participated in the study had to work more than 8 hours per day. While analyzing the mean score of the individual items, it was found that the almost every statements belonging to Spouse Support had higher level of agreement. In other words, the higher level of spouse support was found to be in existence compared to the work life balance and organizational support. Therefore, it was found that the employees working in co-operative of Nepal that participated in the

Damak Campus Journal, Vol. 9 JULY 2020 111 study sample had the higher level of support from their respective spouse compared to the support of the organization with regard to maintenance of Work life balance. Likewise, the correlation analysis between the independent variables, Income level, working hours per day, Organizational support and Spouse support were all significant with the Work life balance. It seemed the stronger influence of organizational support in the work life balance on the basis of absolute value of correlation coefficient. However, on the basis of relatively minimum level of significance at 1%, the spouse support was correlated with the work life balance. On the other hand, the working hours and annual income was negatively correlated with the Work life balance. The hypothesis testing of the study designed to find the answer of four specific research objectives were all accepted at the required level of significance. The first alternate hypothesis that was formulated to meet the requirement of the first objective specifying that association between Income and Work life balance was rejected as the correlation coefficient between income and work life balance showed a negative significant relationship which might be due to relationship between the working hours and income as the employees have to contribute more of their physical and mental effort in terms of time and work load in order to earn more income. Similarly, The second alternate hypothesis that was formulated to meet the requirement of the second objective indicating the association between Working hours and Work life balance was also accepted at the required level of significance. Moreover, the third and fourth hypothesis of the study was tested using the simple linear regression method separately. In the third and fourth hypothesis designed to meet the requirement of the third and fourth objective of the study was found to be significant. In other words, the association and impact of Organizational support and Spouse support with the Work life balance was found to be positive and significant. Comparing the standardized beta coefficient, it was found that the organizational support had more effect on work life balance than the spouse support. Therefore, it is mandatory for the organizations to design the relevant plans, policies and programs in order to contribute towards the favorable position of work life balance of their employees for higher level of employee wellbeing that eventually contributes for the overall betterment of the organization and creates a healthy work environment. Moreover, the number of children was not found to be the control variable as the relationship between the four groups of respondents i.e. having no children, having single child, having two children and having three children with the mean score of Work life balance was found to be insignificant. Conclusion The descriptive analysis of the data showed that the majority of the employees constituting respondent of the study were spending more than 8 hours per day in their work which is thought to be a serious issue of discourse. As the employees had to spend their significant proportion of their daily schedule in the workplace, they have less ability to contribute their effort towards their family members which would hamper the work life balance. There seemed to be strong association of organizational support with work life balance compared to spouse support. While analyzing the mean score of the individual items, the majority of the items related to spouse support had high degree of

Damak Campus Journal, Vol. 9 JULY 2020 112 agreement which could lead into conclusion that the married respondents constituting the sample of the study had received the higher support from their spouse compared to the support of the organization. Moreover, as the study intended to generalize the result for the employees working in the co-operative of Nepal. For the same purpose the four hypotheses were formulated and testing of hypothesis resulted into four conclusions. Firstly, there seemed to be association between the income level and work life balance. The relationship was established but the degree of relationship was negative. The first hypothesis of the study was rejected because it was hypothesized the positive relationship between income and work life balance. However, in case of Nepalese bank, the relationship could be true as the employee earning higher level of income have to contribute higher level of mental and physical effort in terms of both time and workload due to which the employees are unable to contribute towards the betterment of family life from both in terms of time provided to support for the family works. Indeed, there seemed to be an association between the income level and work life balance. The second objective of the study was accepted as there seemed to be negative relationship between the working hours per day and work life balance. Similarly the third objective of the study was formulated in order to identify the relationship and impact of organization support on work life balance. The third hypothesis intended to measure the third objective of the study was accepted from the result of simple linear regression analysis and there seemed to be positive linear and significant relationship between the organizational support and work life balance. The fourth and final objective of the study was related to the association and impact of spouse support on work life balance. The testing of the relationship between the spouse support and work life balance was also conducted using the simple linear regression analysis and it was found that higher the level of spouse support higher will be work life balance. However, the impact of organizational support of work life balance was seemed in comparison to spouse support. Therefore, commercial banks need to design a special provision and policies to contribute towards maintaining the favorable balance of work and life dimensions. In this study the dual dimension of work life balance was considered. The first dimension was the contribution of the organization and second was obviously the contribution of spouse support. In case of Nepalese context the support from organization needed more improvement compared to family. Implication Employees are a vital asset to co-operative industry as they are central to the functioning and success of the business. The lack of work-life balance can impact on performance, satisfaction level, turnover rate, health, organizational loyalty and longevity in the career. As a result, organizations are giving utmost importance to work- life balance practices to get the best out of their employees. Co-operative in Nepal have witnessed higher growth. The findings have implications for the policy level for reviewing and introducing innovative work time management practices as it was found that majority of the employees in the sample were spending more than the standard work time. Though monetary compensation could be tied to overtime hours, from work and family life

Damak Campus Journal, Vol. 9 JULY 2020 113 balance perspective it would seem more pathetic. With reference to the study result showing the negative relationship between income level and work life balance, it has again substantiated the premise that money though important is apparently a reason between higher degree of distance between work and life domain as earning higher amount of money requires devotion of additional time and effort, both physical and psychological labor. Therefore, this finding should draw attention of those who are concerned in work life balance. As result established the positive relationship between spouse and organizational support with work life balance and also it was found that the impact of organizational support is higher compared to spouse support, it‘s a high time to think how organization must adopt different measures of maintaining a balance between work life balance for organizational sustainability and dexterity. References Amarakoon,A.U.A, & Wickramasinghe, V. ( 2012).Organizational support as a moderator in the relationship between work- life balance and employee engagement: An empirical study on Sri Lankan employees. International Conferences on Business Management (pp.235-240).London: Procedia behavioural science. Grzywacz, J.G. and Carlson, D.S. (2007), “Conceptualizing work-family balance: implications for practice and research”, Advances in Developing Human Resources , 9(4), 455-471. Grzywacz, J.G., & Marks, N.F (2000). Reconceptualizing the work-family interface: An ecological perspective on the correlates of positive and negative spillover between work and family. Journal of Occupational Health Psychology , 5(4), 111-126. Guest, D. E. (2001). Perspectives on the Study of Work-life balance. Social Science Information , 41 (10), 255-279. Haar, J.M. & Bardoel, E.A. (2008). Positive spill over from the work- family interface: a study of Australian employees. Asia Pacific Journal of Human Resources , 46 (3), 275-287. Hyman, J., & Summers, J. (2007). Work and life: can employee representation influence balance. Employee Relations , 29 (4), 367-384. Hyman, J., Baldry, C., Scholarious, D. & Bunzel, D. (2003). Work-life imbalance in call centres and software development. British Journal of Industrial Relations , 41 (2), 215-239. Hyman, J., Scholarios, D., & Baldry, C. (2005).Getting on or Getting by?: Employee in the United States, 1969–89 . International Journal of Business and Management , 4 (12), ‟ 229-233. K. Fisher and M. Layte, (2003). Measuring work-life balance and degrees of sociability: A focus on the value of time use data in the assessment of quality of life. European Journal of Qualitative Studies , 32 (1), 1-44. Kahn, R.L., Wolfe, D.M., Quinn, R., Snoek, J.D. &Rosenthal, R.A. (1964). Organizational Stress, New York: Wiley. Kanter, R.M. (1977), Work and Family in the United States: A Critical Review and Agenda for Research and Policy . New York: SAGE Publishers. Kingston, P. W. (1990). Illusions and Ignorance about the Family-Responsive Workplace . New York: SAGE Publishers.

‹

Damak Campus Journal, Vol. 9 JULY 2020 114

Rooftop Gardening; an Overview

Basu Kafle* Abstract In recent years, the trend of growing vegetables on green roofs has gained momentum as a way of promoting agricultural sustainability. Rooftop gardens become an important part of urban agriculture’s recent rejuvenation and offer alternative spaces for urban markets to grow vegetable products. Green roofs create spaces for vegetable crop production, thereby creating opportunities for agricultural incorporation into urban communities. Rooftop agriculture can improve various ecosystem services, enhance the biodiversity of urban areas, and reduce food insecurity. Food production from green roofs will help support and sustain food for urban communities and provide a rare opportunity to grow food efficiently in typically unused spaces. As human populations become more urbanized and urban consumers become more interested in local food for their families, the use of alternative agricultural production systems, such as green roof technologies, will increase in importance. While cultivating food on the building is a key component of making cities more sustainable and habitable, green roofs are not the total solution for providing cities with food security. They should be viewed more as a supplement to other sources of food production in urban areas. Key Words : Rooftop, garden, urban areas, landscape, vegetables, building, economy. Introduction The practice of gardening is an ancient, simple, inexpensive, and profoundly satisfying tradition of human beings. But, rapid urbanization in most countries has enforced about 50% of the world’s population to live in cities where space is a limiting factor. The green cover of urban areas is being replaced with concrete and brick. The continuous growth of the human population on earth is creating a lot of social, economic, and ecological pressures on the environment. Urban dwellers no longer live and work intimately with the plant that provides the oxygen they breathe, the clothes they wear, the food supply they eat. People are now devoid of space for gardening. There is no exclusive need to construct a garden at the ground level. Roof gardens can be splendid substitutes for natural-looking, landscaped areas at the ground level. With some imagination and fantasy, a flat roof can easily be turned into a green roof garden. Green roof is one of the approaches in a sustainable design whereby the function of structure and nature are interrelated to sustain the environment (Köhler, 2001). Without access to land for gardening, a roof garden is undoubtedly an attractive option. Urban environments face many challenges related to the health and well-being of the citizens. The boom in real estate business, sky rise corporate buildings, malls, star hotels, etc. have made us think about new landscape solutions. Hence, the centuries-old concept of “roof gardening” has recently been embraced all over the world. Humans have grown plants on the top of the houses or structures since antiquity. The roof garden is a veritable way of life that enables the population, collectively or individually,

* Mr. Kafle is a Lecturer in Biology, Damak Multiple Campus.

Damak Campus Journal, Vol. 9 JULY 2020 115 to enjoy pleasure in green spaces. It meets the need for relaxation and leisure. Rooftop gardens keep buildings cooler in summer and warmer in winter. Air conditioning costs are cut down and roof gardens can cool the whole city by several degrees in summer. Green roofs are attractive and ecologically beneficial. Green roof is in simple terms, roof bearing vegetation that may take many different forms. Some are mats of uniform vegetation and thickness covering a large expanse of flat or sloping roof (Cantor, 2008). The practice of roof gardening is easy, aesthetically appealing, and energy-efficient. It improves the structures, as well as adds plant life in the densely populated area. Besides the decorative benefit, roof gardening may provide food, temperature control, hydrological benefits, architectural enhancement, habitats for wildlife, recreational opportunities, and ecological benefits. It holds prodigious significance in aspects of a modern advanced civilization. Therefore, a modest attempt has been made in this assignment to gather basic facts and figures on roof gardening in one place. Today, rooftop gardens cover one in every ten buildings in Europe and are mandated in Germany, Switzerland, and France, as well as in Japan (Litichevskaya 2011). Cities like Kathmandu are crowded with buildings, apartments and it is hard to plant a tree around houses. Going to the park or outside for fresh air is very tough in our busy schedule. As we all know, Plants and trees give fresh air and make our body and mind refresh. So, just think about our garden that gives an amazing, beautiful garden with the full of beautiful flowers and a handful of organic vegetables. The rooftop garden is the best place and could be a great idea (Jha etal,2019). The rooftop is the place where we can get a good condition of light, air, and water. Thus, we can plant on top of the roof. Everyone in the family can spend some quality time spent in their garden may divert and refresh our mind. Rooftop gardening is very easy to maintain, it is the best way to grow all types of natural sinks such as grassland, floral arrangement, green parks, or food crops on the rooftop of each building. Rooftop farming allows for a completely natural form of farming. Flowers such as hibiscus, bougainvilleas, roses, Jasmine, marigold, and Organic vegetables such as coriander, garlic, chili, onions, tomatoes, and other seasonal vegetables can be grown on the roofs and balconies of houses. Rooftop organic farming can solve the issue of pesticides in vegetables as the products are free of chemicals. We must give attention before turning the roof of the house into farmland, the roof and the condition of the roof must be inspected to see if it is technically waterproof and good for farming. As we all know, water scarcity could be a major challenge for rooftop farming, but rainwater harvesting is the way to counter this challenge. These farmlands can be grown on the roofs and balconies of houses in a clay pot, plastic container, and other re-usable materials. Besides that, the rooftop garden looks more attractive and beautiful by decorating clay pots and plastic containers. We can utilize and reuse of plastic bottles that make sustainable gardening and make environment eco-friendly zone. There are numerous plastic containers that we use in our day to day life. Instead of throwing as trash, we can use it effectively.

Damak Campus Journal, Vol. 9 JULY 2020 116

According to the data of economic activities at Nepal Rastra Bank, cultivable land in Nepal has decreased by 30,334 hectares in the fiscal year 2016/17. Hence, rooftop farming can significantly contribute to decreasing the import of agricultural products from other countries. Vegetables and fruits like spinach, spring onion, coriander, spring garlic, strawberries, guava, oranges, and tomatoes can be produced through rooftop farming (Jha etal,2019). Rooftop farming comprises various techniques, including Aeroponic Agriculture (agriculture is done in the air without soil), Hydroponic Agriculture (agriculture is done in a nutrient solution without using soil), and traditional agriculture (agriculture is done in soil), among others. Meanwhile, traditional rooftop farming can be done with the use of different mediums like containers, plastics bags, bottles, while you can also turn your entire roof into farmland by waterproofing the concrete. One of the main specialties about rooftop farming is that you can also grow unseasonal vegetables and fruits through the greenhouse effect. Rosy Maharjan, a trainer of a project named ‘PhohorMailaBewasthapan Ko LagiPratifal Ma Aadharit’, said, “Small families can easily produce enough vegetables for themselves through rooftop farming if it is done scientifically.” The project has been providing training on rooftop farming, waste segregation, and composting to the residents of Lalitpur Metropolitan City. Rooftop farming is quite different from land agriculture because the load and moisture of mud can damage the concrete of the roof. Hence training is necessary before starting rooftop farming. The weight of mud used in rooftop farming can be decreased by 45 to 50 percent by mixing it with different materials such as straw, compost manure, and sand. Waste management is also one of the reasons for an increase in the trend of rooftop farming because people can use 50 to 60 percent of the household wastes as compost manure. If you’re thinking of doing rooftop farming, you must insulate the concrete first before laying mud on your roof. Six to eight inches of light mud with good drainage should be enough to begin your agro-adventure (Tuladhar, 2018). This kind of farming also prevents different parasitic diseases like ascaris and hookworm that transmit through the soil. Singh said, “Vegetables and fruits produced through this method are highly nutritious in comparison to those produced through traditional farming.” Materials and Methods

A comprehensive literature review was done based on green roof history, types, plant materials and its benefits towards the environment, economy and social factors. The resources of the study are fundamental, sourcing from journals and articles, to ensure the most updated data on green roofs. Papers were selected and examined to identify the range of green roofs benefits within research concern and factors that attribute to the environment, economy and also social factors. The factors are then discussed based on current scenario and existing literatures. The reviews will later determine the research gaps to be undertaken for future research.

Damak Campus Journal, Vol. 9 JULY 2020 117

Types of Roof Garden: There are mainly 3 types of roof gardens,which are also known as“green roofs”. These are: i. Extensive Green Roof: It is the most basic type. It uses a shallow layer of inexpensive ordinary soil and supports drought resistant and low growing plants like herbs, mosses grass, and simple foliage. ii. Semi-intensive Green Roof: This type of roof garden typically has a deeper layer of nutrient-rich soil and contains shrubs, herbaceous plants, and bushes and a thicker layer of grass. iii. Intensive Green Roof: It has a very deep soil layer and supports a wide variety of plants, bushes, and small trees. Key Considerations for Establishing Roof Garden: Before establishing a roof garden, we must consider the following aspects: 1. Condition of the roof: The most effective time to construct a roof garden is when the roof is newly constructed or being repaired. When working with an existing roof, we must take into account the existing leakages, damage, inability to resist roots and standing water, etc. 2. The structural capacity of the roof: Before designing and constructing a roof garden, we must determine if the roof can support the additional weight of soil and plants. The structural capacity of the roof mainly determines the type of roof garden that can be built. 3. Access to the roof: Access to the roof is an important consideration. Typical access includes stairs or fire escapes. However, there should be enough space for transporting materials for construction and maintenance. 4. Weight of garden: Consideration of weight is the heart of planning for any type of roof garden. The weight of the garden should be determined by a licensed architect or structural engineer. It must be assured that the weight of the garden does not exceed the structural capacity of the roof. 5. Cost: Before starting a roof garden, all necessary cost analysis should be done. Usually, a green roof costs 50% higher than conventional roofs. Moreover, an extensive the garden is less costly than an intensive garden.

Damak Campus Journal, Vol. 9 JULY 2020 118

6. Design of a roof garden : The design of a roof garden may vary with the structural capacity of building, owner’s personal choice, the purpose of gardening, surrounding scenery, etc. 7. Irrigation: Roof garden plants largely depend on rainwater for irrigation. But, during a certain period of the year, rainfall may be insufficient to fulfill the water requirements. So,the harvesting of rainwater can be done. Moreover, the drip irrigation system, hose-pipe manual watering etc. should be arranged to supplement rainfall. 8. Drainage: The drainage system is an essential consideration of any roof garden. Typical drainage systems include gutters, downspouts, drains, and barriers to prevent growing media erosion and drainage system clogging. Poor drainage may result in root rot and diseases of plants as well as significant weight beyond the roof capacity. 9. Selection of plants and growing media: Rooftops can be hostile environments for plants due to the effects of wind, heat, rain, and shadows. So, drought-tolerant plants of native varieties are a suitable and attractive option for roof gardening. Usually, lightweight growing media consisting of high- quality compost and recycled materials are used. 10. Maintenance: Roof gardens must be maintained just like any garden such as watering, weeding, etc. the amount of maintenance will depend on the types of plants used and the garden design. Larger plants, shrubs, and trees must be pruned to ensure safety during windy conditions. Drains and gutters must be inspected and cleared more frequently in comparison to the conventional naked rooftop. Importance of Roof Gardening: A roof garden offers much welfare, especially in a crowded urban environment. Being able to go to the green roof building and be in the open air with plants and foliage provides a refreshing change from the glass, concrete, and steel. The importance of roof garden can be designated into two (2) parts, such as: a) Private benefits and b) Public benefits a) Private benefits: 1. Increase roof life Roof garden assists in increasing the expected roof life of the building. The life expectancy of a "naked" flat roof is only 15 to 25 years. UV-radiation and high Ozone

Damak Campus Journal, Vol. 9 JULY 2020 119 ratios accelerate the aging process which results in, material fatigue, shrinking, crack formation, and leakage. Green Roof creates a protective layer for the waterproofing in case of mechanical damage like hail, wind, vandalism, and fireworks. 2. Reduce noise levels A roof garden can reduce sound reflection by up to 3 dB and improve sound insulation by up to 8 dB. This is important for people who live near airports, noisy discotheques, or industrial parks. Additionally, electromagnetic waves from transmitting stations can be effectively shielded by the vegetation layer. 3. Heat Shield During the summer months, the roof garden helps to reduce indoor temperatures through transpiration. The typical overheating of urban flats in summer can be avoided with vegetated roofs. The vegetation layer buffers the temperature stress during summer as well as winter. Therefore, the use of air conditioning and energy consumption can be effectively curtailed. 4. Thermal Insulation Roof gardens can be regarded as additional thermal insulation. It reduces the use of primary energy. Thus, it can benefice use building by saving energy. 5. Use of space The roof garden offers various possibilities for usage, including natural refuges for insects and plants, recreational roof gardens, roof cafes, and sporting areas. If the technical and construction requirements of the building are met, there are virtually no limits for landscape designs with perennials, small trees, terraces, or gardens. A roof garden transforms dead space into green space. 6. Save cost and increase property value Due to the utilization of the roof property, the building owner can save costs from purchasing additional land at ground level. A gorgeous view, fresh air, and privacy are also included in the price. 7. Improve social interactions and work environment Roof garden stimulates social interactions. It promotes social contacts, exchange of ideas, and thus improves the quality of life. It also increases the work environment enormously. 8. Relief from tedious lifestyle Roof garden emerges as an agent of relief from our monotonous urban lifestyle. It helps us to get relief from exhaustion to the concreteness of the cities. Planting on rooftops can make urban living more self-sufficient.

Damak Campus Journal, Vol. 9 JULY 2020 120 b) Public benefits: 1. The natural habitat for animals and plants Roof gardens can compensate for lost green areas in cities. Roof gardens, especially low maintenance extensive green roofs promote biodiversity, like wild bees, butterflies, and beetles find food and shelter there. Even rare and protected species can be found on roof gardens. 2. Stormwater Retention A roof garden can retain 70-90% of rain-water. Most of this water returns directly into the natural water cycle by transpiration/evaporation of the Green Roof. Thus, it eases the pressure on drains and prevents river pollution. 3. Urban heat island effect The temperature difference between a city and the surrounding countryside is referred to as the “urban heat island effect”. Due to global warming, the excess heat from residential buildings, industry, and traffic are leading to continually rising temperatures within the urban territory. In summer this effect can reach nearly 10 °C. The urban heat island effect drastically reduces the quality of life and impairs the health of the city's inhabitants. Natural air conditioners such as green areas and parks can absorb up to 80% of the heat. But, in densely populated cities green areas are rare. Roof gardens can be an alternative, as they decrease the "urban heat island effect" through the process of transpiration and humidify dry air. This process tends to create a better climate for the occupants of adjacent apartments and buildings. 4. Reduction of dust and smog levels: Inner-city air pollutants such as NO2, NO3, CO, volatile organic compounds and diesel exhaust gases are creating dangerous combinations of toxic substances for urban inhabitants. Roof gardens can combat this situation. 1 m2 of a green roof can filter approximately 0.2 kg aerosol dust and smog particles per year. 5. Increase the Efficiency of Solar Panels: Solar panels operate most efficiently at 80° F. In general, a standard roof surface can reach temperatures of 70°C-80°C during the summer season. A green roof will lower the ambient temperature to 26°C even on the hottest days. Therefore, it makes solar panels work more efficiently. Thus, green roof systems and solar energy panels make a great energy-saving solution when used in combination. 6. Enhance the quality of life in the city: Green roofs are visually enhancing the quality of life in the cities. They can intersect the monotony of the concrete, grey cities and improve the mental and physical health of the inhabitants. Not only in cities but also in rural areas, roof gardens allow industry buildings to blend harmoniously with the scenery.

Damak Campus Journal, Vol. 9 JULY 2020 121

Disadvantages of Roof Garden Despite having remarkable welfares, roof gardening has some disadvantages as well. These are as follows 1) Roof gardens can be expensive to install. 2) The roof will require special waterproofing to ensure that the moisture accumulated in the soil does not seep into the building below. 3) The structure and weight of the roof garden can cause problems for the building. 4) Adequate water supply and proper drainage systems require high cost. 5) Poorly managed roof gardens have the risk of falling. 6) In an arid or an exposed coastal region, plants suitable for roof gardening are very limited. 7) In some urban areas, to establish larger plants or trees on the roof garden is not allowed. Conclusion Becoming green is a high priority for urban planners. In this aspect, a roof garden has some magical impacts. In a roof garden, the air seems fresher, the grass appears greener, the city feels further away than it is. From the famous Hanging Gardens of Babylon to the Rockefeller Centre in New York, the roof garden has been a part of civilized society. “Modern” civilization is slowly rediscovering the astonishing benefits of vegetated roofs. The environmental and aesthetic benefits to the cities are the prime motivations for practicing roof garden. It is a promising method to bring back greenery to urban areas. Yet, under-developed and developing countries are still lagging in this aspect. Therefore, it is essential to promote roof gardening in those countries for the ultimate betterment of the global climate. We are optimistic that the scenario will be improved and the grey concrete cities will be greener soon. References: Asaduzzaman, M. (1989) Feeding Our Future Towns: An Overview of Urbanisation and Associated Food Policy Issues, Planning Commission Government of Bangladesh, Food Strategies in Bangladesh: Medium and Long Term Perspectives, University Press Limited: Dhaka. A Brief History of Roof Gardens.Retrieved from : www.heathershimmin.com/a-brief-history-of- roof-gardens.html Berghage, R. et.al (2009) Green Roofs for Stormwater Runoff Control. U.S. Environmental Protection Agency, Washington, D.C., EPA/600/R-09/026. Benefits of Green Roofs. Retrieved from : www.iqra-world.com/Benefits of green roofs.html

Damak Campus Journal, Vol. 9 JULY 2020 122

Cantor, S.L (2008) Green Roofs in Sustainable Landscape Design. W.W. Norton & Company, Choguill, C.L.(1995). Urban Agriculture and Cities in the Developing World, Habitat International, Vol. 19, No. 2 pp. 149-235. Jha Ritesh Kumar, Bhattarai Natasha, KC Suraj, Shrestha Arjun Kumar and Kadariya Manahar (2019) Rooftop farming: an alternative to conventional farming for urban sustainability, Koehler, M., et.al, (2001) Urban water retention by green roof in temperate and tropical climate. Technology Resource Management & Development – Scientific Contributions for Sustainable Development, Vol. 2, pp 151-152, NogorKrishok (Urban Farmer): Working for The Greenery of Dhaka City

Retrieved from: http://www.cityfarmer.info/2011/03/22/urban-agriculture-in-bangladesh Rooftop Gardening as a Strategy of Urban Agriculture for Food Security: The Case of Dhaka City, Bangladesh. Retrieved from www.lib . teiep. gr/images/ stories/ acta/ 643_31.pdf Rooftop Garden. Retrived from : http://www.agrinewsbd.com/doc/read/961/rooftop-garden . Tuladhar, A.(2018) Roof-top Gardening in Urban Limited Spaces-Kathmandu’s context Urban Greening and Roof Top Gardening: Scope and Opportunities in Bangladesh. Retrieved fromhttp//gobeshona.net/wp-content/uploads/2015/01/Urban-Greening-and-Roof-Top- Gardening -Scope-and-Opportunities-in-Bangladesh.pdf

‹

Damak Campus Journal, Vol. 9 JULY 2020 123

The Concept of Polarity in Frost's Mending Wall

Narayan Bhattarai*

Abstract This article explores how fence practice and compound walls have interacted with a dynamic narrative of national identity. It tries to explain how walls between neighbours (people or countries) function-serving to protect, attach, exclude, celebrate, and unify too. Broadly these walls have functioned within property building and community –building in America and offer a conceptual outline for building good fences and creating an environment of good neighbourship. It puts forward an argument that walls represent the cosmos and lack of walls represents chaos. The fence symbolizes national, racial, religious, political, and economic conflicts and discrimination which separate man from man and hinders the ways of understanding and cultivating relationships. The text Mending Wall reflects a dispute between the two neighbours, the clash between tradition and modernity. The young generation wants to demolish the old tradition and replace it with modernity while the old wants to cling on to the existing tradition and beliefs. The poem is a sad reflection on today’s society, where man-made barriers exist between men, groups, nations based on discrimination of race, caste, creed, gender, and religion.

Key words: paradox , community, fence, national, polarity, perspective, modernism, adage, Introduction Robert Frost's ‘Mending Wall’ is a dramatic narrative poem composed in blank verse. It reflects on the man-made barriers prevalent in contemporary society. His poetry builds on the tension of polarity. The poet seems torn between his role as an observer of things– as they are— and as an artist, constantly trying to perfect them. There is a sense of indecisiveness which gives his writing a strange charisma and power. His capacity for equal distribution of thought and emotion lies in his power of holding opposite states of mind in the union when evaluating an emotion or spiritual experience. In his poetry, we find the tension between regionalism and universalism; traditionalism and modernism; and nature and man. Frost‘s emphasis is on understanding the tension of contraries rather than a simple acceptance of it as a way of life. According to his view, the meaning of human life finds consummate expression through a constantly maintained balance between opposing tensions. Frost is popular for simple but thoughtful sentences and expressions, the same thing can be found in Mending Walls also . "Something there is that doesn't love a wall, That sends the frozen-ground –swell under it And spills the upper boulders in the sun, And makes gaps even two can pass abreast The work of hunters is another thing, I have come after them and made repair."( lines -1-6 )

* Mr. Bhattarai is a Lecturer in English, Damak Multiple Campus.

Damak Campus Journal, Vol. 9 JULY 2020 124

" a boundary is something very important; it is both an acknowledgement of responsibility and a token of respect. Maintaining a boundary is a hedge against uncertainty, a guarantee against dispute. The boundary can be seen in these terms as nothing less than an aspect of one's identity."(Wilson, 1979) The subject is simple yet thoughtful. The poet brings in the two characters, one young man and another elderly man who seems illogical and traditional. They have two opposite views regarding walls between the lands of them. The young man seems to be the mouthpiece of the poet himself. Mending the wall in every spring by the aged man is an unreasonable activity because nature collapses it despite he attempts against the favour of nature. Nature does not like any strange activity that is not liked by her. Frost highlights the human tendency to build barriers in some form whether they are emotional, legal, or psychological ones. "The speaker of "Mending Wall" is obviously of two minds: at once wall-builder and wall-destroyer, at once abettor and antagonist of seasonal entropies. The speaker of the poem exhibits, both in his manner and in his actions, a certain flexibility. He unsettles walls that he also always repairs; he is at once Apollonian and Dionysian. " (Richardson, 1997 ) Good fences keep the relations affectionate and warm. Whether national walls should be made stronger for our protection, or whether they should be done always with because they shrink the scope of our progress towards mutual understanding and ultimate brotherhood. Man cannot live without walls and boundaries and self- limitations. But yet man resents all bounds, and he becomes happy if the boundary line or wall is removed. This is a paradox and a reality in human life. One of the most striking examples which is eloquent of poet‘s idea of life as counterbalancing of contraries is the poem Mending Wall which is another remarkable example of the counterbalancing of contrary viewpoints: One "something there is that doesn‘t love a wall " and the other "good fences make good neighbours" . The poem deplores the restrictions man creates in human relations through walls and exhorts bridging gaps among relations. The narrator asserts that some force in nature condemns man-made barriers the reason why walls built between two neighbours tend to crumble. Moreover, hunters widen the gap in the walls to expose the rabbits hidden there. The poet feels it mysterious how the gaps are seen in spring, the mending time, even when no one has seen or heard them made. The speaker informs the neighbour residing beyond the hill to set the wall. Conservatism and Progressivism: Contrasting views The poem presents the psychological confrontation of a rational inquiring mind and an orthodox inert mentality regarding the issue of accurate division of land between them. The speaker in “Mending Wall” is caught in an interesting and paradoxical internal conflict throughout the poem. He does not feel the requirement of constructing a boundary wall between their fields. He says: "There where it is we do not need the wall". T o emphasize his point he says: "He is all pine and I am apple orchard.

Damak Campus Journal, Vol. 9 JULY 2020 125

My apple trees will never get across And eat the cones under his pines, I tell him" The orthodox man replies, "Good fences make good neighbours". (lines 23—27) Though he does not give any logic to justify his point of view, he prefers to stick to his conventional belief which he imbibed from his ancestors. The contradiction is logical, for the opposing statements, "Something there is that doesn‘t love a wall‘" and "good fences make good neighbours" is uttered by two entirely different types of persons. And both are right in their respective viewpoints. Walls have both positive and negative dimensions. Man cannot live without walls, boundaries, limits, and particularly self-limitations. Walls give him a sense of enclosure, privacy, security, and individual identity. At the same time, excessive adherence to walls may lead a man to a state of hyper-individualism. Metaphorically, the walls have outgrown the purpose for which they were originally constructed. But, paradoxically, the modern educated farmer who alone knows that the wall is both a protection and a barrier, complies with the obstinate demands of his orthodox neighbour. He says "And on a day we meet to walk the line And set the wall between us once again". (lines 13- 14) The first part of the mending wall is anecdotal which gives the description of the damage done to the boundary wall and the efforts of the two farmers to reconstruct it. The brief narrative represents two entirely different perspectives towards tradition; modern man has a liberal inquiring mind. The modern man has full faith in the honesty of his neighbour and he is also a considerate man who is concerned about the well- being of his neighbour. So, he fails to understand the relevance and necessity of building a boundary wall between their fields. As the modern farmer cogitates upon his perspective regarding this complex situation, he sees his neighbour walking under the shade of trees grasping stones in each hand to construct the wall again. The modern man says: "He moves in darkness as it seems to me, Not of woods only and the shade of trees".( lines 41-42) The image of darkness is symbolic in this line. It is not the darkness of the shade of trees; it rather symbolizes the ignorance of the orthodox man who cannot understand the hidden implications of the blind traditional belief. In his blind adherence to the orthodox conventions, the neighbour expresses indistinctly human, aggressive, and savage instinct for possession and repression-like an old-stone savage armed ǁ. The modern man compares his neighbour to a man of Stone Age as he is grasping stones in his hands like a primitive defenseless man. Frost shows the inability of both neighbours to understand the contrary viewpoints of each other. The weakness of the orthodox man lies in his despair to believe in the humanity of his neighbour. He is a thorough conservative who keeps an indubitable faith in the validity of traditional beliefs. The modern man, on the other

Damak Campus Journal, Vol. 9 JULY 2020 126 hand, is introspective and speculative. He does not believe in blind dogmas of traditional conventions."The speaker in “Mending Wall” is caught in an interesting and paradoxical internal conflict throughout the poem. Despite his obvious efforts to rebuild the wall after a winter of collapse, he “allies himself with the insubordinate energies of spring, which yearly destroy the wall, or perhaps, attempts to ally himself with those destructive energies. " (Richardson, 1997). “Spring is the mischief in me, and I wonder If I could a notion is his head: Why do they make good neighbours? Isn't it Where there are cows? But here there are no cows. Before I built a wall I'd ask to know What I was walling in or walling out And to whom I was like to give offense, Something there is that doesn't love a wall "(lines 28---35) The brief narrative shows two opposed attitudes towards tradition and the poet seems to challenge the literal and therefore meaningless rituals, symbolized by repairing a wall where it is not needed. Either to put up a wall or to pull it down, Frost seems to suggest the cooperation of both farmers is essential. Or, as he put it in one of his letters: "…in art, as in nature, we want all the differences we can get. In a society too, we want people and nations to maintain their differences-even at the risk of fighting one another". The very act of spring mending is a tradition sorely in need of change. John Timmerman describes it as “a meeting between two neighbors, of different dispositions and interests, in one common but necessary act,” meanwhile, “the decidedly more playful narrator wonders why the act of rebuilding is necessary at all” (Timmerman 116). “The neighbor, after all, represents a long tradition, unchallenged and unchanged,” In other words, Frost appeals for tolerance and civilized relations between neighbours. Through his poetic representation of thought, in various forms of inner and outer dialogue, Frost provides counter-balanced ways of looking at the same thing from utterly diverse and contrary viewpoints ." To understand that the neighbor who says "Good fences make good neighbors" is uttering something like practical wisdom requires an appeal to experience. As a debate there is little to choose. The speaker seems to have all the arguments on his side. The wall is useless, and mending it is meaningless, done only in the interest of the outmoded thinking of the neighbor; and all of this is confirmed by a principle of nature: "Something there is that doesn't love a wall." To judge this encounter strictly as a debate, as most readers apparently do, is inevitably to run a tally in favor of the speaker and award him the decision on points. Besides, 68 he has qualities that have general appeal to readers of modern American poetry: he is critical; he doesn't take things like traditional sayings for granted; he is open to change; and he has a sense of humor. Our impression of the neighbor, poor man, is just the opposite, though it rests almost entirely on the speaker's biased references." (Wilson, 1979).The role of the wall as a symbol lies not in the fact that it shuts people off from each other (Good fences make good neighbours) or that it may be rationally unnecessary (Before I built a wall I‘d ask to know what I was walling in or walling out), but in its focus on the constant tension of opposing elements, which Frost

Damak Campus Journal, Vol. 9 JULY 2020 127 observes as the essence of the human condition. Frost, thus, plots the battlefield of his enterprise. His zone is always realistic, practical circumscribed by an acute awareness of its human limitations. Critics often misinterpret Frost‘s acceptance of reality as easy passivity. His acceptance is rarely easy and never passive. Inclusiveness and Exclusiveness: Social Problems The speaker finds the task of an outdoor game. He wonders whether they need a wall to separate an apple orchard from a pine orchard. But the neighbour insists on saying that good fences make good neighbours. The narrator becomes more amazed since there are no cows to encroach upon the neighbour’s orchard. He likes his neighbour's state that it is elves that do not like a wall. It seems to the narrator that his neighbour gropes in darkness like the old stone- age man with the stone in his arms. The neighbour is adamant in his father’s instruction that ‘good fences make good neighbours’. The neighbor and the narrator thus have opposing views of the property. The neighbor speaks for the value of property divisions; in contrast, by suggesting that the spring thaw is the “something there is that doesn’t love a wall,” the narrator seems (at least at first) to attack property as an affront to nature. It is tempting, therefore, to attribute to the narrator a kind of romantic rejection of property—in favor, perhaps, of a vision of community in which people share the land communally. But a closer reading of the poem reveals the narrator’s position to be much more complex. For, we can see, the narrator understands that property and community are not necessarily opposing concepts. Rather, for him, they are linked by the fact that property divisions must be actively maintained, and this activity can be the basis of community.

The most obvious indication that the narrator is not opposed to the property is that it is he who summons the neighbor to the yearly chore of mending the wall. We shall return to his description of their chore momentarily. It is worth noting first that the narrator is not concerned only with breaches to the wall caused by natural forces. He refers also to “the work of hunters” who leave “not one stone on a stone” in flushing out their prey. These gaps the narrator repairs himself. That is, the narrator personally upholds property divisions in the face of the hunters’ use of the land as a commons. By no means does he stand for the communal use of land; he is firmly committed to maintaining the division of land into private property. What, then, is the value of the wall to the narrator? He understands as well as the neighbor that the wall lacks a utilitarian purpose; it is he who reminds the neighbor of this fact. The neighbor, as we have seen, responds to this fact with the ideological justification that by separating them the wall makes them good neighbors. The narrator responds to it lightheartedly, by conceiving of the shared activity of mending the wall as “just another kind of outdoor game / one on aside.” Because the wall has no practical function, that is, the only justification for the effort of maintaining it must be like the effort itself. What is important for the narrator is the playful sharing of activity with his neighbor. Consider his description of their replacing the stones on the wall: “We have to use a spell to make them balance ‘Stay where you are until our backs are turned!’ (Lines 17-18)

Damak Campus Journal, Vol. 9 JULY 2020 128

Here he represents the chore both as a joint enterprise, and as one understood to be justified by the doing of it rather than by the result. Thus, as he says, mending the wall is like a game, in which the opponents are in a broader sense partner in a common undertaking. In seeing the practice of affirming property divisions as a game, the narrator presents property as a human convention. As he witnesses every Spring, this convention sits uneasily on the land. We noted above that the narrator sees in the forces that cast down the wall nature’s rejection of the division of land into the property. But the narrator also sees in these natural forces the occasion for cooperation with his neighbor. The vulnerability of the wall to natural destruction explains why it constitutes an ongoing opportunity for engagement between his neighbor and himself. Nature tends to obliterate the marks of property; the narrator grasps the effort to reestablish what is their own as an opportunity for human connection. Hence, for him, it is this chance to affirm community in the face of nature that makes mending the wall worthwhile. Recall that he fixes the gaps made by other people himself. By contrast, responding to the forces associated with the land calls for the communal activity carried out and celebrated in the yearly ceremony of mending the wall. The conflict in "Mending Wall" develops as the speaker reveals more and more about the necessity of the wall. The opposition between observer and observed--and the tension produced by the observer's awareness of the difference--is crucial to the poem. Ultimately, the very knowledge of this opposition becomes itself a kind of barrier behind which the persona, for all his dislike of walls, finds himself confined. Having touched on the seriousness of wall building, however, the speaker indulges in another irreverent speculation: "Oh, just another kind of outdoor game, One on a side. It comes to little more: There where it is we do not need the wall:"( lines 21—23) The unceremonious sentence fragment and the deprecatory offhandedness of "just another kind" and "comes to little more" are unsuited to the earnestness of the preceding line; yet by now we are accustomed to incongruities, and we suspect that behind his capriciousness there is something on the speaker's mind. The allusion to an "outdoor game" evokes rivalry and competition, not only in wall repair but also in wall destruction. This persona shows great appreciation of the playfulness and recognizes many kinds of sport. The two men--farmer and observer, insider and outsider--are separated by deep differences in perception, differences that the speaker does not fully appreciate. He thinks they are building a wall, but to his neighbor it is merely fence mending. Confident in his beliefs, he relies on traditional wisdom to suppress inquisitive or speculative tendencies. He concerns himself not with the whys and wherefores of walls but with the simple, practical fact (to him a fact) of their efficacy. His unwillingness to explain or debate his position implies that he feels there is nothing to be gained through communicating or exchanging ideas. If fences are good, then, conversely, too much closeness between neighbors must be undesirable. Indeed, there is

Damak Campus Journal, Vol. 9 JULY 2020 129 no evidence that his "neighborly" relations with the speaker extend much beyond the laconic yearly ritual described in the poem. Satisfied to confine himself behind his wall of self-assumed taciturnity, he never converses with the speaker. He only repeats the aphorism he learned from his father as if to keep from something original (or as if incapable of saying something original). The ethics of barriers and freedom Speaker Mending Wall is autobiographical on an even more specific level: a French-Canadian named Napoleon Guay had been Frost’s neighbour in New Hampshire and the two had often walked along their property line and repaired the wall that separated their land. Ironically, the most famous line of the poem (“Good fences make good neighbours”) was not invented by Frost himself but was rather a phrase that Guay frequently declared to Frost during their walks. This particular adage was a popular colonial proverb in the middle of the 17th century, but variations of it also appeared in Norway (“There must be a fence between good neighbours”), Germany (“Between neighbour’s gardens a fence is good”), Japan (“Build a fence even between intimate friends”), and even India (“Love your neighbour, but do not throw down the dividing wall”). As the narrator points out, the very act of mending the wall seems to be in opposition to nature. Every year, stones are dislodged and gaps suddenly appear, all without explanation. Every year, the two neighbours fill the gaps and replace the fallen boulders, only to have parts of the wall fall over again in the coming months. It seems as if nature is attempting to destroy the barriers that man has created on the land, even as man continues to repair the barriers, simply out of habit and tradition. Ironically, while the narrator seems to begrudge the annual repairing of the wall, Frost subtly points out that the narrator is more active than the neighbour. It is the narrator who selects the day for mending and informs his neighbour across the property. Moreover, the narrator himself walks along the wall at other points during the year to repair the damage that has been done by local hunters. Despite his sceptical attitude, it seems that the narrator is even more tied to the tradition of wall-mending than his neighbour. Perhaps his sceptical questions and quips can then be read as an attempt to justify his behaviour to himself. While he chooses to present himself as a modern man, far beyond old-fashioned traditions, the narrator is no different from his neighbour: he too clings to the concept of property and division, of ownership and individuality. Ultimately, the presence of the wall between the properties does ensure a quality relationship between the two neighbours. By maintaining the division between the properties, the narrator and his neighbour can maintain their individuality and personal identity as farmers: one of the apple trees, and one of the pine trees. Moreover, the annual act of mending the wall also provides an opportunity for the two men to interact and communicate with each other, an event that might not otherwise occur in an isolated rural environment. The act of meeting to repair the wall allows the two men to develop their relationship. The wall symbolizes all kind of barriers which divide man from man. Racial prejudices, conflicts between nations, religious and economic quarrels, are all suggested in this way. It all deals with incidents and characters taken from rural life, but these events and

Damak Campus Journal, Vol. 9 JULY 2020 130 characters are invested with a rich symbolic significance. The rural world holds the centre of his attention, but it is made to imply and suggest much more. Conclusion Barriers confine, but at the same time building is constructive. The poem does not resolve the question of the purpose of the wall and at the same time the internal conflict of the speaker. A majority of Frost's poems are about social situations. Mending Wall is a symbolic interpretation of the modern situation where national boundaries are fast disintegrating giving room to an international understanding. there should be no barriers between peoples , states , but it is paradoxical we prefer to live within four walls , within ourselves to maintain so called modern social hypocrisy .Most of the time we talk about universal brotherhood , sharing to each other and co-operation , we silently follow the self- limitations of aloofness from neighbours .This seeming paradox is at the root of human existence and Frost portrays the clash of made-man barriers and finally generalizes an attitude towards life as well as explores the contradictory issues it involves. He portrays a universal problem of human relations. We cannot live without walls – walls of understanding, religion, and politics, thought even our nationality. The article is a great example of how the two men worked hard to rebuild the wall between them each spring knowing that in time, it would only fall again. Social boundaries are like this wall because it is built up as a way of protection from things, people, and cultures that we do not understand. The wall can only be built up so high before it will fall by pressure from society. I think that it is ironic that the speaker is always asking his neighbor, why they do this each year but he never refuses to do it. This is a good example of how social boundaries undergo because even though people speak out about it, very few people will do something to change it. The fence also represents how social prejudices are started. The neighbor’s whole purpose for having this wall was that “He will not go behind his father saying… Good fences make good neighbors.” To breakdown social boundaries, we must first start at home with our families and ourselves and then go outside our home to meet our neighbors. References

Douglas L, Wilson.(1979).The Other Side of the Wall :The university of Lowa, The Low Review. Retrieved from https://doi.org/10.17077/0021-065x2452. Holland, N. (1988).The Brain of Robert Frost: A Cognitive Approach to Literature: London, Rutledge. Monterio, G.(1988) .Robert Frost and the New England Renaissance : Lexington: the University Press of Kentucky. Richardson, M. (1997). The Ordeal of Robert Frost: The Poet and his Poetics: Urbana, University of Illinois Press. Timmerman, John H. (2002). Robert Frost: The Ethics of Ambiguity : Lewisburg, PA ,Bucknell University Press.

‹

Damak Campus Journal, Vol. 9 JULY 2020 131

Siddhartha : Through the Lens of Vedanta Philosophy

Khagendra Bhattarai*

Abstract This article examines the influence of Vedanta philosophy in Hermann Hesse's novel Siddhartha. As Hesse's writings are mainly based on spiritual quest, Siddhartha also deals with topics of alienation and stepping off the world stage in order to find purpose within. This article explores how the four basic goals of human life mentioned in the Vedanta philosophy leads to the path of enlightenment. The goals are 'Kama' (physical pleasure), 'Artha' (worldly pleasure), 'Dharma' (renunciation of worldly life) and 'Moksha' (redemption). Key words: Vedanta philosophy, spiritual quest, Brahma, Atman, Ultimate Truth, Realisation Introduction From time immemorial, man has been seeking the purpose of his life. Piles of books, especially on theology, have been trying to answer the questions that the man has been searching for. People have found solace in many religious scriptures. Among many religious philosophies, Vedanta philosophy is one of the most accepted and proven branch of philosophies that has helped quench the thirst of esoteric knowledge. In this context, this article has tried to explore the use of the Vedanta philosophy in Hermann Hesse's novel Siddhartha . In Hesse's writings, the search of the Self is the fundamental theme, one which dominates all his works. Hesse's search is for the true self, that which lies within and which is hidden by our bodies and minds. Hesse was an untiring seeker after this elusive self, or soul, throughout his life. His writings are an accurate reflection of his internal journey towards himself. Brahma Sutra (English translation, Gambhirananda, 1983) says, "According to Vedanta philosophy, earthly life is always a struggle--not for survival but for truth, for something which lies hidden by the veil of Maya, the world perceived with the senses." Vedanta philosophy The word Vedantaa is derived from two words- Veda means knowledge and Anta means end. Thus Vedantaa means the culmination of knowledge. It is one of the ancient philosophies in the world that answers the fundamental questions of life. Its basic teaching is that our real nature is divine. God, the underlying reality, exists in every being. Religion is therefore a search for self-knowledge, a search for the God within. According to Vedanta (Brahma Sutra, 1983) God is infinite existence, infinite consciousness, and infinite bliss. The term for this impersonal, transcendent reality is Brahman, the divine ground of being. Yet Vedanta also maintains that God can be personal as well, assuming human form in every age. Most importantly, God dwells

* Mr. Bhattarai is a Founder Principal, Vidya Shilpa Academy, Damak.

Damak Campus Journal, Vol. 9 JULY 2020 132 within our own hearts as the divine Self or Atman. The Atman is never born nor will it ever die. Neither stained by our failings nor affected by the fluctuations of the body or mind, the Atman is not subject to our grief or despair or disease or ignorance. Pure, perfect, free from limitations, the Atman, Vedanta declares, is one with Brahman. The greatest temple of God lies within the human heart. "Vedanta asserts that the goal of life is to realize and to manifest our own divinity. This divinity is our real nature, and the realization of it is our birthright. We are moving towards this goal as we grow with knowledge and life experiences. It is inevitable that we will eventually, either in this or in future lives, discover that the greatest truth of our existence is our own divine nature" (Swami, Vedanta.org). In Vedanta philosophy, the path of enlightenment consists of four basic goals of human life. They are 'Kama', 'Artha', 'Dharma' and 'Moksha'. The first goal 'Kama' is related to the physical pleasure. The second goal ensures worldly pleasure in which material possession is the target of man. The goal of 'Dharma' is a renunciation of worldly life in order to serve humanity at large through religious and moral laws. The last 'Moksha' is the way of redemption which is the highest goal of these goals.This article aims to analyse Sidhartha in the light of ideas and concepts expressed in Vedanta philosophy. Siddhartha's search for Ultimate Truth Hesse published the novel Siddhartha in 1922. The novel has been translated from German to English by Hilda Rosner (1973). The novel reveals the unquenchable thirst of the central character, Siddhartha for the indestructible knowledge and his struggle to attain Divine Wisdom – the ultimate goal of mankind. Hesse says that the core of man’s existence is to find the ultimate truth by unfolding himself and to be himself (Walter, 1974). The novel Siddhartha rests its foundation on the philosophical amalgamation of the four Vedas, the Upanishads, the Bhagavat Gita and Buddhism. “ Siddhartha is a product of a religious awareness in its ritualistic and philosophic pattern, revaluing humanity and the primitive elements in human nature” (Misra, 1986, p. 114). One of the most important motivating forces in human life is the ‘desire’(Maslow, 1954), which drives man into actions for the realization of the desire. If man is unable to fulfil his desire, restlessness sets in. Stronger the desire, greater is the restlessness. Desire itself can be broadly classified into three areas viz: physical, mental and spiritual. Whether trivial or lofty, man consistently strives hard to fulfil his desire. When the strong desire is beyond the imperceptible, then, it is transformed into a spiritual quest. In some people this quest is predominant. “Hesse’s Siddhartha is a novel about the Soul’s journey to enlightenment and awakening” (Bhambar, 2009. p. 53). The protagonist Siddhartha is on such a quest for unfolding the real nature of the Self, which, according to the Vedanta philosophy, is Universal Brahman and so all- pervasive. Hesse says, “Only within yourself exists that other reality which you long. I can give you nothing that has not already its being within yourself. I can throw open to you no picture gallery but your own soul”, (Baral 1995, p.8). In Siddhartha , Hesse expresses the ten-year old boy Siddhartha’s state of restlessness. “Dreams and a

Damak Campus Journal, Vol. 9 JULY 2020 133 restlessness of the soul came to him, arising from the smoke of the sacrifices, emanating from the verses of the Rig-Veda, trickling through from the teachings of the old Brahmins…. Siddhartha had begun to feel the seeds of discontent within him” (Siddhartha , p. 5). It means that the real quest begins when man begins to ruminate upon the purpose of his very existence. Three phases of Siddhartha's quest The inner evolution of Siddhartha into a final and complete man in a spiritual sense can be analysed through three phases of his life. The first phase is his years of preparation for his life withVedantic scholarliness and his assiduous mastery over the tedious arts as a Samana, the follower of Jainism. The second phase is the period where he develops his aesthetic sense and skilfully masters the art of business and love, evidently leading the life of a Samsari . The third phase of his life is the years of mellow fruitfulness, where he gains maturity physically, mentally and spiritually, when he was given salvation by Vasudeva , the enlightened ferryman who finally leads Siddhartha to enlightenment. Each phase consists of twenty years. The three stages can also be categorised as the stage of the mind; the stage of the world and the stage of transcendence. The stage of the mind From the beginning, Siddhartha’s search for the origin of the soul is evident. He hates to be an ordinary priest performing rituals, offering sacrifices and reciting mantras. During his study of the scriptures like Samaveda, one of the four Vedas, he knows,“Your soul is the whole world” ( Siddhartha, p. 7). Similarly, Chandogya Upanishad, one of the 108 Sanskrit texts categorised as Upanishads and also a part of Samaveda, says, “In truth, the name of Brahman is Satya , the Truth. Indeed, he who knows it enters the heavenly world each day.” (Siddhartha, p.8). Siddhartha was astonished that people spoke about the Self but nobody showed the way to realize It. Thus through introspection he found that detachment is the stepping stone and attachment is the stumbling block of Self-Realization. He has contempt for worldly pleasures as, “they were all illusions of sense, happiness and beauty” ( Siddhartha, p.14). Hence he deserted his parents in order to lead a life of the Samana, ascetics. As a Samana, he masters the art of overcoming hunger, thirst, pain, hot sun and cold winter. He also gains skill in the art of decreasing the heart beat to the count of zero. Siddhartha actively sets about letting the self die, escaping his Self. This attempt reaches its height during his stay with the ascetic Samanas. At that time, he discards all material possessions and tries further to flee his own body and control his other needs. This is shown when he says, "He killed his senses, he killed his memory, he slipped out of his Self in a thousand different forms." ( Siddhartha , p. 12) In short, he learns to have a complete control over his physical body, especially the five senses. Siddhartha begins his journey with an extreme behavior, first signaled by an unsettling break from his family. Though he excelled in scholarly debates, he leaves the learned men of his town, the Samanas. His actions show that his desire for the Ultimate

Damak Campus Journal, Vol. 9 JULY 2020 134

Knowledge was not yet quenched. In fact, he along with his friend Govinda were after Gotama Buddha. Once they reaced Jetavana, they joined the group of the followers of Buddha. However, Siddhartha was not satisfied with the teachings of Buddha as he realises that realisation of the Ultimate Truth is not a subject to be taught by anyone. Moreover Buddha does not follow any teaching to attain Nirvana. So, Siddhartha too decides to seek Realization on his own. Siddhartha acquires confidence from Buddha that anybody can achieve the Ultimate Truth. Siddhartha, who opines that Buddha is a Self-Realized soul, says, “A man only looks and walks like that when he has conquered his Self. I also will conquer my Self.” ( Siddhartha, p.35). The stage of the world As Siddhartha walks away from Buddha and his followers, he reaches a town and finds a beautiful courtesan, Kamala. He is moved by the beauty of Kamala as she enters her grove in a sedan. This starts Siddhartha's stage of the world. He asks her to be his teacher in the arts of love, but Kamala laughs and says that she receives only those young men who approach her in fine clothes and shoes, with scent in their hair and money in their purses. When she learns that Siddhartha can read and write, she conducts him to the businessman Kamaswami, who will help him to acquire the tokens necessary for entrance into her garden of pleasure. Because of his experience as a Samana, Siddhartha feels different from other people. He is less troubled by daily trivialities. He notices the same quality in Kamala. The two agree that because they are somewhat detached from ordinary life, they can’t experience love in the way others do. Siddhartha says to Kamala, “You are like me; you are different from other people. You are Kamala and no one else; within you there is a stillness and sanctuary to which you can retreat at anytime and be yourself, just as I can; few people have that capacity and yet everyone could have it.” ( Siddhartha, pp. 71-72). This shows that only a person who has inner peace can enter the serene sanctum sanctorum of the Self at any time irrespective of worries, hatred, fear, anger, jealousy andhappiness. Though Siddhartha and Kamala have spent a lot of time together, they do not love each other and do not love anyone so dearly in the world. “She surrenders her love unconditionally when Siddhartha surrenders his male ego unconditionally. Kamala’s union with Siddhartha symbolizes this expressive mutuality, indeed the total expressive energy of the active principle of femaleness that binds them together to the orginal substance of the controlling principle of the universe, both active and passive. Siddhartha and Kamala achieve a fusion of ‘anima’ and ‘animus’ in Jungian terms, an aesthetic blend of human counter parts” (Robert, 1973, p. 85). As Siddhartha indulges in sense pleasure, the inner voice, which has been strong during his Samana life, diminishes gradually. He is in fact moving away from the Self. Hence his inner voice becomes inaudible. Dramatically, properties and possessions which he considers to be vices and follies trapped him. He becomes a non-vegetarian and drank wine. He also acquires some of the characteristics of an ordinary man like envy, anxiety, childishness and impatience.“But strongly and imperceptibly, with the passing of the seasons, his mockery and feeling of superiority diminished.” (Siddhartha, p. 77).

Damak Campus Journal, Vol. 9 JULY 2020 135

Siddhartha is disheartened to notice the marks of wrinkle and weariness in Kamala’s face. “His heart was so full of misery; he felt he could no longer endure it” ( Siddhartha, p. 81). He sits under the mango tree and ruminates on his pastlife. There is a call from his inner voice. “A path lies before you which you are called to follow. The gods await you.” (Siddhartha, p. 83). Suddenly he realizes that he has to shed the life of a man of the world (Samsari) and he renounces the beautiful Kamala, the pleasure garden, and all his properties and walks away from them. Even though the Vedas and Upanishads, Samanism and Buddhism paved variouspaths to Self-Realization, none of the paths directed him to the right way leading to his Ultimate Goal. Despite his difficulty in trying three different ways, Siddhartha marched confidently towards his goal. He understands that “Meaning and Reality were not hidden somewhere behind things; they were in them, in all of them” ( Siddhartha , p. 40). Hence he decides to live among people in order to unfold the mystery of the Self. The stage of transcendence In the third phase, Siddhartha wanders in the forest with a sense of guilt for having indulged in sense pleasures. When he reaches the bank of the river, he even wishes to commit suicide by drowning in the river, as he feels ashamed of his meaningless life. He realizes that instead of moving forward towards eternity, he has gone backward astray. At that moment, he perceives the sound of “Om” – “the ancient beginning and ending of all Brahmin prayers, the holy Om which has the meaning of the perfect one or “perfection” ( Siddhartha, p. 89). The sound Om is Brahman. “Om is something that is eternally there in one’s being and the realization of this does not come from listening to it with the organic ear.” (Narasimha, 1981, p. 59). He pronounces 'Om' inwardly and falls asleep on the bank of the river. When Siddhartha wakes up from deep sleep, he feels that he is reborn. Govinda,who passes by the way with other monks, is surprised to see Siddhartha in rich clothes. Siddhartha explains that the appearance of the world and people’s life style are all transitory. In each fraction of a second, there occurs a change in each cell of the body. Cells grow, mature, die and reproduce anew. This represents a complete cycle, in which, changes occur from time to time. These changes are invisible to the naked eyes. Siddhartha remains on the riverbank, contemplating the river. As he was hungry and looking for food, he meets the ferryman Vasudeva who takes him across the river and gives him a meal. Vasudeva allows Siddhartha to live with him and work as his apprentice . Vasudeva had helped Siddhartha before twenty years to go to Kamala’s town. Now, Siddhartha too leads a life of a ferryman and learns many things from the river. After a few years Siddhartha meets Kamala who has been bitten by a snake on her way to visit the dying Buddha. She is accompanied by her eleven year old son, who is also named Siddhartha. That night she dies leaving her son under the care of Siddhartha, the father of her child. Now, Siddhartha is enmeshed in the strange bond of love and affection towards his son. However, his happiness does not last long as his son runs away from him. Only at this stage Siddhartha realizes the affinity among people. At present people are not alien to him. He treats themwith warmth, sympathy and

Damak Campus Journal, Vol. 9 JULY 2020 136 brotherliness. Their trivialities and vanities are no longer absurd to him. He sees Brahman in people’s desire. The Realisation Siddhartha obtains a higher stage of self-discipline. Gradually the knowledge of the Divine Wisdom begins to unfold in him. “It was nothing but a preparation of the soul, the capacity, a secret art of thinking, feeling and breathing thoughts of unity at every momentof life” ( Siddhartha p.131). Siddhartha realizes the subtle cord of life, which hangs from the Creator to the puppet of the mankind. When Siddhartha sorely suffers his son’s separation, Vasudeva comforts him. When Siddhartha looks into the river, it reflects his father’s image. He realizes that this is how his father must have suffered, when Siddhartha forsook him and chose to lead an ascetic life. It is Vasudeva, who guides him from the beginning and says that the river teaches everything. Though Vasudeva is weak, his face radiates. It beams with serenity,happiness and childlike innocence. When Siddhartha confesses his anguish to Vasudeva, he feels that he has taken bath in the river to cleanse him. Suddenly, Siddhartha “felt that this motionless listener was absorbing his confession as a tree absorbs the rain, that this motionless man was the river itself, that he was God Himself, that he was eternity itself” ( Siddhartha, p.133). There is no change in Vasudeva from their first meeting to the end. It is Siddhartha who does not recognize Vasudeva’s Godliness. But Vasudeva, it would seem, has been patiently waiting for this hour to raise Siddhartha’s consciousness to the cosmic level. The guru or the master, at the final stage of his spiritual evolution, ushers his disciple into cosmic consciousness to help the disciple attain Self-Realization. On the flowing water, Siddhartha sees the pictures of all the people including his parents, neighbours, son, Kamala and strangers suffering and toiling towards their goal. He hears the echo of the rivers, it reflects sorrow and joy, good and evil, lament and laughter and a thousand other voices. The world is composed of this mixture. Siddhartha feels that he is entirely absorbed in it and has learned the art of listening from the river. Suddenly he is unable to distinguish the different voices. He could no longer distinguish the different voices - the merry voice from the weeping voice, the childish voice from the manly voice. They all belonged to each other: the lament of those who yearn, the laughter of the wise, the cry of indignation and the groan of the dying. They were all interwoven and interlocked, entwined in a thousand ways. "When Siddhartha listened attentively to this river, to this song of a thousand voices; when he did not listen to the sorrow or laughter, when he did not bind his soul to any one particular voice and absorb it in his Self, but heard them all, the whole, the unity; then the great song of a thousand voices consisted of one word: Om– perfection." (Siddhartha , pp. 135-136) When Vasudeva throws a radiant smile, Siddhartha reflects the same. Siddhartha is relieved from the suffering. “His wound was healing, his pain was dispersing; his Self had merged into unity” ( Siddhartha , p. 136). The radiant smile appears only when one is completely absorbed in peace and serenity. When Vasudeva bids farewell to

Damak Campus Journal, Vol. 9 JULY 2020 137

Siddhartha to set for the forest, his footsteps are “full of peace” and his form emitted “full of bright” light. ( Siddhartha , p. 137). This radiant light and peace are similar to that of Buddha. Hence, Vasudeva like a guru leads him to salvation. Vasudeva says, “The river knows everything; one can learn everything from it” (Siddhartha, p.105). So he guides Siddhartha and asks him to listen from the river. According to Vedanta philosophy, "The realized man’s mind remains calm and peaceful even when he faces adversityand sorrow. He goes beyond the existence of duality." Siddhartha achieves the same state.“There shown in his face the serenity of knowledge, of one who is no longer confronted with conflict of desires, who has found salvation, who is in harmony with the stream ofevents, with the stream of life, full of sympathy and compassion, surrounding himself to the stream, belonging to the unity of all things” (Siddhartha , p. 136). This proves that Siddhartha is a Self-Realized person. People consider Siddhartha to be a sage. Govinda meets this sage to clarify his doubts. Siddhartha gives the difference between seeking and finding. “Seeking means: to have a goal: but finding means: to be free; to be receptive to have no goal” ( Siddhartha , p. 140). Siddhartha explains to Govinda that time is a mere illusion. Therefore the bisecting line between events is also Maya. Hence, past and future, good and evil, worldliness and eternity, sorrow and happiness are also illusions. Siddhartha, a sinner, can attain Brahman and can become Buddha. Here the sinner does not travel to become a Buddha one day. But the Buddha already exists within him. The reality is that he does not realize or recognize the Buddha who exists within him when he is a sinner. No man is completely good or bad; neither a sinner nor a holy man. Hence “During deep meditation it is possible to dispel time, to see simultaneously all the past, present and future, and then everything is good, everything is perfect, everything is Brahman.” (Siddhartha , p. 144). A stone can become a plant, soil, animal, human being and Brahman. Therefore everything is Brahman. “Words do not express thoughts very well. They always become a little different immediately they are expressed, a little distorted, a little foolish. And yet it also pleases me and seems right that what is of value and wisdom to one man seems nonsense to another.” ( Siddhartha, p. 137). In the beginning of the first phase, Siddhartha considers love as a hindrance for Self- Realization and as a corollary he gets detached from his parents and people. At the end ofthe second phase he wanted to live amongst the people and yet leading a detached existence. Towards the finale, he realizes that “love is the most important thing in theworld” ( Siddhartha, pp. 147). Hesse has foretold the experience of Siddhartha through a subtle premonition. The important land marks of his journey of life were pre-visualized through Siddhartha's dreams. Dream is a medium through which Siddhartha gains divine guidance until he attains Self-Realization. When Hesse introduced Siddhartha, it was well-wrought that Siddhartha brought happiness to everyone but Siddhartha himself was not content and joyful. “Dreams and restless thoughts came flowing to him from the river, from the twinkling stars at night, from the sun’s melting rays.” ( Siddhartha, p. 5). They indicate him that all the worldly relationships, materialistic desires and life of man are all

Damak Campus Journal, Vol. 9 JULY 2020 138 impermanent. Hence, the impermanency of life is the first stimulator which kindles the fire of quest for the Self. At the end of his journey Siddhartha realises that the God is within each and every creation. He also realizes that man is not making an external journey towards God, who is always within him. But it is his journey within from ignorance to Divine Wisdom. His ignorance brings an illusion that he is different from God. When a man realizes himself this difference vanishes. Each man has to find realization in his own way, which does not depend upon any teachings. Throughout the novel, at each crucial stage, Siddhartha has introspected himself. Thus, self-analysis leads to development. He learns the philosophy of ‘timeless unity’ from the 'river'. Conclusion In Hesse's Siddhartha , the influence of Vedanta philosophy can be observed in the lives of four characters. The beautiful courtesan Kamala stands for the goal of 'Kama'. Next character businessman Kamaswami who trains Siddhartha in business matters denotes the goal of 'Artha'. Govinda's wish to achieve enlightenment through following laws prescribed by a teacher demonstrates the goal of 'Dharma'. Finally, Siddhartha achieves the highest goal of 'Moksha' because he pursues and goes beyond all these stages whereas other characters stick to only one goal in their life. In Siddhartha , Vasudeva plays the role of a catalyst in achieving 'Moksha'. He helps Siddhartha to recover from the pain of separation he gets from his son. He encourages Siddhartha to merge his consciousness into the power of river while being a ferryman. As a result, Siddhartha's grief is healed. While listening to the many-veiled song of the river, he finds a path to enlightenment. Hesse conveys through his fictional work that each individual must come at the journey to the inner-self alone. One can gather simply guidance from others but one has to be on one’s own journey of understanding the self and, thus may be able to realize with one’s struggles; therefore, individual’s paths may interlace and intersect at various points with others on their journey. In the novel, protagonist Siddhartha's journey represents the idea of Hesse of finding the Ultimate Truth. Therefore, no one can deny the strong influence of Vedanta philosophy on Hesse's novel Siddhartha . References

Baral, K. C. (1995). Sigmund Freud: A Study of His Theory of Art and Literature . New Delhi: Sterling Publishers Private Limited. Bhambar, S. B. S. (2009). Spiritual Quest in Hermann Hesse's "Siddhartha" and Anita Desai's "Journey to Ithaca": A Study in Comparative Perspective. Seva Bharati Journal of English Studies, 45 (5), 52- 60. Casebeer, E. F. (1972). Hermann Hesse. New York: Warner Paperback Library. Dhar, A. N. (1985) Mysticism in Literature . (1981) Atlantic Publishers and Distributors, New Delhi. Dorairaj, A. J. (2003). Myth And Literature . Folklore Resources and Research Centre, Palayamkottai.

Damak Campus Journal, Vol. 9 JULY 2020 139

Farquharson, R. (1973) An Outline of the Works of Herman Hesse Forum House Publishing Company, London. Field, G. W. (1972) Hermann Hesse. Hippocrene Books, Inc, New York.. Gambirananda , (1988) Br ihadaranyakaJ Upanishad. With a commentary of Sankaracarya and English trans: Advaita Ashram, 5 Dehi Entally Road, Calcutta. Gambhirananda, S. (1983) Brahma Sutra. English trans:Swami Advaita Ashrama, 5 Dehi Entally Road, Calcutta. Gambhirananda, S. (1989) Chandogya Upanishad . With a commentary of Sankaracarya and English trans: Swami Advaita Ashrama, 5 Dehi Entally Road, Calcutta. Iyer, V. S. (1995). “Essentials of Vedanta.” The Cultural Heritage of India. 25 (.3), 32-38.. Maslow, A. H. (1954). Motivation and Personality . Harper & Brothers Publishers, New York. Misra, B. (1986). An Analysis of Indic Tradition in Hermann Hesse's "Siddhartha". Indian Literature , 35 (7), 111- 23. Mohapatra, A. R. (1985) Philosophy And Religion . Sterling Publishers Private Limited, New Delhi. Narasimhaiah, S. (1981). Herman Hesse's Siddhartha: Between the Rebellion and the Regeneration. The Literary Criterion , 39 (7), 50-66. Swamy, S. www.vedanta.org Siddhartha (1973) . Trans. H. Rosner. Macmillan India, Madras. Sorell, W. (1974). Hermann Hesse: A Man Who Sought and Found Himself. OWolff, London.

‹

Damak Campus Journal, Vol. 9 JULY 2020 140

uhn l;4fGt M Ps kl/rrf{

3gZofd klys * d"n ;f/f+z xfn uhn g]kfnL ;flxTodf ;a}eGbf nf]slk|o l;h{gf xf] . uhn n]Vg tyf ;'Gg lbgk|ltlbg dfG5]x?sf] eL8 nfUg yfn]sf] 5 . t/ s]xL uhn l;Sg rfxg]x? eg] uhnsf] l;4fGtdf cndln/xsf] kfOof] . uhn k|fljlws ljwf ePsf]n] o;sf] l;4fGt hfGg' cfjZos 5 . oxL kl/j]znfO{ dWo gh/ ub}{ of] n]v tof/ kfl/Psf] xf] . uhn ;DaGwL rf;f] /fVg] hf] sf]xL klg of] n]vaf6 nfeflGjt x'g ;Sg]5g . d'Vo zAbx?M sflkmof , /lbkm , dtnf , dQmf , tvNn'; , ;]/ kl/ro uhn c/aLaf6 pb"{ x'b} g]kfn k|j]z u/]sf] ;flxTosf] Pp6f ;'sf]dn / xflb{s ljwf xf] . c/jL pb'{ ,kmf/;L / lxGbL ;flxTodf uhn Pp6f nf]slk|o ljwfsf] ?kdf :yflkt eO;s]sf] 5 . uhnn] uhnsf] ?kdf kl/ro cfpg"k"j{ /fhfdxf/fhfsf] k|z+;fufg jf :t'ltufgdf sl;bf n]Vg] u/]sf] kfOG5 . sl;bf Ps ;o kª\ltm;Dd n]lvGYof] . sl;bf Ho"Fbf] dfG5]sf] k|z+;df n]lvG5 . afbzfxsf] k|z+zfdf n]lvg] x'bf o;nfO sltko cfnf]rsn] k|z+;fufg klg eGg] u/]sf 5g\ . oxL sl;bfsf s]xL kª\ltnfO{ t:jL/ elgGYof] . t:jL/df b'O{ jf rf/ kª\tmLsf t'saGbL k9\g] k/Dk/f /x]sf] kfOG5 . t:jL/af6 g} uhnsf] hGd ePsf] eGg] uhn cg';Gwftfx?sf] /fo /xb} cfPsf] 5 . -/fjn, @)^$_. lj=;= !($) sf] bzslt/b]lv g]kfnL efiffdf uhn n]Vg yflnPsf] kfOG5 . o'jfslj df]tL/fd e6\6nfO{ g]kfln uhnn]vgsf cu|0fL dflgb} cfPsf] 5 . lxb":tfg;Fusf] z}lIfs ;DaGwn] df]lt/fdnfO uhnn]vgdf cfslif{t u/]sf] xf] . cWoogsf s|ddf lxGb":tfg /xFbf ToxfF e]6 ePsf pb"{ , lxGbL efiffsf uhn dd{1x?sf] ;ª\utn] df]lt/fdnfO{ uhnn]vgtkm{ cfslif{t u/]sf] x'g'k5{ . To;f] t s"g} klg s'/fn] s;]sf] Wofg tfGb}g . To; lrhdf ePsf] ;f}Gbo{n] cfsif{0f ug{ ;Sg'k5{ . xf] df]tL/fdsf] pd]/ / uhnsf] ;f}Gbo{sf] tfnd]n cToGt} ;'Gb/ 9ª\un] x'g ;Sg' klg df]tL/fdsf] uhnk|lt cfsif{0fsf] sf/0f dfGg ;lsG5 . df]tL/fd To; ;do nSsf hjfg l76f] x'g' / uhn klg lj;]zt o'jtL / k|]ldsfsf] j0f{gsf ?kdf :yflkt x'g' /fd|} ;+of]u x'g'k5{ . :jefljs ?kd} hjfgLdf z[ª\ufl/s ljifox?n] dxTj kfpg] u5{g\ . uhndf ePsf] oxL bdsf sf/0f df]tL/fdn] uhn n]Vg yfn]sf x'g\ eGg] Psyl/ ljZn]ifsx?sf] dt 5 . o;;Fu;Fu} uhnsf] ;f/ cyjf efj;3gtf sf]dntf / xflb{stf klg df]tL/fdnfO{ uhn n]Vg k|]l/t ug]{ sf/0f x'g ;S5g\ .

* n]vs klys /zfogzf:q ljefu bds ax'd'vL SofDk;sf pkk|fWofks x'g'x'G5 .

Damak Campus Journal, Vol. 9 JULY 2020 141 p2]Zo of] n]vsf] vf; pb]Zo eg]sf] g} uhn l;4fGtnfO{ :yflkt ug{' xf] . g]kfnL uhn n]vgdf cfPsf] pT;fxnfO{ dWo gh/ ub}{ k|efjsf/L uhn n]vgdf of] n]vn] ;xof]uL e"ldsf v]Ng] 5 . uhn Ps k|fljlws n]vg ePsf]n] o; n]vdf pQm k|ljlwsf] JofVof ul/Psf] 5 . kSs} klg uhn n]Vg vf]Hg] hf] k|fljlws 1fg geP/ cndndf x'g'x'G5 jxfFx?sf] nflu of] ;fdfu|L cToGt pkof]uL x'g]5 . cg';Gwfg ljlw o; n]v tof/ ug{sf nflu cWoog g} d'Vo ljlwsf ?kdf ckgfO]Psf] 5 . h; cGtu{t uhn ;DaGwL lxGbL / g]kfnL klqsfx? , uhnsf/x?n] k|sfzg ug{'ePsf uhn ;DaGwL k':tsx? tyf uhn ;+u|xx? /x]sf5g . To;} u/L uhnsf/x? 8f s[i0fx/L a/fn , nlnhg /fjn , dg' a|fhfsL , a'b /fgf , 3g]G › cf]emf, /jL k|fGhn; Ë cGtjf{tf{x?nfO{ >f]tsf] ?kdf klg lnPsf 5g\ . uhn M cy{ / kl/efiff uhn zAbsf] ;f|]t sltkon] c/aLnfO{ dfg]sf 5g\ eg] sltkon] kmf/;LnfO{ . s]xL g]kfnL s]xL ef/lto lj4fg\x?n] uhn zAbnfO kmf/;L zAb dfg]sf 5g\ . t/ w]/}h;f] lj4fg\x?n] uhnnfO{ c/aL zAb dfGb} cfPsf 5g\ . o;sf] eflifs pTklt cg';Gwftfsf] /fosf cfwf/df uhn zAbnfO{ c/aL zAb dfGg ;lsG5 . uhnnfO{ ljleGg zAbsf]z / la4fgx?n] ljleGg lsl;dn] kl/efl;t u/]sf 5g\ . s]lx zAbsf]zsf kl/efiff / lj4fgsf uhnk|ltsf wf/0ff oxfF pNn]v 5g\ . bL Go" O:;fOSnf]k]l8of a|Ll6lgsf cg';f/ uhn ;Dejt sl;bfsf] kl/rofTds v08sf] :jtGq lj:tf/ tyf k|]d sljtfsf] ?k xf] . gfnGbf lazfn zAb;fu/sf cg';f/ uhn kmf/;K / pb"{df z[ª\uf/ /;df n]lvg] slatf xf] eg] g]kfnL a[xt zAbsf]zdf k|]dnfO{ ljifo agfO n]lvg] Ps k|sf/sf] sljtf eg]/ uhnnfO{ kl/efiflift u/Psf] 5 . dg' a|fhfsLsf cg'zf/ k|0fo sfdgf / cfGtl/s kL8fsf xflb{s efagfx?sf] ;Gt'lnt cleJolQmnfO{ uhn elgG5 .-a|fhfsL, @)%! _ a'b /fgfsf cg'zf/ ljrf/ ,efj / nosf] ;Gt'lnt cleJoltnfO{ uhn elgG5 . - kl/>dL, २०६४ 8f s[i0fxl/ a/fnsf cg'zf/ k|]d tyf cGo ljifo;Fu ;DjlGwt vf; k|sf/sf] ;+/rgf ePsf] n3' ?ksf] ;ª\uLtk|wfg slatf la;]znfO{ uhn elgG5 . - a/fn, @)^$ _

Damak Campus Journal, Vol. 9 JULY 2020 142 uhnsf] ;+/rgf uhn zf:qLo / k|flalws lawf xf] . o;sf cfkm\g} ljlwljwfg 5g\ . k|fljlws ;+/rgfdf cfa4 x'g' , noa4 , sf]dn , xflb{s x'g' tyf cg'k|fo;o"tm -sflkmof _ x'g' / /lbkmsf] ;xL k|of]uåf/f 5'6\6} lgdf0f{ k|lqmof 5 . cGo ljwf eGbf uhn km/s x'g'sf] Pp6f sf/0f o;sf] k|ljlws ;+/rgf klg xf] - a/fn, @)^$_ . uhnsf] ;+/rgfnfO{ o; n]vdf b'O{ efudf afl8FPsf] 5 . uhndf x'g] afx\o tTjnfO ?k kIf dflgPsf] 5 eg] cfGtl/s tTjnfO{ ;f/ kIf dflgPsf] 5 . uhnsf] ?k kIf – afx\o ;+/rgf yf]/} zAbdf w]/} / uxg efj cleJotm ug]{ ;fdYo{ Pp6f /fd|f] uhndf x'g] u5{ . x/]s Ps ;]/ :jtGq / k'0f{ efjo'tm x'g' uhnsf] 5'6\6} ljz]iftf dflgG5 . o;sf cltl/tm ;]/x?sf] ;dfof]hg / cGt;{DaGw klg a8f] snfTds / cy{k"0f{ 9ª\un] ePsf] x'G5 . uhn jf:tjd} oflGqs ;+/rgfdf cfj4 x'g] lawf xf] . uhnsf] ;+/rgf kIfnfO{ w]/} h;f] cfnf]rs , ;dfnf]rsx?n] ;do ;dodf snd rnfpb} cfPsf 5g\ . logdf Ps?ktf eg] kfOb}g . uhnsf] zltmn] hf]s;}nfO{ klg cfsif{0f ug{ ;S5 . uhnleq JoSt efjsf] sf]dntf / xflb{{s / cy{k"0f{ k|:t'ltn] uhnnfO{ ;zSt agfpF5 . sflkmof , /lbkm , dtnf , ;]/ ld;/f dstf cflb uhnsf aflxl/ ;+/rgfsf kIf dflgg5g\ -vgfn, @)%$ _. /lbkm / sflkmofn] dfq} s'g} klg ;[hgf uhn aGg ;Sb}g . To; ;[hgfdf ePsf] ;}Gbo{ klg c;n uhnsf nflu cfjZos dflgg5g\ . laDa / k|tLssf] plrt ;dfof]hg x'g ;s]df uhn klg slatf of uLt eGbf sdhf]/ x'b}g . lzNk / efa hlt ;;St eof] plt g} uhnsf] nf]sk|Lotf a9\5 . uhn nf]slk|otfsf d'Vo b'O{ sf/0f x? 5g , Pp6f uhnsf] d'Vo ljifo k|]d /xg' / bf;|f] uhndf cGtlg{lxt ;'lStmdotf- x/bofn, lxGbL uhn , ;f]r cf}/ l;[hgf _. dfly klg pNn]v ul/of] , uhn oflGqs ;+/rgfdf cfa4 x'G5 . uhndf d"nt sflkmof, /lbkm, ;]/, dtnf, ld;/f, dstf tvNn'h:tf cfwf/e"t tTj /x]sf x'G5g . lo uhnsf jfx\o tTj x'g . oL tTjsf af/]df uhn n]vs hfgsf/ x'g' cfjZos 5 . uhnsf] k|fylds 1fg log} tTjaf6 ;'? x'G5 . log} cfwf/e"t tTjsf af/]df s]xL rr{f u/f} . sflkmof sflkmof uhnsf] k|f0f xf] . sflkmof ljxLg ;[hgf uhn x'g ;Sb}g . klxnf] ;]/df b'a} kª\ltmdf / cGo ;]/sf] bf;|f] kª\ltmdf bf]xf]l/g] ;d:j/ o'tm zAb sflkmof xf] lxGbL ;flxTo sf]zn] x/]s ;]/sf] cGTodf jf /lbkm k"j{ cfpg] Pp6} cfjfhsf zAbx?g} sflkmof x'g eg]/ sflkmofnfO{ k|i6 kf/]sf] 5 f - pbf;L, @)%( !$_ . Pp6f ;]/n] Pp6f ;Dk'0f{ slatfsf] efj cleJotm ug{ ;Sg] x'g'k5{ . uhnsf] zltm klg To;}df lglxt x'G5 h:tf] , kx]Fnf] ;fdmdf /f]o}f ;'g}nf] 3fd afFsL 5 cWof/f] /ftn] s] ef] p;fsf] nfd afFsL 5 . -uf}td, 3fd dm'Nsg'cl3 _

Damak Campus Journal, Vol. 9 JULY 2020 143

k|:t't ;]/df k|o'tm /]vfª\lst zAb 3fd / nfd sflkmof x'g . k|of]usf lx;fan] sflkmofnfO klg ljleGg ju{df ljefhg u/]sf] kfOG5 , lt dWo] tLgj6f k"0f{ sflkmof ,cflz+s sflkmof / PsfIf/L sflkmof af/] ;fdfGo rrf{ u/f} . k"0f{ sflkmofdf k"0f{ cIf/sf Zj/ / JoGhg j0f{sf] pRrf/0fdf ;d]t ;dfg ePsf zAb x'g] ub{5g\ . h:tf] pNn]lvt ;]/df 3fd , nfd k"0f{ sflkmof x'g . oL sflkmofdf ldNg] c? zAb bfd , gfd , wfd , ofd , /fd klg k'0f{ sflkmof x'g . o;} ul/ zAbsf]]]]]]]]]]]]]]]]]]]]]]]]]]]]]]]]]]]]]]]]] s'g} c+znfO{ dfq sflkmof dflgPsf] sflkmof cflz+s sflkmof xf] . zAbk|r'/tf gePsf] xfd|f]h:tf] efiffdf w]/}h;f] cflz+s sflkmofs} k|of]u ePsf] kfOG5 cflz+s sflkmofsf] k|of]u ug'{kg]{ cjZyf cfPdf uhnsf] klxnf] ;]/ -dtnf_ d} cflz+s sflkmofsf] k|of]u ug'{ /fd|f] dflgG5 -/fjn, @)^$_ . h:tf] , lhGbuL uof] hNb} ;fdmdf laxfgLdf hlt d} x'F eGg] xf]; cGTo ef] v/fgLdf . -j:tL, !@%_ k|:t't ;]/df sflkmofsf ?kdf k|of]u ePsf zAbx? laxfgLdf / v/flgdf cflz+s sflkmof x'g . PsfIfl/ sflkmofsf] k|of]u klg s]xL uhnsf/ x?n] ub}{ cfPsf 5g\ . xf], of], Tof], sf] kf] h:tf cIf/nfO{ dfq sflkmofsf ?kdf ul/G5 eg] Tof] PsfIfl/ sflkmof x'G5 . h:tf] , Aoy}Aoyf 5 dgel/ v'l; vf]h"F stflt/ ;fpg ebf} 5 uxel/ glb vf]h"F stflt/ < -k|fGhn , @)^), *_ o; ;]/df sflkmofsf] ?kdf k|o'tm zAbx? v';L / gbL ;dfg :j/o'tm 5}gg\ . b'a} zAbsf cGtLdsf cIf/ x? dfq ;dfg 5g\ . /lbkm sflkmof kl5 uhndf k|of]u x'g] csf]{ tTj /lbkm xf] . d'xDdb d':tfkmf vfF d'4fxn] x/]s ;]/df sflkmof eGbf k5fl8 bf]xf]l/g] zAb /lbkm eg]sf 5g\ -pbf;L, @)%(_ . /lbkmn] sflkmofnfO{ leGg} :jfb k|bfg u5{ . x/]s ;]/df bf]xf]l/g] x'bfF /lbkm ;'Gb/ / sf]dn zAb4f/f lgld{t ePdf To;n] uhnnfO{ ;fRr} ;'Gb/ agfpF5 . /lbkm sflkmof h:tf] clgjfo{ tTj eg] xf]Og . /lbkm lalxg uhn x'g ;S5 t/ sflkmof lalxg uhnsf] sNkgf klg ug{ ;lsb}g . h:t} , s_ h;} kmlqof] km'nh:t} hjflg s;}sf] syf ef] s;}sf] sxflg . -;'j]bL , cg'e'ltsf 8f]jx?_

Damak Campus Journal, Vol. 9 JULY 2020 144

pNn]lvt ;]/df hjfgL / sxfgL zAb sflkmof x'g . of] ;]/sf b'a} kª\lt -ld;/f_ df sflkmof sf] dfq k|of]u ePsf] 5 . o;y{ of] /lbkmljxLg uhn cyjf u}/d'/2km uhn xf] eGg ;lsG5 . ;]/ sflkmof / /lbkmnfO{ a'ldm;s]kl5 ;]/sf] rr{f u/} . uhnsf x/]s kª\ltnfO ld;/f elgG5 . x/]s b'O{ kª\lt -ld;/f_ ldn]/ Pp6f ;]/ aGb5 . uhnsf] pNn]Vo kIf s] xf] eg] x/]s b'O{ kª\lt cyjf x/]s ;]/ :jtGq / k"0f{ efjo'tm x'G5g\ . ;fdfGotof uhn tLg ;]/ of 5 kª\ltmeGbf al9 afx| , t]x| ;]/ of r}la; 5la; kª\ltm;Dd x'g' /fd|f] dflgG5 . To;f] t PSsfO; jf ;f] eGbf al9 ;]/sf uhn klg n]Vg] k|of; gul/Psf eg] xf]Ogg\ . t/ w]/} nfdf ;]/sf uhn gn]Vg' pko'tm x'g] ;'dmfj hfgsf/sf] kfOG5 . ;a}eGbf Kof/f] dnfO{ :jb];sf] df6f] oxfF ld;/f P pnf hxfFaf6 cl3 nfU5 nIf k'Ug] af6f] oxfF . ld;/f P ;fgL -zdf{, $^ _ o; ;]/df /x]sf b'O{ kª\lt ld;/f x'g . oL b'a} ld;/f ldn]/ Pp6g ;]/ ag]sf] 5 . d''';n;n / u}/d';n;n uhn uhndf p7fOPsf] lj;osf] lx;fan] uhn d"nt b'O{ lsl;dsf dflgG5g\ —d';n;n / u}/d';n;n . 8f= 3gZofd Go}kfg] kl/>dn] Pp6} ljifoj:t'df s]lGb|t uhn 5 eg] of ;f] uhnsf] s]Gb|Lo la;o Pp6} 5 eg] To;nfO{ d';n;n uhn egLg] pNn]v u/]sf 5g\ -kl/>dL, @)^$_ . cdm eg"F, s'g} uhnsf ;a} ;]/ olb Pp6} ljifodf s]lGb|t ePdf ;f] uhn d';n;n uhn elgG5 . olb s'g} klg uhnsf x/]s ;]/ leGg leGg ljifodf 5l/Psf 5g eg] To;nfO{ u}/d';n;n uhn elgG5 . h:t}, d';n;n uhn lrNnf sf]6df ablnP5g\ 6fnfx? klg vfN8fv'N8L el/P5g ufnfx? klg . kh]/f]sf dflns eo} gfª\uf v'6\6faf6 3fFl6el/ ;lhP5g\ dfnfx? klg . ufpF 8'Ng] avtdf km/s b]V5' lsg so}F u'0ff km]l/P5g\ rfnfx? klg . Ps lbg t efUo kSs} kmls{ cfpF5 eGy] km]l/ an] lge]sf tL kfbnfx? klg . ->Lhg >L,$^ _

Damak Campus Journal, Vol. 9 JULY 2020 145 u}/ d';n;n uhn dnfO{ e]6\g cfpFbf ltdL nflnu'/Ff; lnP/ cfpg" 5nkmn u/}nf xfd|f] gn]lvPsf] Oltxf; lnP/ cfpFg" . phf8 phf8 5 km'naf/L k+lIfx? pbf; 5g\ ltdL cfpFbf cFufnf]el/ dw'df; lnP/ cfpg' . ;u}F a;]/ xfF;}Fnf b'lgofsf lj;ª\ultx?k|lt ltdL cfpFbf kf]N6fdf clnslt c6\xf; lnP/ cfpg" . psfnLdf r9\bf v'6\6f sfDg ;S5g\ hf]; yfSg ;S5 lzv/df k'u]/ g} 5f8\g] lj:jf; lnP/ cfpg" . xfldn] t Ho"g'k5{ cfkm\g} lsl;dsf] lhGbuL d wtL{ cf]5\ofO{ /fV5' cf]9\g ltdL cfsfz lnP/ cfpg" . -zdf{, #&_ dtnf uhndf dtnf eGgfn] k|f/De jf ;'?jft eGg] a'ldmG5 . uhnsf] k|yd ;]/ dtnf xf] . dtnfdf ;fdfGotof b'a} kª\lt df sflkmof / /lbkm bfxf]l/G5g . slxn]sfxLF sflkmof / /lbkm ;'?sf ;]/df dfq geP/ cGo ;]/df klg bf]xf]l/g ;S5g -a|fhfsL, @)%) _. dstf jf dStmf dstf uhnsf] clGtd ;]/ xf] . cyjf dstfsf] cy{ 6'ª\Uofpg] eg]/ a'ldmG5 . dstfsf la;odf klg uhn;h{s / cfnf]rsx?lar dt}Sotf kfOFb}g . s;}n] uhnsf/sf] gfd / pkgfd /fv]sf] ;]/nfO{ dfq dstf eg]sf 5g\ -d'2fx,!((@_ t s;}n] uhnsf] clGtd ;]/nfO{ dstf eg]sf 5g\ . ;fdfGotof uhnsf/n] uhnsf] cGtLd ;]/df dfq cfkm\fgf] gfd jf pkgfd –tvNn';+ /fVg] ub{5g\ t/ s;}s;}n] eg] h'g;'s} ;]/df tvNn'; k|of]u u/]sf] kfOof] . g]kfln uhnsf/df dg' a|fhflsn] h'g;'s} ;]/df cfkm\gf] gfd jf pkgfd -tvNn';_ al9 k|of]u u/]sf 5g\ . lrlgPg 3'OFrf]df cfkm'nfO oxfF elgb]p dg' ltdL s] xf] d]/f] gfd < -a|fhfls, $_ tvNn'; tvNn'; uhnsf/sf] gfd of pkgfd xf] . k|fo uhnsf] clGtd ;]/df uhnsf/n] cfkm\gf] gfd of pkgfd /fv]sf] x'G5 eg] To;nfO{ g} tvNn'; elgG5 . /f]lxtfZj cf:yfgfn] uhndf tvNn'; cfjZos tTj eg] gePsf] atfPsf 5g\ . pgn] uhndf tvNn'; x'g] klg gx'g] klg atfPsf 5g\ -cfZyfgf, !(*&=O{_ . l;sf? cyjf ev{/ uhn n]Vg yfn]sf ;h{sx?n] tvNn'';sf] k|of]u w]/} ug]{ u/]sf] kfOG5 . g]kfnL uhnsf cflbuhnsf/ df]tL/fd

Damak Campus Journal, Vol. 9 JULY 2020 146 e6\6n] cfkm\gf w]/} uhndf tvNn';sf] k|of]u u/]sf] eP klg lglZrt cy{ / uxg efj ;+k|]if0f ug{ ;kmn b]lvG5g\ . oL eP uhnsf jfx\o jf uhnsf ?k kIf . ca uhnsf cfGtl/s tTj jf ;f/ kIfsf af/]df rr{f u/} . uhnsf ;f/ kIf –cfGtl/s tTjx? uhn Pp6f xflb{s , sf]dn / ;'Gb/td sflJos ljwf xf] . o;df klg sljtf / uLtdf h:t} xflb{stf sf]dntf , snfTds / ;'Gb/tf x'g' cfjZos dflgG5 . ;/n zAb / z}nLåf/f uxg efj cleJotm ug]{ ;fdYo{ Pp6f /fd|f] uhndf x'g'kb{5 . -pbf;L, @)%(=(_ uhndf ;/n , xflb{s / sf]dn zAbsf] k|of]u ul/g'kb{5 . uhn :jefj}n] k|]dk|wfg lawf xf] . t/ cfh;Dd cfO{ k'Ubf uhn cGo sflAos ljwf dm} lj:tfl/t x'b} cfPsf] 5 . k|]dsf] ;f3F'/f] kl/lwaf6 ;dfh , hLjg / hutsf ofjt kIfnfO{ cfkm"leq ;d]6\g cfhsf uhn ;kmn ePsf 5g\ . o;y{ uhn cfh cfP/ cToGt} nf]sk|Lo / ;'Gb/ ;flxlTos ljwfsf ?kdf xfdLdfem :yflkt eO;s]sf] 5 . k|:t'lt ÷ zAbk|of]u pNn]lvt sflkmof , /lbkm , ;]/ , dtnf ,tvNn'; cflb uhnsf afx\o tTjx? x'g cyjf uhnsf ?k kIfsf s'/fx? x'g\ . olt tTjx/n] dfq uhn aGg ;Sb}g . s'g} klg l;h{gf uhn x'g To; l;h{gfleq snfTds , sf]dntf / xflb{stf x'g' cfjZos x'G5 . lSni6 zAb / s8f z}nL sfJodf jlh{t dflgG5 . uhndf klg o:tf zAb / z}nL alh{t 5g\ . cToGt sf]dn zAb, z}nLn] kf7s of ;|f]tfsf] x[bo :kz{ ug{ ;Sg'kb{5 uhnn] . uhnsf x/]s ;]/ :jtGq x'G5g\ . t/ Pp6} ;]/sf b'O{ kª\lt –ld;/f rflxF cGt;{DalGwt x'g} kb{5 . o;sf ;fy} uhnsf x/]s ;]/ cy{k"0f{ klg x'g'kb{5 . /lbkm / sflkmof dfq ldnfP/ dfq klg l;h{gf uhn aGg ;Sb}g . To;sf] efjfy{ To;n] lbg vf]h]sf] ;Gb]z klg cy{k"0f{ / k|efjsfl/ x'g' h?/L 5 . uhnnfO{ cy{k'0f{ / k|efjsfl/ agfpg ;fGble{s laDa , k|tLssf] k|of]u ug{ ;lsG5 . laDa k|tLsn] s'g} klg eGg vf]lhPsf] s'/fnfO{ c? a9L :k:6 kfg]{ sfd ub{5 . c? sflJos ljwfdf h:t} laDa k|tLssf] plrt ;dfof]hg x'g;s]df uhn pTs[i6 aGg ;S5 . efj s'g} klg /rgf cyjf l;h{gfdf efj n's]sf] x'G5 . l;hgf dfkmt{ eGg vf]lhPsf] s'/f g} efj xf] . ljifoj:t' cg'zf/sf] efj cleJotm ePsf] x'G5 . eGg'sf] tfTko{ olb k|]d ljifosf] l;h{gf 5 eg] To;sf] efj k|]do'tm x'g] u5{ . cyjf To; l;h{gfdf k|]ddf x'g] cfzf , lj:jf; , ;dk{0f o;l/ g} k|]ddf k|fKt wf]sf , lg/fzff s'07fh:tf] s'/f cleJotm x'G5g\ . z}nL s'g} klg l;h{gfn] s]xL g s]xL ;Gb]z lbPsf] x'G5 . eGg'sf] cfzo , efjljxLg l;h{gf ;flxTo xf]Og . vfnL efjgf xf] . ;flxTo yf]/} zAbdf w]/} s'/f cleJotm ug]{ dfWod klg xf] . cleJoltm z}nL c;n uhnsf nflu csf]{ k|d'v cfGtl/s tTj xf] .

Damak Campus Journal, Vol. 9 JULY 2020 147

;/n zAbljGof; ,sf]dn / xflb{s k|:t'ltåf/f efj cleJotm ug{ ;Sg' uhnsf] ;Ifdtf xf] . no no eGgfn] s'g} s'/f k9\bf of pRrf/0f ubf{ pTkGg x'g] :jefljs k|jfx xf] . s'g} s'/f ;nnn au]/ st} klg cK7\of/f] gdflg k9\g of pRrf/0f ug{ ;lsG5 eg] ToxfF :jefljs ?kdf no pTkGg x'G5 . s'g} klg kf7sf] olt –lj>fd / ult -k9\bf pTkGg x'g] :jefljs k|jfx_ sf] plrt ;+of]hgaf6 no pTkGg x'G5 . uhn u]o ljwf ePsf sf/0f of] noa4 x'g} k5{ , rfx] 5Gb –ax/ of ;ddfqf h];'s} noljwfgnfO cFuffn] klg . 5Gb of ax/df n]Vg' cfkm}Fdf l;h{gf noa4 x'g' xf] . t/ ;a} uhn 5Gb of ax/df dfq n]lvg'k5{ eGg] xf]Og . o;sf] dtna h] kfof] Tolx 9ª\udf s]jn efjk"0f{ / k|efjsf/L agfpg] gfpFdf s'g} kª\lt !( dfqfsf] / s'g} !$ dfqfsf] agfpg' eGg]rflxF sbflk xf]Og . zf:qLo ax/ of 5Gbdf n]Vg dg gnfu] klg uhn]Vbf lglZrt norflxF cjnDag ug}{ k5{ . ;dfg dfqf4f/f lgld{t o:tf] nonfO ;ddflqs no klg eGg] ul/G5 . ;ddflqs no j0f{sf] pRrf/0f of pRrfo{ j0f{;Fu ;DalGwt x'G5 . h:tf] , slt a:g' klv{P/ ;w}F vf]nfjfl/ tfl/b]pm g dfldm bfO dnfO{ klg kfl/ -k|fGhn, #!_ pNn]lvt ;]/df dflyNnf] kª\ltdf !$ cIf/ / tNnf] kª\ltdf !^ cIf/ 5g\ t/ pRrfy{ ;ddflqs nodf cIf/ ;ª\VofnfO{ geO{ pRrfo{ j0f{nfO{ cfwf/ dflgg] x'bf o; ;]/df k|o'tm noljwfgnfO{ o;l/ x]g{ ;lsG5 – s±lt±a:±g' ÷k/\±lv±P±/÷;±w}±vf]±nf÷±jf±l/ tf±l/±b]pm\±g÷df±dmL±bf±O÷d±nfO{\±k±lg÷kf±l/ . ;dflqs nodf uhn n]Vgsf nflu Pp6f 5'6 s] 5 eg] :j/ j0f{ -O , O{ ,p , pm P / P] _ sf] pRrf/0f dfqfsf] cfjZostf cg'zf/ ug{ ;lsG5 . pNn]lvt ;]/sf] bf];f|] kª\ltdf /x]sf] b]pm zAbnfO{ b'O{ dfqf cyjf Ps dfqf b'j} ?kdf k|of]u ug{ ;lsG5 . k|:t't ;]/df Ps dfqfsf ?kdf b]pm zJbsf] k|of]u ePsf] 5 . o;} u/L o;} kª\ltdf /x]sf] dfldmbfO df bfO b'O dfqfdf k|of]u ePsf] 5 eg] dnfO{ sf] O df xnGt nfu]/ tLg cIf/ eP klg b'O{ dfqf pRrf/0f ePsf] 5 . ;du|df uhndf u]o kIf jf 5Gbf]a4tf of nofTdstf Hofb} dxTjk"0f{ dflgG5 . ax/ of 5Gbdf n]Vg g;lsP klg nodf jf dfqf ldnfP/ -;ddfqf _ eg] uhn n]lvg} k5{ . lgisif{ lgrf]8df s] eGg ;lsG5 eg], ;'?jftdf uhn g]kfnL ;flxTodf k|j]z x'bfF ax/;Fu} lelqP klg lardf ax/df uhnn]vgn] lg/Gt/tf kfPg . k'ghf{u/0fkl5 klg ax/ tyf non] g]kfnL uhndf :yfg kfpg ;s]g . t/ )%) otfsf] cjlw ljz]if u/L )^) sf] bzsdf eg] g]kfnL uhndf ax/ / no b'a} s'/fsf] k'g?Tyfg eof] .

Damak Campus Journal, Vol. 9 JULY 2020 148

;Gbe{ —;fdfu|L

cGtjf{tf M 8f s[i0fx/L a/fn , nlnhg /fjn , dg' a|fhfsL , a'b /fgf , 3g]G › cf]emf, /jL k|fGhn -ln+sx? <_ cf:yfgf, /f]lxtf:j -<_ lxGbL uhn =pb\ej cf}/ ljsf;, gO{ lbNnL ,;fdflos k|sfzg cf]emf, 3g]Gb| -@)^&_ g]kfnL uhn l;4fGt / ljj]rgf, sf7df8f} . vfF, d'2fx d'xDdb d':tfkmf -!((@ O{_pb"{ lxGbL zAbsf]z, pQ/ k|b]z lxGbL ;+:yfg . k|f~hn, /lj -@)^)_ pxL af9L pxL e]n , -<_ a/fn, s[i0fxl/ -@)^$_ uhn l;bfGt / k/Dk/f, sf7df8f}M ;fdmf k|sfzg . a|fhfls, dg' -@)%!_ uhnuª\uf, sf7df8f} M ;fdmf k|sfzg . dw'ks{, @)^$ kmfu'g d'tmf, c Í ^#( M gO{ lbNnL /fjn, nlnhg -@)$@_ s]xL uhnx?, sf7df8f}M ;flxTo ;GWof kl/jf/ nfld5fg], e/tk|;fb -@)^$_ kNnj, sflt{s, aif{ $, k"0{ff Í !# . >L >Lhg -@)^$_ df6f] xf:5 , sf7df8f}M cgfdd08nL

‹

Damak Campus Journal, Vol. 9 JULY 2020 149

5fkfdf/sf] 5f]/f] syfsf] eflifs ljZn]if0f

lnnf/fd lg/f}nf * d"n ;f/ g]kfndf kl5Nnf] ;dodf ePsf] bzjif]{ o'ån] w]/} g]kfnLsf] Hofg lnof] , xhf/f}F 3fOt] / 3/jf/ljxLg eP . o'ånfO{ s;}n] dfgjhLjgsf] ;sf/fTds kf6f] klg dfGg ;Snfg t/ ;h{s Åbon] To:tf] dfGg ;Sb}g . dfgjdgsf s?0f, lrTsf/ , qmf]w cflbnfO{ ;sf/fTds ;flxlTos efiffz}nLsf] dfWodaf6 hg:t/;Dd k'¥ofO{ ;sf/fTds efjsf] ljsf; u/fpg ;h{s dflx/ x'G5g\ . ;h{sn] cfÇgf] ljrf/ cleJolQmsf] dfWod efiff g} agfpg] x'Fbf efiffnfO{ hlt;Sbf] cfsif{s k|efjsf/L agfpg] k|of; u/]sf] x'G5 . eflifs :j?kdf dfgs ?kdf k|rngdf /x]sf eflifs PsfO{x?nfO{ cltqmd0f u/]/ gofF / kl/jlt{t vfnsf] eflifs k|of]u ug]{ ub{5 eg] csf]{lt/ efifdf /x]sf cg]sg j}slNks rog ub{5 . o;/L ljleGg k|sf/sf] eflifs k|of]un] /rgfsf/n] kf7ssf] cfsif{0f / s[ltd"Nosf] pRr ul/df sfod u/]sf] x'G5 . 5fkfdf/sf] 5f]/f] syf s] s:tf] efifz}nLsf] k|of]u eO{ kf7sdf ;sf/fTds efj / pRRf dgf]jn ;[hg ug{ / /rgfnfO{ pTsif{df k'¥ofpg ;kmn ePsf]5 egL ljZn]if0f ug'{ g} o;sf] d"n ;f/ /x]sf] 5 . d'nzAbx?d'nzAbx?M ljeT;, 5fkfdf/, ;]N6/, ;d"x kl/ro k[i7e""ld Effiff ljrf/ ljlgdosf] dfWod xf] . dflg;n] cfÇgf dgsf OR5f rfxgf efjgf cflbnfO{ af]nLsf] dfWodaf6 c?;dIf k|:t't ub{5 / c?sf ljrf/x?nfO{ klg u|x0f ub{5 . o;/L dfgjLo pRrf/0f cjojaf6 pRrl/t ;fy{s Wjlgx?sf] ;d"xnfO{ g} xfdL efiff eg]/ lrGb5fF} . x''gt kz''k+IfL, hgjf/ cflb hLjhGt'n] klg cfÇgf ljrf/x? cfk;df ;f6\g] / a''em\g];Dd klg ub{5g t/ To;nfO{ xfdL efiff eGb}gfF} . dflg;n] klg ljleGg dfWodaf6 cfˆgf ljrf/x? Ps csf{df ;f6f;f6 ul/x]sf x''G5g\ . h:t} cfFvf lemDSofP/, xftn] O;f/f u/]/, tfnL ahfP/ cflb o:tf vfnsf cfjhnfO{ efiff j}1flgs ;Gbe{df efiff dflgFb}g\ . vf;u/L :j/ / Jo~hg j0f{sf Wjlgx? 5''6\ofpg ;lsg]u/L dflg;sf pRrf/0f cjojaf6 pRrl/t ;fy{s cfjfhnfO{ dfq efiff elgG5 -e'iffn , @)&%_ . ‘efiff Ú zAb ;+:s[tsf] ‘efif Ú wft''af6 lgdf{0f ePsf] xf] . ‘efif Ú wft''sf] cy{ af]Ng'' jf s]xL s''/f eGg'' eGg] cy{ x''G5 . ‘efif Ú wft''df :qLTjaf]ws ‘6fk Ú -cf_ k|Too nfu]/ ag]sf] efiff zAbn] ‘af]nL Ú eGg] cy{ lbPsf] x''G5 . o;/L h] af]lnG5 Tof] g} efiff xf] . efiffnfO{ ljleGg efiffzf:qLx?n] lgDgfg'';f/ kl/eflift u/]sf 5g\ M Kn]6f]sf cg';f/ Hfa cfTdfdf /x]sf] WjGofTds ljrf/ WjGofTds ?kdf cf]7af6 k|s6 x''G5 To;nfO{ efiff elgG5 . To;}u/L ANofs / 6«]u/n] Effiff ob[lR5s jfsk|tLsx?sf] Joj:yf xf], h''g ;fwgn] ;fdflhs ;d""x ;xsfo{ ub{5 eg]sf 5g\ . cf/=Pr= /ljG;sf cg';f/ Effiff

* n]vs lg/f}nf g]kfnL ljefu, bds ax'd'vL SofDk;sf ;xfos k|fWofks x'g'x'G5 .

Damak Campus Journal, Vol. 9 JULY 2020 150 k/Dk/fdf cfwfl/t ofb[lR5s Wjlgk|tLsx?sf] Joj:yf xf] eg] k|of]ufTds g]kfnL zAbsf]zn] pRrl/t Wjlg jf n]Vo lrGxx?sf] k|of]u u/L ;d''bfodf ljrf/ cfbfgk|bfg ul/g] k|rlnt dfWod efiff xf] eg]sf] 5 . -Gof}kfg] / cGo, @)^& _ efiff ;DaGwL ljleGg sf]0faf6 ul/Psf] cWoognfO{ eflifs cWoog elgG5 . eflifs PsfO{x? Wjlg, j0f{, zAb, pkjfSo / jfSo x'g\ . /rgfsf/ jf ;flxTosf/n] cfkm\gf] s[ltnfO{ pTs[i6 agfpg ljleGg tl/sfn] efiffsf] k|of]u ul//x]sf] x'G5, o;/L s[ltdf k|of]u ePsf] efiff s:tf] k|sf/sf] 5 egL ul/g] cWoognfO{ eflifs cWoog elgG5 -e08f/L, kf/;dl0f / cGo - @)^*_ eflifs cg';Gwfg ljlw,_ . x''g t eflifs cWoogleq ljleGg efiff kl/jf/sf] klg cWoog ul/G5 t/ o; cg';Gwfgdf syf ljwf cGtu{tsf] 5fkfdf/sf] 5f]/f] syfsf] efiff, eflifs rog, ;dfgfGt/tf, ljrng / eflifs ;+/rgfsf] cfwf/df /x]/ eflifs cWoog ul/Psf] 5 . o;/L ul/Psf] cWoogn] ;DalGwt s[ltsf] af/]df yk s'/f hfGg / a'em\g rfxg] kf7ssf nflu ;xof]u k''Ug] b]lvG5 . ;fy} cGo s[ltsf] eflifs cWoog ug{ ;d]t pkof]uL x''g]5 . ;d:ofsyg g]kfnL syf ljsf;qmdsf] pQ/jtL{ r/0f cyf{t\ ;d;fdlos sfndf n]lvO{ k|sflzt ePsf] of] 5fkfdf/sf] 5f]/f] syf ;ª\u|x lj=;+=@)^# ;fndf ;femf k|sfzg nlntk'/af6 k|sflzt ePsf] xf] . o; syf ;ª\u|xsf n]vs syfsf/ dx]zljqmd zfx x'g\ . pgsf] hGd lj=;+=@)@! ;fndf c5fd lhNnfdf ePsf] xf] . 5fkfdf/sf] 5f]/f] syf ;ª\u|xdf hDdf !* j6f syfx? ;ª\u|lxt 5g\ . o; syf ;ª\u|xn] lj=;+= @)^# ;fnsf] dbg k'/:sf/ k|fKt ul/;s]sf] 5 . g]kfnL kof{j/0fnfO{ cfVofgLs/0f ul/Psf] / :j}/sNkgfTds ;Dj]bgf k|:t't ePh:tf] nfUg] of] ;ª\u|x d"ntM b]zn] ef]u]sf] Ps bzs nfdf] åGåsf] dfld{s / hLjGt lrq xf] . k|To]s syf syfsf/sf] ;"Id b[li6 / pRr:t/Lo ;[hgzlQmsf] kl/ro lbg ;Ifd b]lvG5g\ . syfdf cfsif{s / /x:ofTds k|:t'ltsf sf/0fn] kf7sdf pT;fxk"0f{ cle?lr hfu[t x'G5 / kl5;Dd /lx/xG5 clg syf ;dfKt u/]kl5 kf7s /GylgG5 . ;ª\u|lxt syfnfO{ pTs[i6 eGg lxrlsrfpg'kg]{ sf/0f syfsf/n] syfdf g5f]8]sf] 5fk kf7sdf k5{ . o; ;ª\u|xsf] k|sfzgn] g]kfnL syfljwfdf cfÇg} lsl;dn] of]ubfg k'¥ofPsf] 5 . o:tf HjnGt kIfx?sf] k|:t'lt ul/Psf] 5fkfdf/sf] 5f]/f] syfsf] eflifs cWoogdf lgDg a'Fbfx?nfO{ ;d:ofsf] ?kdf k|:t't ul/Psf] 5 M -s_ 5fkfdf/sf] 5f]/f] syfdf s] s:tf] efiff k|of]u ePsf] 5 < -v_ 5fkfdf/sf] 5f]/f] syfdf rog ul/Psf] efiff s] s:tf] 5 < -u_ eflifs ;dfgfGt/tfsf cfwf/df 5fkfdf/sf] 5f]/f] syf ;ª\u|xdf k|o'Qm efiffsf] s;/L ljZn]if0f ug{ ;lsG5 < -3_ eflifs ljrngsf cfwf/df 5fkfdf/sf] 5f]/f] syfdf /x]sf] efiffnfO{ s;/L ljZn]if0f ug{ ;lsG5 < -ª_ eflifs ;+/rgfsf cfwf/df 5fkfdf/sf] 5f]/f] syfsf] efiff s] s:tf] /x]sf] 5 <

Damak Campus Journal, Vol. 9 JULY 2020 151

;}¢flGts k""j{sfo{sf] k''g/fjnf]sg vgfn -@)^*_ ;fndf tGg]/L k|sfzg sf7df8f}+af6 z}nLj}1flgs k7gdf b'O{ pkGof; eGg] k':ts k|sfzg u/L o; k':tsdf z}nLlj1fgsf] kl/ro, k[i7e"ld, ;}4flGts cfwf/x?sf] klg rrf{ ul/Psf] 5 . To;}u/L a;fOF / d'Unfg pkGof;sf] gfds/0f, zLif{srog, syfgssf] ljsf;qmd, pkGof;sf] syfgs ljefhg, syfgs tYofª\s, syfgssf] tYofª\ssf] ljZn]if0f, syfgs ljsf;qmd tflnsf ;d]tsf] rrf{ ub}{ z}nLj}1flgs cWoognfO{ cem pTsif{df k'¥ofPsf] kfOG5 -vgfn, @)^*_ . 5fkfdf/sf] 5f]/f] syf ;ª\u|xs} af/]df :jod\ k|sfzgsf] lhDdf lnPsf] ;femf k|sfzgn] g]kfnL kof{j/0fnfO{ cfVofgLs/0f ul/Psf] / :j}/sNkgfTds ;Dj]bgf k|:t't ePh:tf] nfUg] of] ;ª\u|x d"ntM b]zn] ef]u]sf] Ps bzs nfdf] åGåsf] dfld{s / hLjGt lrq xf] . k|To]s syf syfsf/sf] ;"Id b[li6 / pRr:t/Lo ;[hgzlQmsf] kl/ro lbg ;Ifd b]lvG5g\ . syfdf cfsif{s / /x:ofTds k|:t'ltsf sf/0fn] kf7sdf pT;fxk"0f{ cle?lr hfu[t x'G5 / kl5;Dd /lx/xG5 clg syf ;dfKt u/]kl5 kf7s /GylgG5 . ;ª\u|lxt syfnfO{ pTs[i6 eGg lxrlsrfpg'kg]{ sf/0f syfsf/n] syfdf g5f]8]sf] 5fk kf7sdf k5{ eGg] cleJolQm lbPsf] 5 -zfx, @)^#_ . s''g} klg cg'';Gwfg n]vg cflb ljleGg ljifo kIfsf] cfÇgf] 5''6\6} dxTTj x''G5 . eflifs cg'';Gwfgsf qmddf klg klxn] ePsf cg'';Gwfgsf] w]/} dxŒJf x''G5 . klxn] ul/Psf cWoog cg'';Gwfg tyf n]vgaf6 ;DalGwt ljifodf s] s:tf ;an / b''j{n kIf 5g eGg] s''/f yfxf kfpg ;lsG5 . cg'';GwfgnfO{ cem Jojl:yt agfO{ gofF vf]h cg'';Gwfg ug{sf nflu k""j{ cWogsf] ljz]if dxŒj x''g] ub{5 . ;DalGwt If]qdf ePsf cWoog, n]vg, cg'';Gwfgn] To;eGbf k5fl8 ul/g] cg'';GwfgnfO{ ;xof]u ug{sf nflu dxŒjk""0f{ e""ldsf v]Ng] ub{5 . To:t} gofF cg'';GwfgnfO{ p2]Zod""ns agfpgsf nflu cfwf/ k|bfg u/L ;DalGwt zf]wnfO{ dfGotf k|fKt agfpgsf nflu klg k""j{ cWoogsf] dxŒj /x]sf] 5 . 5fkfdf/sf] 5f]/f] syf ;ª\u|xdf ;ª\u|lxt jwzfnfdf a'¢ syf :gftsf]Q/ tx g]kfnL lzIff g]kf= lz= %!@ g]kfnL uB / gf6s zLif{ssf] k':tsdf klg ;dfj]z u/L o; syfsf] syfgs, kfqljwfg, kl/j]z b[li6ljGb' ;f/j:t' tyf efiffz}nL cflb ljljw sf]0faf6 rrf{ kl/rrf{ ul/Psf] 5 t/ zLif{ syf 5fkfdf/sf] 5f]/f]sf] o;eGbf k"j{ s'g} kIfaf6 cg';Gwfg, cWoog ljZn]if0f ePsf] kfOFb}g. eflifs cWoogsf] kl/ro

k|To]s ;flxlTos s[ltsf] dfWod jf cfwf/ ;fdu|L efiff xf] . x/]s efiffsf] cf cfÇg} ;+/rgf x'G5 . ;flxTosf/, /rgfsf/ jf jQmfn] cfÇgf] s[lt jf af]nLnfO{ cfsif{s / k|efjsf/L agfpg eifnfO{ ljleGg k|sf/n] k|of]u u/L/x]sf] x'G5 . eflifs ljZn]if0fsf]

k|lqmofnfO{ lgDgfg';f/ /]vflrqdf b]vfpg ;lsG5 M

Damak Campus Journal, Vol. 9 JULY 2020 152

ljlw / cWoog k|lqmof -kf}8]n, @)^(_. cWoogsf] 9fFrf s'g}klg cWoog cg';Gwfg sfo{ ;DkGg ug{sf] nflu cWoogsf ljleGg 9fFrfx?sf] k|of]u ul/G5 . h;n] ubf{ cg';Gwfg sfo{ ;xh ?kdf ;DkGg ug{sf] nflu klxn] g} ljlwx?sf] 5gf]6 ug'{kg]{ x'G5 . cg';Gwfg sfo{ ;DkGg ug{ s] s:tf ljlwx? pkof]uL x'G5g, ltg} ljlwx?sf] 5gf]6 ug'{kg]{ x'G5 . oxfF 5fkfdf/sf] 5f]/f] syfsf] eflifs cWoog ug{sf] nflu k':ts cWoog ljlw, j0f{gfTds ljlw / ljZn]if0ffTds ljlwsf] k|of]u ul/Psf] 5 . gd'gf 5gf]6 k4lt cg';Gwfgsf nflu lnOPsf] ;+Vofaf6 5flgPsf] c+znfO{ gd'gf elgG5 . cWoog c'g;Gwfgsf qmddf ;Dk"0f{ ;fdu|Laf6 5flgPsf] c+z g} gd'gf 5gf]6 xf] . cg';Gwfgsf nflu zLif{s / ;d:of 5gf]6 ul/;s]kl5 cg';Gwfgsf] If]q lgwf{/0f x'G5 . cg';Gwfg If]qleq kg]{ ;Dk"0f{ ;+Vofaf6 c+z 5fGg] / ltgnfO{ g} ;Dk"0f{ ;+Vofsf] k|ltlglw dfg]/ cWoog ljZn]if0f ug]{ sfo{ c';Gwfg leq ug]{ ul/G5 . cg';Gwfg zLif{s;Fu ;DalGwt ;Dk"0f{ ;+VofnfO{ lnFbf ;do, >d / vr{sf sf]0faf6 Tof] ;Dej x'Fb}g . t;y{ ;Dk"0f{ ;+Vofaf6 s]xLnfO{ 5fg]/ gd'gfsf ?kdf lng' kg]{ xG5 . Pp6f efuaf6 ;Dk"0f{ ;fdu|Laf/] 1fg u/fpg' 5gf]6 k4lt xf] To;}n] ;k"0f{ ;fdu|Laf6 Ps c+z lnO{ ;Dk"0f{ ;fdu|Laf/] 1fg u/pg] k|lqmofnfO{ gd'gf 5gf]6 k4lt elgG5 . g]kfnL ;flxTodf z}nLj}1flgs k4ltn] eflifs cWoog ug{ ;lsg] w]/} s[ltx? eP tfklg k|:t't cWoogdf c;Defjgf gd'gf 5gf]6 ljlw / p2]Zok"0f{ gd'gf 5gf]6sf cfwf/df dx]zljqmd zfxsf] 5fkfdf/sf] 5f]/f] syfnfO{ 5flgPsf] 5 .

Damak Campus Journal, Vol. 9 JULY 2020 153 tYofª\s ;ª\sngsf ;|f]tx? cWoogsf nflu cfjZos tYofª\s ;ª\sng ug]{ If]q tYofª\s ;ª\sngsf ;|f]tx? x'g . k|:t't cWoogdf tYofª\s ;ª\sngsf] k|ylds ;|f]tsf ?kdf :jod\ dx]zljqmd zfxsf] 5fkfdf/sf] 5f]/f] syf ;ª\u|xnfO{ lnOPsf] 5 . tYofª\s ;ª\sngsf] låtLo ;|f]tsf ?kdf z}nLj}1flgs cWoog / eflifs cWoog / efiffsf ljifodf n]lvPsf k':tsx? h:t}, k|fof]lus efifflj1fgsf k|d'v cfofd -9sfn , @)^& _,;fdflhs / k|of]lus efifflj1fg -clwsf/L, @)^%_, ;fdflhs efifflj1fg / dgf]efiflj1fg -e08f/L / kf}8]n, @)^&_, eflifs cg';Gwfg ljlw -e08f/L / cGo, @)^*_, ;fdfGo efifflj1fg -Gof}kfg], e08f/L / cGo, @)^&_, z}nLj}1flgs k7gdf b'O{ pkGof; -vgfn, @)^*_, g]kfnL uB / gf6s -e08f/L, nfld5fg] / cGo, @)^^_ cflb /x]sf 5g\ . tYofª\s ;ª\sngsf ;fwgx? ;d:ofsf] ;dfwfg u/]/ cg';Gwfg ug{ vf]lhPsf] ljifosf] lgisif{df k'Ugsf nflu tYofª\s jf ;"rgfsf] cfjZostf kb{5 . k|:t't cWoogdf k7g / cjnf]sg ljlwsf dfWodaf6 tYofª\s ;ª\sng ul/Psf] 5 . cWoogsf qmddf syfdf k|of]u ul/Psf] efiff, eflifs rog, ljrng / ;dfgfGt/tf h:tf eflifs cj:yfx? kQf nufpg syfx?nfO{ k6s k6s bf]xf]¥ofO{ t]x]¥ofO{ k9]/ ;"rgf jf tYofª\s ;ª\sng uul/Psf] 5 . tYofª\s ljZn]if0f k|lqmof 5fkfdf/sf] 5f]/f] syf ;ª\u|xdf ;ª\u|lxt zLif{ syf 5fkfdf/sf] 5f]/f]df k|of]u ePsf ljleGg kIfx? h:t} eflifs kIf, rog, ljrng, ;dfgfGt/tf h:tf txdf /x]/ JofVof ljZn]if0f ul/Psf] 5 . ljZn]if0fsf qmddf jfSox?nfO{ 5gf]6 u/L ltg} jfSox?nfO{ ljleGg b[li6sf]0faf6 JofVof ljZn]if0f ul/Psf] 5 . kl/0ffd / 5nkmn syfdf k|o'Qm efiffsf] JofVof / ljZn]if0f s'g} klg s[ltsf] zLif{s ul/dfdo dflgG5 . zLif{sn] l;ª\uf] s[ltsf] ;f/nfO{ ;ª\s]t u/]sf] kfOG5 . ljz]ift s[ltsf] zLif{s rog ul/Fbf To; s[ltsf] kfq, ljifo jf ljifo ;f/nfO{ Wofg lbP/ ul/Psf] kfOG5 . k|:t't cWoogdf ljifosf] zLif{s 5fkfdf/sf] 5f]/f] /flvPsf] 5 . 5fkfdf/sf] 5f]/f] zAb kbfjnL xf] . o; zLif{sdf 5fkfdf/sf] / 5f]/f] b'O{j6f zAbx? /x]sf 5g\ . 5fkfdf/ gfdkbdf ifi7L ljelQm ‘sf]’ hf]l8P/ 5fkfdf/sf] zAb lgdf{0f ePsf] 5 . 5fkf±df/ ldn]/ 5fkfdf/ zAb ag]sf] xf] . ‘5fkf Ú zAb gfdkb xf], h;sf] cy{ x'G5 cfsl:ds ?kdf ul/g] vf]htnf;, vfgtnf;L, cs:dft ul/g] cfqmd0f, n'sLl5kL ul/g] cfqmd0f . ‘df/ Ú zAb klg gfdkb g} xf], h;sf] cy{ x'G5 dfg]{ sfd, xTof ug]{ p2]Zon] ul/g] k|xf/, rf]6, cf3ft, xKsfObKsfO{ ug'{ . o;/L 5fkf±df/sf] ;+o'Qm of]uaf6 ag]sf] ‘5fkfdf/ Ú zAbsf] cy{ n'sLl5kL zq'nfO{ em'SofP/ cfqmd0f ug]{ JolQm ;d"x jf u'l/Nnf x'G5 eg] ‘5f]/f]Ú zAbsf] cy{ dflg;sf] k'?if ;Gtfg, k'q, db{ jf cfFl6nf] JolQm eGg] x'G5 . ;du|df ‘5fkfdf/sf] 5f]/f]Ú zAbsf] cy{ n'sLl5kL zq'nO{

Damak Campus Journal, Vol. 9 JULY 2020 154 em'SofP/ cfqmd0f ug]{ JolQm jf ;d"xsf] Ps cfFl6nf] k'?if ;Gtfg jf k'q eGg] xf] -k|of]ufTds g]kfnL zAbsf]z -@)^!_ ljBfyL{ k|sfzg k|f= ln=_ . o; syf ;ª\u|xdf syfsf/ dx]zljqmd zfxn] s[ltnfO{ /f]rs, cfsif{s, k|efjsf/L / yk prfO{df k'¥ofpg efiffnfO{ ljleGg k|sf/n] k|:t't u/]sf 5g\ , h;sf] cWoog ljZn]if0f o; PsfOdf ul/Psf] 5 . g]kfnL ;flxTodf k|o'Qm ePsf ;dsfnLg eflifs ljlzi6tf o; ;ª\u|xdf klg kfOG5 . sltko cj:yf / ;Gbe{df eflifs rog;DawL k/Dk/fut cj}1flgs b[li6sf]0f x6fP/ cfw'lgs tyf ;sf/fTds wf/0ffsf] ljsf; x'g'k5{ eGg] cfzosf] efiff klg o; syfdf kfOG5 . o'4n] pu| ?k lnO/x]sf] pTsif{df o; syfdf stfstf cle3ft efiff / ;flxTosf] k|of]u ePtfklg To;n] k|ltzf]wsf] efj gaf]sL 3'dfp/f] 9ª\udf ;sf/fTds ;Gb]z lbg ;kmn b]lvG5 . rogsf cfwf/df syfsf] ljZn]if0f Pp6} cy{ lbg] w]/} zAb efifdf x'G5g\ . ;dfg cy{ ePsf ljleGg zAbx?dWo] /rgfsf/n] pko'Qm / k|efjsf/L zAbsf] pkof]u ub{5 . o;}nfO{ rog elgG5 . 5fGg] jf /f]Hg] sfd rog xf] . eflifs k|of]usf] k|of]hgnfO{ s]Gb|ljGb' dfg]/ rog ug]{ ul/G5 . km/s txdf ePsf ljsNkgnfO{ ;fk]Iftfdf /rgfsf/n] rog ug]{ ub{5 . zflAbs txdf dfq rog ;Lldt g/xL jfSoLo txdf klg rogsf] ;fdYo{ b]lvG5 . rogn] /rgf, s[lt, jf /rgfsf/nfO{ ;d]t yk prfO{df k'¥ofp5 / s[ltnfO{ klg pTs[i6 agfpg ;xof]u ub{5 . o; cg';Gwfgdf 5fkfdf/sf] 5f]/f] syf ;ª\u|xdf /x]sf] zLif{ syf 5fkfdf/sf] 5f]/f] syfsf] rogsf cfwf/df ljZn]if0f ul/Psf] 5 . ---s_-s_ zAbrog != æd]/f] clkm;sf] 7Ls ;fd'Gg] b'O{sf]7] 9'ª\u] 3/ 5 .Æ -k[= $(_ @= æd]/f cfFvfdf qm"/tgsf efjx? pd|]sf 5g\ .Æ -k[= $(_ #= æp;sf cfFvfdf cfÇgf] 5f]/fnfO{ g} k5\ofO{/x]sf 5g\ .Æ -k[= $(_ $= æ5fkfdf/sf] 5f]/f] lgw{Ss cfFugdf plkm|/x]sf] 5 .Æ -k[= $(_ %= æd sNkgf ug{ yfN5' ls cfÇgf] 5f]/f]dfkm{t\ p;sf] afa'n] ;fob dnfO{ xfFs lbO{/x]sf] 5 .Æ -k[= %)_ ^= æp;sf] afn z/L/df d cfÇgf b[li6x? /f]Kg yfN5' .Æ -k[= %)_ &= æp;sf] :ki6 cg'xf/ clxn] cftª\lst ag]sf] 5 .Æ -k[= %)_ *= æd]/f] x]/fOsf] e]p kfP/ xf]nf d]/f] uf8{ l;kfxL wgaxfb'/ d]/f] glhs} cfof] .Æ -k[= %)_ (= æo;nfO{ klg cfÇgf] afa'sf] ;Kk} s/fdt cfpFbf] /x]5 ;/ .Æ -k[= %!_ !)= æhldgdf 3l;|Fb} qmlnª ug]{ / uf]nL k8s]sf] cfjfh cfof]eg] s;/L n'Sg] eGg] cfkm} u/]/ b]vfof] . -k[= %!_ Dffly uf9f cIf/df n]lvPsf zAbx? 5fkfdf/sf] 5f]/f] syfdf k|o'Qm s]xL zAbsf pbfx/0f x'g\ h;n]ubf{ syfsf] efiff ;fGble{s k|efjsf/L ag]sf] 5 . klxnf] jfSodf glhs} jf 5]j}df eGg] cy{ a'emfpgsf nflu ;fd'Gg] zAbsf] k|of]u ePsf] 5 . bf];|f] jfSodf cfPsf 5g, b]lvPsf 5g, plAhPsf 5g eGg] cy{ lbgsf nflu pd|]sf 5g\ eGg] zAb k|of]u ePsf] 5 . t];|f] jfSodf x]l//x]sf] eGg] cy{ a'emfpgsf nflu k5\ofpg' zAb k|of]u ul/Psf] 5 . rf}yf] jfSodf

Damak Campus Journal, Vol. 9 JULY 2020 155

:jtGq?kdf jf g8/fO{sg eGg] cy{ a'emfpgsf nflu lgw{Ss zAb k|of]u ul/Psf] 5 To;}u/L oxfF k|of]u ePsf] plkm|Psf] 5 eGg] zAbn] v]ln/x]sf] 5 eGg] cy{ lbPsf] 5 . o;}u/L kfFrf} jfSodf ;Demg yfN5' jf ;f]Rg yfN5' eGg] cy{sf nflu sNkgf u5'{ eGg] zAb 5gf]6 ul/Psf] 5 To;}u/L r'gf}lt lbO{/x]sf] 5 eGg] cy{sf nflu xfFs zAb k|of]u ul/Psf] 5 . 5}6f}F jfSodf x]g{ yfN5' eGg] cy{ lbg oxfF /f]Kg yfN5' eGg] zAb rog ul/Psf] 5 . ;ftf}F jfSodf 8/fPsf] 5 eGg] cy{ lbgsf nflu cftª\lst zAbsf] rog ul/Psf] 5 . cf7f}F jfSodf leqL s'/f jf /x:o eGg] cy{ lbgsf nflu e]p zAbsf] rog ul/Psf] 5 . gjf}F jfSodf ;Dk"0f{ jf ;a} cy{ lbgsf nflu ;Kk} zAb rog ul/Psf] 5 To;}u/L c;fwf/0f tyf cb\e't sfo{ rdTsf/ jf sdfn eGg] cy{sf nflu s/fdt zAbsf] rog ul/Psf] 5 . bzf} jfSodf xft / 3'F8f 6]s]/ 3;|g'nfO{ qmlnª eGg] zAb k|of]u ul/Psf] 5 . ---v_-v_ cfuGt's zAb rog != æ;'/Iffkmf}hsf] sdfG8/sf cufl8 ljb|f]xL 5fkfdf/sf] 5f]/fn] lgw{Ss cfÇgf] afnnLnf k|bz{g ug'{ / p;sf] afa'n] /fO{kmn t]:of{P/ ddfly cfqmd0f ug'{ eg]sf] ;dfg sfo{ xf] .Æ -k[= $(_ @= æp;sf] afa' 5fkfdf/ b:tfsf] Knf6'g sdfG8/ /QmaLh s] ub}{ 5 xf]nf clxn] <Æ -k[= %)_ #= æx'g;S5 p;n] qmf]lwt x'Fb} /fOkmnsf] gfn cfsfzlt/ 7f8f] kf/L l6«u/ bafof] xf]nf— 8\jfª, 8\jfª, 8\jfª .Æ -k[= %)_ $= æd]/f] x]/fOsf] e]p kfP/ xf]nf d]/f] uf8{ l;kfxL wgaxfb'/ d]/f] glhs} cfof] .Æ -k[= %)_ %= æ;/ of] 5fkfdf/sf] 5f]/f] t pb08 kf] /x]5 .Æ -k[= %!_ ^= æhldgdf 3l;|b} qmlnª ug]{ / uf]nL k8s]sf] cfjfh cfof]eg] s;/L n'Sg] eGg] cfkm} u/]/ b]vfof] .Æ -k[= %!_ &= æp;n] Pp6f d}nf] xfkm a';6{ / b'O{kl§ 6fn]sf] s6\6' nufPsf] 5 .Æ -k[= %!_ *= æpm cfÇgf cfFvfn] d]/f] sDa/df le/]sf] lk:tf]nnfO{ tfls/x]sf] lyof] .Æ -k[= %!_ (= æad k8\Sof] .Æ -k[= %@_ !)= æcrfgfs cfFugdf ;fOsnsf] 306L ahfpFb} d]/f] ;fgf] 5f]/f] em'Ns]sf] 5 .Æ -k[= %#_ dfly k|:t't ePsf jfSodf uf9f cIf/df n]lvPsf sdfG8/, /fOkmn, Knf6'g sdfG8/, l6«u/, uf8{, ;/, qmlnª, xfkm a';6{, lk:tf]n, ad, ;fOsn, ÞoflG8n, Kof8n, Sofl/o/ h:tf zAbx? cfuGt's zAb x'g\ . ---u_-u_ jfSoro != æefjxLg p;sf] cg'xf/ emg ultljxLg ePsf] dx;'; u5'{ d .Æ -k[= $(_ @= æp;sf] afa' 5fkfdf/ b:tfsf] Knf6'g sdfG8/ /QmaLh s] ub}{ 5 x]nf clxn] <Æ -k[= $(_ #= æcfÇgL :jf:gL / 5f]/fsf] hLjgdflysf] ;Defljt vt/fnfO{ cg'dfg ub}{ pm pQ]lht x'Fb} a/a/fof] xf]nf .Æ -k[= %)_ $= æxKk udL{ aflkmG5 d]/f]sf]7fdf . kl;gfgn] Nofkm NofÇtL leH5 d]/f] z/L/ .Æ -k[= %)_ %= æo;sf] afa'n] dnfO{ lgxYyf km]nf kf¥of]eg] Ajf;f]n] d[unfO{ v]b}{, 5f]Kb}, 6f]Sb}, n'5\b} cGTodf v]nO{ v]nfO{ df/]/ cfÇgf] l;sf/ agfpg /Qmle/ cfÇgf] dg 8udu kfg]{5}g . - k[= %)_ ^= æxF d}n] k|Zgjfrs b[li6n] p;nfO{ x]/]+ .Æ -k[= %!_

Damak Campus Journal, Vol. 9 JULY 2020 156

&= ækm]l/ ufpF kmSof]{ eg] tLg rf/ jif{kl5 of] klg 5fkfdf/ aGnf h:tf] 5 xh'/ .Æ -k[= %!_ *= æof] xfdL b'a}sf] ;dfg cg'e"lt xf] ;fob .Æ -k[= %!_ (= æs] ltdLnfO{ oxfFFF 8/ nfu]sf] 5 .Æ -k[= %!_ !)= æclg c? s] s] 5 ltd|f] af;Fu <Æ -k[= %!_ Dffly k|of]u ul/Psf jfSox?df ljleGg k|sf/sf ljrng /x]sf] kfOG5 . klxnf] jfSo stf{, sd{ / lqmof cg';f/sf] jfSosf] ;+/rgf geP/ stf{nfO{ jfSosf] cGTodf k|of]u ul/Psf] 5 . bf];|f] jfSodf k|Zgsf] efj AoQm ePsf] 5 . t];|f] jfSodf ;Defjgfsf] efj JoQm 5 . rf}yf}F jfSo stf{, sd{ / lqmofsf] ;xL ;ª\ult gldn]sf] t/ cy{df afwf gePsf] jfSo xf] . kfFrf} jfSodf pbfx/0f ;lxtsf] sNkgf ul/Psf] 5 eg] 5}6f}F jfSodf k|Zgsf] efj cleJoQm ePsf] 5 . ;ftf}F jfSodf ljlGtefj;lxt ;"rgfsf] efj cleJoQm ePsf] 5 . cf7f}F jfSosf] cGTo lqmofkbn] geP/ ;fob eGg] zAbdf ePsf] 5, o;n] syfsf] k|:t'ltnfO{ yk cfsif{s agfPsf] 5 . gjf}F jfSodf k|Zgsf] efj cleJoQm ePsf] 5 eg] bzf}F jfSodf klg k|Zgsf] efj g} JoQm ePsf] 5 . o;/L syfsf/ dx]zljqmd zfxn] ‘5fkfdf/sf] 5f]/f]Ú syfdf ljleGg k|sf/sf jfSox?sf] rog u/L syfnfO{ yk /f]rs, cfsif{s / k|efjsf/L agfpg ;kmn ePsf 5g\ . ---3_-3_ lrGxk|of]u != æv'§f e'Ofdf ahfb}{ ;nfd 7f]s]/ d]/f] Wofg cfkm"lt/ cfslif{t ub}{ p;n] eGof] — æ;/ of] 5fkfdf/sf] 5f]/f] t pb08 kf] /x]5Æ .Æ -k[= %), %!_ @= æxF < d}n] k|Zgjfrs b[li6n] p;nfO{ x]/]F .Æ -k[= %!_ #= æxf] Û d]/f] :j/df cfZro{ldl>t lg/Lxtfsf] efj n's]sf] 5 .Æ -k[= %!_ $= æclg c? s] s] 5 ltd|f] af ;Fu <Æ -k[= %!_ %= æd]/f] k|Zgn] pm Psl5g uDeL/ aGof] / To;kl5 p;n] xftn] O;f/f ub}{ eGof] — pmM Tof] klg 5 .Æ -k[= %!_ dfly k|of]u ePsf jfSodf ljleGg lrGxx?sf] k|of]]u ul/Psf] 5 . klxnf] jfSodf of]hs / bf]xf]/f] p4/0f lrGxsf] k|of]u ul/Psf] 5 . bf];|f] jfSodf of]hs / k|Zg;"rs lrGxsf] k|of]u ul/Psf] 5 . t];|f] jfSoodf lj:do;"rs lrGxsf] k|of]u ePsf] 5 . rf}yf}F jfSodf bf]xf]/f] p4/0f / k|Zg;"rs lrGxsf] k|of]u ul/Psf] 5 . kfFrf}F jfSodf of]hs lrGx / la;u{ lrGxsf] k|of]u ul/Psf] 5 . o:tf ljleGg n]Vo lrGxx?sf] k|of]un] syfnfO{ yk cfsif{s / :t/Lo agfPsf] 5 . ljrngsf cfwf/df syfsf] ljZn]if0f k|rlnt efifsf] 9fFrfnfO{ pN6f]kfN6f] kf/]/ ;f}Gbo{ k|bfg ug]{ sfo{ ljrng xf] . ;fdfGo lgodnfO{ eª\u u/L dfgssf] cltqmd0f ug'{ ljrng xf] . ;flxlTos s[ltx?df ;dfj]z ul/Psf] efiff tyf ljljw z[ª\vnfsf] ;+/rgfdf cltqmd0f u/L dfgs tyf lgod;Ddt ;+/rgfTds k|of]unfO{ pNnª\3g ug]{ sfd ljrng xf] . cyf{t\ eflifs of]hgf / lgodssf cfwf/df lgdf{0f ePsf] k|d'v kynfO{ lj36g u/]/ jf Tof] kyaf6 ljd'v eP/ yk cfsif{0f vf]Hb} cufl8 a9g] eflifs cleJolQmut ofqfnfO{ ljrng dflgg] ePsfn] o;nfO{ ljk7g klg elgG5 .

Damak Campus Journal, Vol. 9 JULY 2020 157

o; cg';Gwfgdf ‘5fkfdf/sf] 5f]/f]Ú syf ;ª\u|xdf /x]sf] zLif{ syf ‘5fkfdf/sf] 5f]/f]Ú syfsf] ljrngsf cfwf/df ljZn]if0f ul/Psf] 5 . != æefjljxLg p;sf] cg'xf/ emg\ ult laxLg ePsf] dx;'; u5'{ d .Æ -k[= $(_ @= æp;sf] tftf] /ut emg\ pDNof] xf]nf, p;sf v;|f xftx?n] /fOkmnsf] a6nfO{ emg\ hf]8n] ;dft] x'g\ .Æ -k[= %)_ #= æ;/sf/L abL{n] 5f]lkPsf] xfd|f] z/L/nfO{ hLljt b]Vg grfxg] qm"/ cfFvfsf] dflns xf] p;sf] afa' .Æ -k[= %)_ $= æxKk udL{ aflkmG5 d]/f] sf]7fdf .Æ -k[= %)_ %= æo;nfO{ klg cfÇgf] afa'sf] ;Kk} s/fdt cfFpbf] /x]5 ;/ ÛÆ -k[= %!_ ^= æhldgdf 3l;|b}F qmlnª ug]{ / uf]nL k8\s]sf] cfjfh cfof] eg] s;/L n'Sg] eGg] cfFkm} u/]/ b]vfof] .Æ -k[= %!_ &= æof] xfdL b'a}sf] ;dfg cg'e"lt xf] ;fob .Æ -k[= %!_ *= æp M Tof] klg 5 .Æ -k[= %!_ (= æclg ltd|f afn] ltdLnfO{ s] s] l;sfPsf] 5 yfxf 5 <Æ -k[= %!_ !)= æyfxf 5 ;Kk} yfxf 5 .Æ -k[= %!_ s

Dfflysf pbfx/0f 5fkfdf/sf] 5f]/f] syfsf s]xL ljrngo'Qm pbfx/0fx? x'g\ . dflysf] klxnf] pbfx/0fdf Jofs/l0fs lgodcg';f/ stf{, sd{ / lqmofkbsf] k|of]u x'g'kg]{ t/ stf{nfO{ jfSosf] cGTodf k|of]u ul/Psf] Jofs/l0fs ljrng ePsf] jfSo xf] . bf];|f] jfSodf jfSosf] lg/Gt/tf gldn]sf] b]lvG5, klxn] ;Dejgfsf] k|of]u ul/Psf] 5 eg] To;kl5 x'g lqmofkb /fv]/ jfSosf] cGTo ul/Psfn] Jofs/l0fs ljrng /x]sf] b]lvG5 . t];|f] jfSodf klg Jofs/l0fs ljrng ePsf] 5, stf{nfO{ cGTo agfP/ jfSo 6'ª\UofOPsf] 5 . rf}yf] jfSodf klg Jofs/l0fs ljrng ePsf] 5 . kfFrf} jfSodf sf]zLo ljrng /x]sf] 5, ;KKf} zAb zAbsf]zdf k|ljli6 /x]sf] 5}g / Wjlgk|lqmofTds ljrng klg kfOG5 . 5}6f}F jfSodf k|of]u ePsf] qmlnª zAb zAbsf]zdf k|ljli6 5}g To;}n] o; jfSodf klg sf]zLo ljrng /x]sf] 5 . ;ft}F jfSodf jfSo 6'ª\lu;s]kl5 klg csf]{ zAb ;fob n]v]/ k"0f{lj/fd lrGxsf] k|of]u ul/Psf] xFbf cy{tflTjs ljrng /x]sf] kfOG5 . cf7f} jfSosf] cy{ ;fª\s]lts ?kdf dfq k|i6 x'G5 To;}n] o; jfSodf cy{tflTjs ljrng /x]sf] 5 . gjf}F jfSodf Wjlgk|lqmofTds ljrng /x]sf] 5 . bzf}F jfSo klg Wjlgk|lqmofTds ljrng ePsf] jfSo xf] . eflifs ;dfgfGt/tfsf cfwf/df syfsf] ljZn]if0f ---s_ -s_ afÞo ;dfgfGt/tf M PseGbf a9L Wjlg, zAb, kbfjnL, jfSo cflbsf] lgoldt k'g/fj[lQ u/L ;f}Gbo{ ;[hgfug]{ o'lQmnfO{ afXo ;dfgfGt/tg elgG5. o; lsl;dsf] ;dfgfGt/tfn] ;flxlTos /rgfdf ;f}Gbo{tf / k|efjsfl/tf yk]sf] x'G5 . ---v_-v_ cfGtl/s ;dfgfGt/tf efjfy{ jf jfRofy{sf] k'g/fj[lQ u/L s[lt jf /rgfleq ;f}Gbo{ ;[hgf ug]{ o'lQmnfO{ cfGtl/s ;dfgfGt/tf elgG5 . 5Gb, cnª\sf/ cflbsf] cy{tflTjs ;Gbe{nfO{ o; cGtu{t lng ;lsG5 . ‘5fkfdf/sf] 5f]/f]Ú syfdf k|o'Qm jfÞo ;dfgfGt/tfsf s]xL pbfx/0fx? M

Damak Campus Journal, Vol. 9 JULY 2020 158

!=æ5fkfdf/sf] 5f]/f] cfFufgdf otfplt v]ln/x]sf] 5 .Æ -k[= $(_ @= æTof] afns plkm|/x]sf] 5, xfFl;/x]sf] 5, / cfÇg} w"gdf cfFugjl/kl/ rSs/ dfl//x]sf] 5 .Æ -k[= $(_ #= æ5fkfdf/sf] 5f]/f]sf] lg8/, lgZrn, lgeL{s / lglZrGt afns[ofsnfkaf6 d dgdg} cfGbf]lnt x'g yfN5' .Æ -k[= $(_ $= æx'g ;S5 p;n] qmf]lwt x'Fb} /fOkmsf] gfn cfsfzlt/ 7f8f] kf/L l6«u/ bafof] xf]nf— 8\jfª, 8\jfª, 8\jfª .Æ -k[= %)_ %= æo;sf] afa'n] dnfO{ lgxYyf km]nf kf¥of] eg] AjfF;f]n] d[unfO{ v]2}, 5f]Kb}, 6f]Sb}, n'5\b} cGTodf v]nfO{ v]nfO} df/]/ cfÇgf] l;sf/ agfPh:t} agfpg /lQe/ cfÇgf] dfg 8udu kfg]{ 5}g\ .Æ -k[= %)_ ^= æp;sf] :ki6 cg'xf/ clxn] cftªlst ag]sf] 5 .Æ -k[= %)_ &= æd]/f] x]/fOsf] e]p kfP/ xf]nf d]/f] uf8{ l;kfxL wgaxfb'/ d]/f] glhs} cfof] .Æ -k[= %)_ *= æp;n] Pp6f d}nf] xfkm a';6{ / b'O{kl§ 6fn]sf] s6\6' nufPsf]] 5 .Æ -k[= %!_ (= æcfÇgf cjf]w cfFvfn] d]/f] cg'xf/ :kz{ub}{ pm lvtlvt xfF:of] .Æ -k[= %!_ !)= æz/L/ lr;f] ePsf] cfef; eof] dnfO{ . Æ -k[= %@_ Dffly pNn]v ul/Psf jfSox? 5fkfdf/sf] 5f]/f] syfleq /x]sf jfSox? x'g\ hxfF afÞo ;dfgfGt/tfsf] k|of]u ul/Psf] 5 . o; syfdf c?klg o:tf pbfx/0fx? 5g\ . h;n] cleJojlQmnfO{ ;'Gb/ cfsif{s / k|efjsf/L agfPsf 5g\ . dflysf] klxnf] jfSodf ‘5 Ú j0f{ b'O{ k6s cfPsf] 5, x'gt syfsf] zLif{s g} 5 j0f{af6 ;'? ePsf] 5 . bf];|f} jfSodf ‘5 Ú sf] tLgk6s k'g/fj[lQ ePsf] 5 . t];|f] jfSodf ‘g Ú j0f{ nuftf/ rf/k6s bf]xf]l/Psf] 5 . rf}yf] jfSodf 8\jfª zAb nuftf/ tLg k6s k'g/fj[lQ ePsf] 5 . kfFrf} jfSodf ‘b}Ú qmdz M rf/k6s cfPsf] 5 . 5}6f}F jfSodf cfPsf] :j/ j0f{sf] lg/Gt/ k'g/fj[lQn] jfSonfO{ cfsif{s / k9f}F k9f}F nfUg] agfPsf] 5 . ;tf} jfSodf d]/f] zAb tLg k6s bf]xf}l/Psf] 5 . cf7f}F jfSodf ‘6 Ú j0f{ kfFr k6s cfPsf] 5 . gjf} jfSodf ‘c Ú j0f{ rf/k6s bf]xf]l/Psf] 5 . bzf}F jfSodf ‘e Ú j0f{ tLgk6s bf]xf]l/Psf] 5 . o;/L zfxn] 5fkfdf/sf] 5f]/f] syfdf jfÞo ;dfgfGt/tfsf] k|of]uaf6 sxLF syfgsnfO{ hf]8 lbPsf 5g\ eg] s]xL nofTdstf l;h{gf u/]sf 5g\ . To:t} sltko jfSodf o;n] rdTsfl/s / cfnª\sfl/tf l;h{gf u/]sf 5g\ . o:tf] k|of]uaf6 cleJolQmdf ;3gtf ykL /rgfnfO{ yk pTs[i6 agfpg ;kmn ag]sf 5g\ . ‘5fkfdf/sf] 5f]/f]Ú syfdf k|o'Qm cfGtl/s ;dfgfGt/tfsf s]xL pbfx/0fx? M != æslxn]sfxLF xfd|f cfFvf o;f] dfly p75g\ / Ps csf{;Fu 7f]lsG5g\ klg .Æ -k[= $(_ @= æo;sf] afa'n] dnfO{ lgxYyf km]nf kf¥of] eg] AjfF;f]n] d[unfO{ v]2}, 5f]Kb}, 6f]Sb}, n'5\b} cGTodf v]nfO{ v]nfO} df/]/ cfÇgf] l;sf/ agfPh:t} agfpg /lQe/ cfÇgf] dfg 8udu kfg]{ 5}g\ .Æ -k[= %)_ #= æd]/f] z/L/df x//{ sfF8fx? pld|P .Æ -k[= %@_ $= æ;fOsnsf] rSs/sf] ult;Fu} p;sf] cg'xf/sf] efuelª\df kl/jt{g kl/jt{g eO/x]sf]5 .Æ -k[= %#_ %= æ5fkfdf/sf] 5f]/f]k|lt d]/f] x[bodf jfT;Nosf] cª\s'/ 6';fO;s]sf] 5 .Æ -k[= %$_

Damak Campus Journal, Vol. 9 JULY 2020 159

Dffly pNn]v ul/Psf jfSopx? ‘5fkfdf/sf] 5f]/f]Ú syfleq /x]sf jfSox? x'g\ hxfF cfGtl/s ;dfgfGt/tfsf] k|of]u ul/Psf] 5 . o; syfdf c?klg o:tf pbfx/0fx? 5g\ . h;n] cleJojlQmnfO{ ;'Gb/ cfsif{s / k|efjsf/L agfPsf 5g\ . klxnf] jfSodf cfFvf x]l/G5nfO{ cfFvf o;f] dfly p7\5g\ elgPsf] 5 / cfFvf cfFvfsf] h'wfOnfO{ 7f]lsg' ;Fu t'ngf ul/Psf] 5 . bf];|f] jfSodf åGåsfndf 5fkfdf/ / ;'/Iffkmf}h aLrsf] o'4nfO{ AjfF;f] / d[usf] emu8fsf] ?kdf t'ngf ul/Psf] 5 . t];|f] jfSodf z/L/df pld|Psf sfF8fnfO{ 8/, qf; ;Fu t'ngf ul/Psf] 5 . rf}yf] jfSodf afnssf] dg kl/jt{g xg'nfO{ ;fOsnsf] rSsfsf] 3'dfO;Fu t'ngf ul/Psf] 5 eg] clGtd jfSodf x[bodf plAhPsf] dfofn'kgfnfO{ lj?jfsf] 6';f knfPem} knfPsf] 5 egL dfofnfO{ pld|b}Fu/]sf] jg:klt;Fu t'ngf ul/Psf] 5 . o;/L zfxn] ‘5fkfdf/sf] 5f]/f]Ú syfdf cfGtl/s ;dfgfGt/tfsf] k|of]uaf6 sxLF syfgsnfO{ hf]8 lbPsf 5g\ eg] s]xLF nofTdstf l;h{gf u/]sf 5g\ . To:t} sltko jfSodf o;n] rdTsfl/tf / cfnª\sfl/tf l;h{gf u/]sf 5g\ . o:tf] k|of]uaf6 cleJolQmdf ;3gtf ylk /rgfnfO{ yk pTs[i6 agfpg ;kmn ag]sf 5g\ . lgisif{ ;flxlTos s[ltsf] z}nLj}1flgs cWoog ljZn]if0fsf nflu dxŒjk"0f{ cfwf/ k|bfg ug]{ sfd efifflj1fgn] ub{5 . eflifs k|of]usf ;Gbe{df eflifs rog, eflifs ljrng, ;dfgfGt/tf tyf eflifs ;+/rgf k|of]usf dxTTjk"0f{ ;fwg x'g\ . ;h{sn] cfÇgf] ljrf/ cleJolQmsf] dfWod efiff g} agfpg] x'Fbf efiffnfO{ hlt;Sbf] cfsif{s k|efjsf/L agfpg] k|of; u/]sf] x'G5 . eflifs :j?kdf dfgs ?kdf k|rngdf /x]sf eflifs PsfO{x?sf] cltqmd0f u/]/ gofF / kl/jlt{t vfnsf] eflifs k|of]u ug]{ ub{5 eg] csf]{lt/ efifdf /x]sf cg]sg j}slNks rog ub{5 . o;/L ljleGg k|sf/sf] eflifs k|of]un] /rgfsf/n] kf7ssf] cfsif{0f / s[ltd"Nosf] pRr ul/df sfod u/]sf] x'G5 . Dfx]zljs|d zfx -lj= ;++= @)@!===_ g]kfnsf] ;[b'/ klZrdf~rn ljsf;If]q cGtu{t kg]{ c5fd lhNnfdf hlGdPsf x'g\ . zfx g]kfnL syfsf] pQ/jtL{ r/0f cyf{t\ ;d;fdlos o'usf k|l;4 syfsf/ x'g\ . pgsf lgs} syf;+u|xx? k|sflzt eO{;s]]sf 5g\ . 5fkfdf/sf] 5f]/f] syf;+u|xn] lj= ;+= @)^# ;fnsf] dbg k'/:sf/;d]t k|fKt u/]sf] 5 . o; 5fkfdf/sf] 5f]/f] syf ;+u|xdf hDdf c7f/ j6f syfx? ;ª\u|lxt /x]sf 5g\ . k|foh;f] ;a} syfx?df o'lug kL8f tyf dgjLo qf;b cj:yfsf] j:t'ut lrq e]l6G5 . syfsf] zflGtsfdL dfgjLo :jtGqtfk|ltsf] tLa| cfu|x tyf em} emu8fn] zflGtsf] lgdf{0f ug{ g;Sg] ts{ k|i6 b]lvG5 . 5fkfdf/sf] 5f]/f] syfdf b]zdf b;jif]{ åGåsfndf plqPsf] 5fkfdf/sf] dfgl;stfsf] k[i7e"ld 5, k|x/Lsf] Jojxf/, cfzª\sf / dgf]efj k|i6 ?kdf o; syfdf k|:t't ul/Psf] 5 . 5fkfdf/sL :jf:gL y'gfdf 5], k|x/L p;sf] lgu/fgL ub{5g t/ p;sf] ;fgf] 5f]/fn] 5fkfdf/sf] Jojxf/ b]vfpg vf]H5 . p;n] 5fkfdf/n] ug]{ ;Dk"0f{ Jojxf/M efUg], klN6g], p7\g], cfqmd0f ug]{, n'Sg] ;a} u/]/ b]vfpF5 . k|x/L ToxL afnsnfO{ cfÇgf] zq' b]Vg yfN5 . TolQs}df k|x/Lsf] 5f]/f] / 5fkfdf/sf] 5f]/f] lar e]6 x'G5 . 5fkfdf/sf] 5f]/f]n] hjh{:tL k|x/Lsf] 5f]/fsf] ;fOsn vf]:g vf]:5, k|x/Lsf] 5f]/fn] ;fOsn glbFbf 5fkfdf/sf] 5f]/f] ;fOsnsf] rSsf;Fu} l3l;F|bf pm 3fOt] x'G5 . k|x/Ln] cfÇgf] 5f]/fnfO{ b'a}hgf ldn]/ ;fOsn rnfpg cg'/f]w ub{5 To;kl5 b'a} ldn]/ ;fOsn s'bfpg yfN5g\ . o;/L ;dfg cj;/ kfP dfG5] ljb|f]xL aGb}gy]

Damak Campus Journal, Vol. 9 JULY 2020 160 xf]nf eGg] ;Gb]z syfn] lbPsf] 5 . syfsf/ zfxn] o; syfdf ljleGg k|sf/sf eflifs rog, ljrng, ;dfgfGt/tf h:tf eflifs kIfsf] k|of]u u/L syfnfO{ yk cfsif{s /f]rs / k|efjsf/L agfpg ;kmn ePsf 5g\ .

;Gbe{;"rL clwsf/L, x]df·/fh -;Dkf=_ k|of]ufTds g]kfnL zAbsf]z -@)^!_ sf7df8f}+, ljBfyL{ k|sfzg k|f=ln=, . vgfn, /fh]Gb| -@)^*_ z}nL j}1flgs k7gdf b'O{ pkGof;, sf7d8f}+M tGg]/L k|sfzg . 9sfn, zflGtk|;fb -@)^&_ k|fof]lus efifflj1fgsf k|d'v cfod, sf7df8f}+ M z'esfdgf k|sfzg . kf}8]n, dfwj k|;fb -@)^(_, k|of]lus efiff lj1fgsf k|d'v cfofdx?, Gof}kfg], 6ª\sk|;fb, / cGo -@)^&_ ;fdfGo efifflj1fg, sLlt{k'/, sf7df8f}+, ;gnfO6 klAns];g . e6\6/fO{, /fdk|;fb -@)^%_ eflifs cg';Gwfg ljlw, sf7df8f}+ M z'esfdgf k|sfzg . e08f/L, kf/;dl0f / cGo -@)^*_ eflifs cg';Gwfg ljlw, sf7df8f}+ M lkgfsn klAns]zg . e08f/L, kf/;dl0f / cGo -@)^*_ k|of]lus efifflj1fgsf k|d'v cfofd, ef]6flx6L, sf7df8f}+, ljByL{ k':ts e08f/ . e'iffn , s]zj , -@)&%_ efifflj1fg, sLlt{k'/, sf7df8f}+ ;gnfO6 klAns];g . zfx, dx]zljqmd -@)^#_ 5fkfdf/sf] 5f]/f], k'nrf]s, nlntk'/, ;femf k|sfzgsf] 5fkfvfgf .

‹

Damak Campus Journal, Vol. 9 JULY 2020 161

gf6ssf/ w|'jrGb| uf}tdsf] ;ª\lIfKt hLjgL, JolQmTj / s[ltTj

/fdk|;fb e08f/L *

d"n;f/

g]kfnL ;flxTodf pHjn gIfqsf ?kdf :yflkt Wf|'jrGb| uf}td pkGof; tyf syf ;flxToem} gf6sdf klg Ps ;kmn tyf pNn]Vo k|ltef x'g\ . g]kfnL gf6\o ;flxTodf k|of]usf gjLgtd k|j[lQ leœofpg ;kmn uf}td k|of]ujfbL g]kfnL gf6ssf/sf ?kdf pNn]Vo dflgG5g\ . @)!* ;fndf lkslgs zLif{ssf] gf6saf6 cfˆgf] ;flxlTos n]vg ;'? u/] klg @)@) ;fndf k|sflzt t6:ytf÷c;kmntf zLif{ssf] sljtf g} pgsf] k|yd k|sflzt sljtf xf] . oxL sljtfaf6 g} logn] cf}krfl/s ;flxlTos ofqf ;'? u/]sf lyP . @)@) ;fnb]lv xfn;Dd logsf 8]9 bh{geGbf a9L pkGof;, $ j6f syf ;+u|x, jfNosfn -@)%^, ;+:d/0ffTds lgaGw_ 38Lx?38Lx38Lx38Lx ?sf]??sf] b]zdf ;do vf]Hb} -@)^#, ofqf :+f:d/0f_ cGToxLg S|md -@)@#_, lbg 6'S|m|fx?6'S|m|fx ?df??dfdfdf -@)#^_ cflb k"m6s/ sljtfx? / ^ j6f gf6sx? k|sflzt 5g\ . ^ j6f gf6ssf cltl/Qm logsf @ j6f uLlt gf6s klg ePsf] kfOG5 . logsf k|sflzt gf6sx? /f]zg yfkf ‘gL/j Ú n] ;ª\sng u/]/ e:df;'/sf] gnLxf8 / cGo gf6sx?gf6sx ??? zLif{s /fv]/ @)%^ ;fndf k|sflzt u/]sf 5g\ . logsf wfld{s cfVofgdf cfwfl/t uLltgf6s >Ls[i0fnLnf -dRrg,@)$!_ g[To gfl6sf b'uf{jtf/ -@)$@ dRRfg_ /fli6«o gfr3/df d~rg ePsf] ljj/0f kfOG5, t/ oL gf6sx? xfn pkNfAw 5}gg\ . uf}tdsf sljtf, ;dfnf]rgf tyf cGo lrGtgd"ns n]Vfx? ul/df, ;dsfnLg ;flxTo, uf]/vfkq, hgHof]lt h:tf /fli6«o :t/sf kqklqsfdf k|sflzt ePsf] kfOG5 . uf}td cfÇgf gf6sx?sf dfWodåf/f k|of]ufTds k|j[lQx? lnP/ k/Dk/feGbf leGg gf6ssf/sf ?kdf pbfPsf 5g\ . uf}tdsf] gf6ssf] ljifo If]q ;dfh xf], To;}n] ;fdflhs hLjgn] h]h:tf lj;·ltx? ef]u]sf 5g To;nfO{ h:tfsf] t:t} gf6sdf ptfg'{ kb{5 eGg] gf6\odfGotf uf}tdsf] /x]sf] 5 . lj;·t dfgjhLjgh:t} logsf gf6ssf ljifoj:t', z}nL, ;+/rgf, efiff cflbdf klg lj;·lt g} e]l6G5 . o:t} u/L gjLg gf6\on]vg, lj;·ultjfbL tyf, cl:tTjjfbL r]t, Jo·ofTds z}nL, :j}/sNkgfsf] k|of]u, ldysLotf, b[ZofTdstf, k[ysLo k|efj, df}gk/Dk/f, /;e·tf, d'v'08fsf] k|of]u, j}rfl/sstf, k|tLsfTdstf, dxfsfJofTds z}nL, ax'cy{stf, ;fª\s]lts / ;+lIfKt efiff tyf ;+jfbsf] k|of]uh:tf gjLg gf6\o kof]ux? logsf gf6sdf e]l6G5g\ . log} ;flxlTos z}nL tyf of]ubfgnfO{ cfwf/ agfP/ w|'jrGb| uf}tdsf] hLjgL,JolQmTjsf] ljZn]if0f o; n]vdfdf ul/Psf] 5 . d'nzAbx?M ldysLotf, df}gk/Dk/f, /;e·tf, cWofxf/, ZofdJo·o, cfVofgk'?if, ax'cy{stf kl/ro jx'd'vL k|ltefsf wgL w|'jrGb| uf}tdn] -@)))_ sljtf, cfVofggf6s, lgaGw cflb ljwfdf ;kmntfk"j{s snd rnfPsf 5g\ . @)!* ;fndf ‘ lkslgs Ú gf6s n]v]/ ;flxTodf ;'? u/] klg cf}krfl/stf eg] @)@) ;fndf k|sflzt sljtfaf6 lbg k'U5g\ . ljljw ljwfdf snd rnfP/ klg gf6s tyf cfVofgdf pgL pNn]Vo 5g\ eg] cfVofgdf ;jf]{Rrtf g} xfl;n ug{ k'U5g\ . cfVofg k'?if pkflwaf6 lje"lift uf}tdn] $ syf ;+u|x, 8]8 bh{g pkGof;, cfwfbh{g hlt gf6s tyf k|z:t km"6s/ sljtf / lgaGwx? n]vL g]kfnL ;flxTodf k|z:t of]ubfg k'¥ofPsf 5g\ . kmn:j?k dbg k'?:sf/, ;femf k'?:sf/ cflb ;Ddfgaf6 ;Ddflgt ePsf 5g\ . kl/df0fTds tyf u'0ffTds b'j} b[li6n] pTs[i6 /rgf /Rg] uf}tdn] g]kfnL ;flxTonfO{ gjLg prfO lbPsf 5g\ .

* n]vs e08f/L g]kfnL ljefu bds ax'd'vL SofDk;sf pkk|fWofks x'g'x'G5 .

Damak Campus Journal, Vol. 9 JULY 2020 162

w|'jrGb| uf}tdn] kfZrfTo k|s[ltjfbL, lj;ªutLjfbL, cl:tTjjfbL bfbfjfbL tyf dxfsfJofTds d"ns gf6\odfGotfnfO{ g]kfnL ;flxTodf leœofP/ g]kfnL ;flxTonfO{ gofF :j?k k|bfg ug]{ sfd u/] . p;n] kfZrfTo k|of]ujfbL ;flxTodf k|of]u ePsf ;"Id syfj:t'sf] k|of]u, hfltjfrs gfdwf/L kfq k|of]u, b[ZoTdstf, :j}/sNkgf, ldysLotf, /;eª\utf, df}gtf, c/fhstf lj;ª\ultjfbL, k|tLsjfbL tyf sfJofTds z}nL lzNk tyf ljifout gjLg k|of]unfO{ g]kfnL ;flxTodf leœofP . w|'jrGb| uf}tdsf] gf6\osfl/tfsf] lg?k0f k/Dk/fut ?kdf gf6\otTjsf cfwf/df ul/g] ljZn]if0faf6 x'g ;Sb}g lsgls pgn] k/Dk/fut ?kdf /x]sf gf6\odfGotfx?nfO{ eTsfP/ kffZrfTo k|of]ujfbL gjLg gf6\o dfGotfnfO{ :yflkt u/fO{ gofF gofF k|of]ux? leœofPsf 5g\ . pgn] cfÇgf gf6sx?df lemgf] tyf lj>[ªvlnt syfj:t', gfdxLg tyf hfltut gfdwf/L kfq, gf6sdf Ps eGbf a9L e"ldsfdf b]lvg] Pp6} dfq, b[Zo cª\sut dfGotfsf] alx:sf/, gfos gflosf tyf vngfos x'g] k/Dk/fsf] jlx:sf/, d'v'08fsf] k|of]u, j}rfl/stf, ax'cy{stf /;eª\utf, ldysLotf, :j}/sNkgfTdstf b[ZofTdstf, df}gtf, k[ysLo k|efj c/fhstf, cWofxf/ jfSo k|of]u, lj;ª\ultjfbL, dxfsfJofTds, k|tLsfTds, JofªofTds z}nL h:tf ljifout tyf lzNkz}nLut k|of]ux? leœofPsf 5g\ . log} ljifout tyf lzNkut gjLg k|of]usf cfwf/df uf}tdsf hLjgL, JolQmTj,s[ltTj ;DaGwL oxfF rrf{ ul/Psf] 5 . uf}tdsf] hLjgL, JolQmTj . hGd tyf jfNosfn Uff]ljGbrGb| uf}td tyf bLkfjtL uf}tdsf sFflxnf 5f]/fsf ?kdf hlGdPsf r]trGb| uf}td g} clxn]sf g]kfnL ;flxTosf zLif{:y ;flxTosf/ w'|jrGb uf}td x'g\ . -n'O6]nM@)^),k[=*_ pgsf] hGdldlt g]kfnL ;flxTosf ljleGg ;fdu|Lx?df lj=;+ @))) / @))! n]v]sf] kfOG5 . o;/L hGdldlt ;DaGwL ljljw ;du|Lx?df cfPsf km/s km/s wf/0fx?nfO{ b[li6ut ubf{ lj=;+ @))) k'; @ ut] laxLjf/ -a]n'sf &M@% ah]] _ ePsf] xf] eGg] a9L k|fdfl0fs 7fGg ;lsG5 .pgsf] hGd:yfg aL/u~h elgP klg ef/tsf] /S;f}ndf hGd eO{ kl5 pgL cfÇgf kl/jf/ ;lxt @))! ;fndf :yfoL j;f]jf;sf nflu jL/u~h cfPsf x'\g\ eGg] egfO ;dfnf]rsx?sf] /x]sf] 5 . -a/fn / P6dM@)%^,k[=@%^_ a|fÞd0f s"ndf hlGdPsf uf}tdsf] a|taGw @)!) ;fndf ePsf] a'lemG5 . lszf]/ tyf o'jf sfn ufpFs} ;fwf/0f ljBfnoaf6 k|f/les lzIff cf/De u/]sf uf}tdn] s]zj cfrfo{ / bz/y cfÇgf u'? ePsf] s'/f :jLsf/]sf 5g\ . -a/fn / P6d, @)%^,k[=@%^_ pgn] @)!% ;fndf jL/u~hsf] lqh'4 df=lj= af6 P;=Pn=;L= k"/s k/LIfåf/f pQL0f{ u/]sf x'g\ . @)!& ;fndf 7fs'//fd sn]haf6 cfO=P= pQL0f{ u/]sf] a'leG5 . @)!* ;fndf /fhf dx]Gb|jf6 bz{g e]6 aS;]sf] -a/fn / P6d, @)%^,k[=&)_ clg @)!( ;fndf k'g /fhf dx]Gb|af6 bz{g e]6 aS;L 5fqj[lQ k|bfg ul/aS;]sf]n] pgnfO{ ;flxlTos k|]/0ff k|fKt ePsf] lyof] . pgsf] ;flxlTos ofqf @)@) ;fndf k|sflzt t6:ytf÷t6:ytf÷c;kmntfc;kmntf zLif{ssf]

Damak Campus Journal, Vol. 9 JULY 2020 163 sljtfaf6 ;'? ePsf] a'lemG5 -a/fn / P6d, @)%^,k[=!^*_ . @)@) ;fndf lqrGb| sn]haf6 aL=P= pQL0f{ u/]sf uf}tdn] @)@@ ;fndf lq=lj= sf7df08f}af6 g]kfnL ljifodf Pd\=P= u/]sf x'g . @)@^ ;fndf :jl:tsfb]jL;F+u a}jflxs ;DaGwdf ufFl;Psf uf}tdn] ;g\ !(&( df ef/tsf] k'gfaf6 'A Descriptive study of Terai Nepal' zLif{sdf ljBfjfl/lwsf] pkflw xfl;n u/]sf] a'lemG5 . -;'j]bL, @)%%,k[=!@_ k|f}9sfn w'|jrGb| uf}td @)#% ;fnkl5 sf7df08f}sf] rfjlxndf cfjf; hf]8]/ a;]sf] yfxf x'G5 . @)@# ;fndf /Tg/fHonIdL sn]hdf k|fWofksdf lgo'lQm ;fnb]lv lqrGb| sn]hdf k|fWofks ag]sf] a'lemG5 -bfxfn, @)#%,^(_ . o;sf ;fy} @)#^ ;fnb]lv @)%! ;Dd lq=lj g]kfnL s]Gb|Lo ljefudf sfo{/t /xb} ljZj ljBfnosf] ;"rgf tyf k|;f/0f zfvfsf] ;xof]uL ;d]t ag]sf] a'lemG5 . o;}u/L uf}td @)^# ;fnb]lv ;femf k|sfzgsf] dxfk|aGws eO{ sfd ul//x]sf 5g\ . g]kfnL 6]lnlehgsf] lgb]{zs ;d]t ePsf uf}td @)$) ;fnkl5 eg] n]vgdf a9L ;lj|mo /x]sf] a'lemG5 . uf}td ljleGg kqklqsfdf :tDe n]vssf ?kdf, /]l8of] g]kfn, g]kfn 6]lnlehg, ;f+:s[lts ;+:yfg cflb ;+:yfdf ;d]t k|ToIf ck|ToIf ;Nnfxsf/ /xb} cfPsf 5g\ . g]kfn /fhsLo k|1f k|lti7fgsf ;b:o ;lrj ag]sf uf}td xfndf ;femf k|sfzgsf] dxfk|aGws eO{ sfd ul//x]sf] 5 . g]kfnL n]vs ;+3df ;+nUg uf}td @)!$ ;fnb]lv sljtf n]vgdf k|j[Q ePklg @)@) ;fn j}zfv ! ut] ???k/]vf?k/]vf klqsfdf t/:ytf÷c;kmntf sljtf k|sfzg u/L cf}krfl/s ?kdf ;flxlTos ofqf ;'? u/]sf] a'lemG5 . uf}tdnfO{ dgkg]{ s[lt tyf /rgfsf/x?df cfh /ldtf 5, lz/Lifsf]km"n, d'n's aflx/, kl/aGw, b]jsf]6fsf sljtfxsljtfx????,, O{Zj/ jNnesf] d]/L cfdfn] cfTdxTof u/]sf] b]z cflb x'g\ . -bfxfn, @)#%,^(_ uf}td pkGof; syf, sljtf, gf6s lgaGw n]vgdf ;lqmo /x]klg uLt ; ËLtdf klg plQs} kl/lrt 5g\ . uf}tdsf gf6sx? pkGof; / syf h:t} pTs[i6} /x]klg syf / pkGof;df pgsf] n]vg a9L ;lqmo 5 . To;df klg pkGof; n]vg rflx+ kl/df0ffTds tyf u'0ffTds b'j} sf/0fn] pTs[i6 5 . gofF gofF k|of]u u/]/ l;h{gfTds n]vg n]Vg ?lr /fVg] uf}tdn] pkGof;df ;x n]vg k/Dk/sf] hu a;fPsf x'g\ -n'O6]n, @)%@,k[=!!#_ uf}tdsf] ;[hgfTds JolQmTj pkGof;sf/ Uff}tdsf] cGo ;flxlTos ljwfsf t'ngfdf pkGof; ljwf pj{/ b]lvG5 . ;+VofTds tyf u'0ffTds b'j} b[li6df ;kmn pkGof;sf/sf ?kdf pgL kl/lrt 5g\ . pgsf] k|yd cf}kGofl;s s[lt cGTokl5 -@)@$_ xf] eg] cGo pkGof;x?df afn'jf dlfy -@)@*_ 8fkL8fkL8fkL -@)##_ s§]n;/sf] rf]6k6s -@)#&_ clnlvt -@)$)_ lgldQ gfos -@)$#_ :j=xL/fb]jLsf] vf]h -@)$%_ Ps zx/df Pssf]7f ---@)$^_ -@)$^_ pk;+xf/ cyf{t rf}yf] cGTo ---@)$*_-@)$*_ b'ljwf ---@)%@_, -@)%@_, clUgbGt + clUgbGt ---@)%#_, -@)%#_, km"nsf ] cftcftcft Í -@)%$_ af9Laf9Laf9L

Damak Campus Journal, Vol. 9 JULY 2020 164

-@)%^_ ;x;|fAbLsf] clGtd k|]dsyf -@)%&_ df}gdf}gdf}g -@)%*_ tyfslyt -@)%(_, eL;;]g rf/sf] vf]hL -@)^!_ h]lnPsf ] -@)^@_ x'g\ . -n'O6]nM@)%@,k[=!!#_ o;}u/L ;xn]vg pkGof;x?df cfsf; ljeflht 5 -@)#%_ b]xd'Qm -@)$)_ cjtf/ lj36g -@)$$_ / Hofuf -@)%)_ x'g\ . -;'j]bL,@)%%,k[=%_ pgsf pkGof;x?df lj;ª\ultjfbL, cl:tTjjfbL, :j}/sNkgfjfbL k|j[lQx? kfOG5g\ . eflifs k|of]udf gjLgtf, oyfy{sf] gfª\uf] k|:t'lt, :j}/sNkgf tyf ldysLo k|of]udf ;r]ttf uf}tdsf cf}kGol;s k|j[lt x'g\ . -a/fn / P6d,@)%^,k[=@%*_ gf6ssf/ pkGof;kl5 uf}tdsf] csf]{ rlrt{ If]q gf6\oIf]q xf] . yf]/} gf6s n]v]/ klg pgL rlrt{ 5g\ . pgLåf/f /rgf ul/Psf] klxnf] gf6s lkslgs -@)!*_ xf] . h'g jL/u~hdf d~rg ul/Psf] lyof] . -pkfWofoM k[=!$)_ o; gf6sdf gf/Lkfqsf] dfq k|of]u u/]sf] kfOG5 . o;}u/L wfld{s cfVofgdf cfwfl/t >Ls[i0fnLnf -uLltgf6s, @)$!_ b'uf{jtf/ -g[Togfl6sf @)$@_ /fli6|o gfr3/df dl~rt ePsf] ljj/0f kfOG5 . pgLåf/f /lrPsf gf6s÷Psf ÍLx?df Tof] Pp6f s'/f -@)#)_, e:df;'/sf] gnLxf8 -@)#^_ ;dfgfGt/ -@)$@_ åGååGååGå -@)#(_ gf6s s;/L yfNg] xf] < -@)%@_, sLlt{dfg -@)%#_ x'g\ . oL ^ gf6sx? /f]zg yfkf ‘gL/j Ú n] ;+sng u/]/ e:df;'/sf] gnLxf8 / cGo gf6sxgf6sx???? -@)%(_ zLif{sdf k|sflzt u/]sf 5g\ . pgsf oL gf6\os[ltnfO{ cjnf]sg ubf{ ;fdflhs lj; Ëlt, /fhgLlts tyf k|zf;lgs ljs[lt, cl;t Jo Ëo, ldysLo k|j[lQ, c/fhs k|j[lQ, k[ysLo k|efj, :j}/sNkgfTds k|j[lQ lhpFbf] ?kdf kfpg ;lsG5 . -;'j]bL, @)%%,k[=!@_ syfsf/ Uff}tdsf ] csf]{ ;flxlTos ljwf syf ljwf xf] . @)@) ;fndf ???k/]vf?k/]vf klqsfdf k|sflzt Ps ofqfg'e"lt pgsf] klxnf] k|sflzt syf xf] eg] cGo syf ;+u|xx?df cFWof/f] bLkdf -@)#%_ uf}tdsf s]xL k|ltlglw syfxsyfx???? -@)$$_ ;+/If0f -@)$*_, w|'jrGb|sf PsfpGg syfxsyfx???? -@)%*_ ;f7L jif{df x[bo3ft tyf syf b[li6sf]0f x'g\ . -;'j]bL, @)%%,k[=&_ pgsf syfx?df of}gdgf]lj1fg, cl:tTjjfbL tyf lj; ËltjfbL r]t, k|]dhGo ljs[lt, /x:ofTdstf h:tf k|j[lQx? kfOG5g\ . -n'O6]n, @)^),k[ !!$_ lgaGwsf/ lgaGwsf If]qdf klg xftxfNg k'u]sf uf}tdsf] ;+:df/0ffTds lgaGw afNosfn -@)%)_ dxTjk"0f{ 5 . -ul/df, jif{ !*, cªs % k"0ff{Í @)(, k[ !#!_ sljsljslj uf}tdn] sljtfaf6 g} ;flxTo n]vgsf] ;'?jft u/]sf x'g\ . @)@) ;fndf ?k/]vfdf k|sflzt t6:ytf ÷c;kmntf sljtf g} uf}tdsf] k|yd k|sflzt sljtf xf] . h;n] ;flxlTos ofqfsf] cf}krfl/stf k"/f u/]sf] lyof] . -n'O6]n, @)^),k[ !!$_ pgsf cGo sljtfx?df cGToxLg s|d -?k/]vfM@)@!_ /fgL kf]v/Lsf] lsgf/df -?k/]vfM@)@#_

Damak Campus Journal, Vol. 9 JULY 2020 165 cjz]if gu/ Ps kl/ro -?k/]vf,@)@$_ lbg 6'j|mfx?df -/Tg >L, @)#)_ gjjif{ -dw'ks{, @)#(_ cflb x'g\ . ofqf;+:d/0f n]vs uf}tdn] ofqf ;+:d/0f klg n]v]sf 5g\ . 38Lx38Lx????sf]sf] b]zdf ;do vf]Hb} -@)^#_ logsf] ofqf ;+:d/0f xf] . lrGts uf}td lrGtssf ?kdf klg kl/lrt 5g\ . pgn] g]kfnL cfjfh, hgHof]lt, uf]/vfkq, ul/df, b]zfGt/, ljdz{, ;dLIff, ;dsfnLg ;flxTo ;fKtflxs d~r, lxdfno 6fOD; h:tf /fli6«o :t/sf kq– klqsfx?df lrGtgd"ns n]vx? k|sflzt u/]sf 5g\ . -n'O6]n, @)^) k[=!!_ ;Ddfg tyf k'/:sf/ g]kfnL ;lxTosf ljleGg ljwfdf ;ls|oftfk"j{s snd rnfpg] uf}td sljtfsf nflu :j= >L % dx]Gb|af6 ef =? !))÷– k'/:sf/ k|bfg -@)!*_, :j= >L % dx]Gb|af6} 5fqj[lQ k|bfg -@)!(_ ul/Psf] lyof] . dx]Gb| ljBfe"if0fif0fif0f ‘‘‘s‘sssÚ >]0fL -@)#)_ dbg k'/:sf/ -@)$)_, gf]j]n k'::sf/ nflu k]g g]kfnaf6 ;+:yfut ???kdf ?kdf k|yd dgf]gog -@)$%_, gf/fo0fL jfªdo k'::sf/ -@)$%_, uFsL a;'Gw/f k'/:sf/ -@)%)_, aL/u~h pkdxfgu/kflnsf k'/:sf/ -@)%^_, ul/df k'/:sf/ -@)%(_, dw'ks{ ;Ddfg -@)$(_, ;femf k'/:sf/ -@)%(_, n'gsf/0fbf; u Ëu8]jL rf}wf/L ;flxTo snf dlGb/ ;Ddfg -b'O{ k6s_, gf/L ;flxTo k|lti7fgåf/f ;Ddfg -@)^)_, cf/Jofg k'k'????ifif pkflw -@)^)_, e"'ldk'q ;Ddfg -@)^)_ cflb k'/:sf/åf/f k'/:s[t Pj+ ;Ddflgt uf}td cg]s ;+3 ;+:yfx?af6 ;Ddflgt / cleglGbt klg ePsf 5g\ . -n'O6]n, @)^) k[=!$_ lgisif{ g]kfnL ;flxTosf ljljw ljwfdf snd rnfPsf uf}tdsf] n]vg k|lj|mof lg/Gt/ ?kdf clu al9/x]sf] 5 . pgL xfndf pkGof;, syf, ofqf;+:d/0f n]Vg ;ls|o /x]klg pkGof; ljwfdf eg] clåtLo g} /x]sf 5g\ . cfVofg ljwfdf clws ?kdf snd rnfP/ ;jf]{Ts[i6 cfVofgfTds /rgfx? lgdf{0f u/]sf]n] ‘cfVofg k'k'????ifififif Ú pklwn] pgnfO{ lje"lift ul/Psf] 5 . pgn] n]v]sf pkGof; ;+VofTds tyf u'0ffTds b'j} b[li6n] ;kmn /x]sf 5g\ . hLjgdf cfOkg]{ ljljw ;d:ofsf jfjh'b klg ;flxTosf x/]s ljwfdf ;kmtfk"j{s snd rnfpg', pkGof;df clåtLo of]ubfg lbg', yf]/} gf6s n]v]/ klg g]kfnL gf6\o ;flxTonfO{ gofF df]8lbg ;kmn x'g', cl:tTjjfbL lj; ËltjfbL, :j}/sNkgf, ZofdJo Ëo, ldys k|of]u h:tf gjLg k4ltnfO{ ;kmntfk"j{s cfÇgf gf6sdf k|of]u u/]/ g]kfnL ;flxTonfO{ dxTjk"0f{ of]ubfg lbg;Sg'nfO{ sd dxTjk"0f{ dfGg ;lsGg . uf}tdsf] l;h{gfTds ;flxTodf b]lvPsf] nufjnfO{ b[li6ut

Damak Campus Journal, Vol. 9 JULY 2020 166 ubf{ pgsf] ;flxlTos of]ubfg lg/Gt/ ?kdf clu al9/xg] 5 / cem :t/Lo s[lt hGdfpg]5 eGg] s'/fdf cfzf ug{ ;lsG5 . ;Gbe{s[lt;"rL pkfWofo, s]zjk|;fb -@)^!_ g]kfnL gf6s / gf6ssf/ , sf7df08f}+ M ;femf k|sfzg . pkfWofo, s]zjk|;fb -@)%%_ l/dfn JolQm / s[lt , sf7df08f}+ M ;femf k|sfzg . yfkf, /f]zg ‘gL/j Ú-@)%(_,e:df;'/sf] gnLxf8 / cGo gf6sx? ,sf7df08f} MljBfyL{ k':ts e08f/ . bfxfn, s'df//fh -@)#%– @)#^_ ;flxTosf/ 8f=w'|jrGb| uf}tdsf s[ltx?sf] cWoog -ck|= :gftsf]Q/ txsf] zf]wkq_ lq=lj= g]kfnL s]Gb|Lo ljefu . n'O6]n, vu]Gb|k|;fb -@)^)_ cf/Jofg k'?if 8f=w|'jrGb| uf}td cldgpg u|Gy , lrtjg M lrtjg jfªoy k|lt:yfg g]kfn . n'O6]n, vu]Gb|k|;fb -@)%@_ ;dsfnLg ;flxTo -jif{ % cªs $ k"0fl Í @) sflt{s _ . zdf{, df]xg/fh / vu]Gb|k|;fb n'O6]n -@)%@_ zf]wljlw ,sf7df08f} M ;femfk|sfzg . ;'j]bL, /fh]Gb -@)%%_ ;[hg ljwfsf kl/lwleq w'|jrGb| uf}td ,sf7df08f} M ;femfk|sfzg .

‹

Damak Campus Journal, Vol. 9 JULY 2020 167

DAMAK CAMPUS JOURNAL

Vol. 9 Number 2 JULY 2020

Editor-in-Chief

Baskota Dhananjaya

Editors

Ram Prasad Bhandari Jeevan Kumar Gurung Shiva Regmi Pranat Bala Bhattarai

Advisors

Dr. Tulsi Prasad Bhattarai Prof. Dr. Tanka Prasad Neupane Prof. Dr. Ramesh Chandra Adhikari Prof. Dr. Kedarnath Uprety

Patrons

Devi Prasad Dahal Ram Kumar Thapa Ambika Khanal Dr. Netra Bahadur Budhathoki

PUBLICATION CELL DAMAK MULTIPLE CAMPUS (QAA Certified) Damak, Jhapa Tel.No. 023-580132, 023-581232 (Affiliated to Tribhuvan University) Web-site: www.damakcampus.edu.np E-mail: [email protected] [email protected]

Damak Campus Journal, Vol. 9 JULY 2020 168

Members of The Publication Cell Damak Mulitple Campus

Baskota Dhananjaya Ram Prasad Bhandari Jeevan Kumar Gurung Shiva Regmi Pranat Bala Bhattarai

Damak Campus Journal, Vol. 9 JULY 2020 169

Contents

Uttam Prasad Bhattarai 1 Aspects of Santhali Dr.Netra Bahadur Budhathoki 10 Reasons for Merger and Acquisitions in the Nepalese Banking Sector Baskota Dhananjaya 15 Antigone : The Dimensions of Human Rights Tej Prasad Acharya 28 Interest Income and Interest Expenses Rate and Their Effects on Net Profit Margin of Nepalese Commercial Banks Shravan Kumar Chaudhary 37 Anatomy of Social Class System: An Anthropological Study Yagya Raj Giri 48 Impact of Corona Virus on the Global Economy Tanka Prasad Bhattarai 54 Relevancy of Educational Psychology for Teacher Kamal Nath Dawadi 62 Study of the Equilibrium Configuration and Infra Red Spectrum of Carbon Mono Oxide Molecule Radhika Ojha 70 The State of Trade in Nepal after Economic Liberalization Prem Prasad Sangraula 76 Micro Finance Impact on Economic Conditions of Rural Women at Damak Municipality Shantiram Subedi 92 Complex Number and its Ordering Relation Paras Mani Acharya 102 Work Life Balance of Employees in Nepalese Co-operative Sector Basu Kafle 115 Rooftop Gardening; an Overview Narayan Bhattarai 124 The Concept of Polarity in Frost's Mending Wall Khagendra Bhattarai 132 Siddhartha : Through the Lens of Vedanta Philosophy 3gZofd klys 141 uhn l;4fGt M Ps kl/rrf{ lnnf/fd lg/f}nf 150 5fkfdf/sf] 5f]/f] syfsf] eflifs ljZn]if0f /fdk|;fb e08f/L 162 gf6ssf/ w|'jrGb| uf}tdsf] ;ª\lIfKt hLjgL, JolQmTj / s[ltTj ‹

Damak Campus Journal, Vol. 9 JULY 2020 170

Damak Campus Journal, Vol. 9 JULY 2020 171

About the journal

The publication of the Damak Campus Journal hearalds the progress and advancement in the field of knowledge acquired from teaching, learning, researching experience of the faculties. It is a very important landmark in the history of research and publications which resulted in the succeeding publication of other Journals of the identical title. Now the campus believes in true and authentic knowledge emerged from the findings of the research work, so that teaching, writing and research appear as an integral parts of academic activities. This publication has significantly enhanced the way of writing research articles and their publication through Damak Campus Journal since 2011. The Publication Cell has been taking its publication initiation since the beginning. This is the nineth volume, comprising multidisciplinary articles written by the faculty researchers and experts. Moreover, a new landmark is achieved from this issue that it has established a new trend to gain its authenticity due to the reviewed articles. It is anticipated that this Journal will be a tiny piece of brick in the huge monument of research and innovation.

Damak Campus Journal, Vol. 9 JULY 2020 172

‹

Damak Campus Journal, Vol. 9 JULY 2020 173